The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About415 EVERGREEN WAY■ RESPONSIBILITY ONSIBI IpLI ITI YI.SCHEDU LE - TYPE B FURNISHED INSTALLED zFURNISHED INSTALLED BY: BY: BY: BY: OW Om EMARKS cr zzp Z Z Z UQ p Q Q Q Q QZ Q Q to❑Z3; W ZZY ZZ v H Z e W I-o J LL O-3p U C0G TS, FEES, INSURANCE FICATES, ETC. CADE & DOORS )W GRAPHICS DURING rRUCTION )RARY ELECTRIC AND CE VING & UNLOADING TENANT DED MATERIALS _SSIONAL CLEANUPS & TRASH VALS ILT DRAWINGS FICATE OF OCCUPANCY DN 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS LITION & HAUL OFF DN 03: CONCRETE RETE SLAB / INFILL • RETE SLAB PATCHING, ING, TRENCHING, CORING RETE FOOTINGS ED CONCRETE DN 05: METALS )TURAL STEEL • GAUGE STRUCTURAL METAL NG JT DEMISING WALL STUDS • DN 06: WOOD AND PLASTICS H FRAMING, BLOCKING, & NG ICARPENTRY RMAL, SOUND, BATT LATION FING PENETRATIONS / THING / CURBS PROOFING / FIRE CAUI KING / 'PING %L FLASHING ANTS & CAULKING 1NSION JOINT COVERS FOR )RS / WALLS / CEILINGS 5ION 08: OPENINGS 4L DOORS, FRAMES, & )WARE S AND DRAPERY FOR FITTING MS ACE DOOR EXIT ALARM ESS PANELS REFRONT METAL (INTERIOR) • REFRONT METAL (EXTERIOR) • REFRONT DOOR HARDWARE REFRONT GLAZING (INTERIOR) • REFRONT GLAZING (EXTERIOR) • < CYLINDERS I tNHIN 1 1,TI ZbUM DUHKU UN • DEMISING WALLS GYPSUM BOARD / MUD / TAPE / PREP FOR PAINT ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS CEMENTBOARD STOREFRONT TILE AND GROUT WALNUT JAMBS & HEADS FOR FITTING ROOM, VESTIBULE, AND CLOSET SALES AREA RUG STOREFRONT PLASTER SYSTEMS PLASTER SYSTEM REVEALS/ACCESSORIES MALL FLOORING MATERIALS AT ENTRANCE PATCH AND REPAIR EXTERIOR CONCRETE OR COMMON SIDEWALK MATERIALS AT ENTRANCE TENANT ENTRY FLOORING (ARDEX ERM) WALK OFF MAT CERAMIC TILE VINYL PLANK FLOORING CARPET VINYL COMPOSITE TILE (VCT) VINYL BASE WOOD BASE ON WALLS & COLUMNS TRANSITION STRIPS & REDUCERS FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS (FRP) PAINT / PAINTING & ACCESSORIES WALL COVERING METAL FLASHING METAL CORNER GUARDS LANDLORD STOREFRONT SEPARATION PERIMETER REVEALS WINDOW GLAZING FILM OPAQUE WINDOW FILM DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES EXTERIOR SIGNAGE AND AWNING BLADE SIGN BLOCKING AND POWER FOR EXTERIOR SIGNAGE AND AWNINGS SIGNAGE - ADA, HVAC, SERVICE DOOR, ETC TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES FIRE EXTINGUISHER(S) CEILING ACCESS PANELS DIVISION 12: FURNISHINGS FIXTURE / FIXTURES & HARDWARE CASHWRAP & BACKWRAP RETAIL SALES FLOOR RECESSED GARCY STANDARDS RETAIL SALES FLOOR WALL MERCH SYSTEM AND WALL PANELS FITTING ROOM ACCESSORIES SURFACE MTD WALL STANDARDS (NON -SALES AREA) DISPLAY WINDOW HANGING SYSTEM & ACCESSORIES TRI-FOLD MIRROR FOR FITTING ROOM AREA THREE WAY MIRROR ASSEMBLY METAL TRIM AND MIRROR GLASS THREE WAY MIRROR ASSEMBLY - WALNUT TRIM AND BASE BLOCKING FOR ALL INSTALLATIONS THROUGHOUT NON -SALES BREAK AND MANAGER'S DESK AND BRACKETS NON -SALES AREA MELAMINE SHELVES NON -SALES AREA SHELF BRACKETS AND HANGBAR LADDER HANGING HARDWARE PIPP MOBILE SHELVING SYSTEM FATIGUE MAT TOILET ROOM CABINET DIVISION 21: FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINT, SPRINKLER STUB SPRINKLER MAIN SPRINKLER GRID • SPRINKLER MODIFICATIONS U U I Q DIVISION 22: PLUMBING • • BUILDING PERMIT APPLIED FOR BY TENANT. PICK UP AND FEES BY GC PLUMBING STUBS (SAN, DCW, VENT) • • • INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL PLUMBING WORK & FIXTURES • • • REFURBISH FIXTURES TO LIKE NEW CONDITION, REPLACE WHERE REQUIRED • ON STOREFRONT GLASS AND DOORS SEWER LINE SCOPE • - • - I CONTRACTOR TO SCOPE SEWER LINES FROM TENANT'S FIXTURE TO LAIVDLQRDS IVIAIIV LIIVC COIV IVCCI IQIV POINT ISSUE REPORT TO TENANT • • • • INVENTORY OF SHIPMENTS, SAFE STORAGE, AND SITE SECURITY BY G.C. GAS SERVICE LINE WITHIN THE SPACE • IF APPLICABLE • • GAS DISTRIBUTION LINES WITHIN THE SPACE • • • IF APPLICABLE, CONTRACTOR TO EXTEND OR RELOCATE GAS LINE AS REQUIRED • • FULL SIZED HARD COPY PROVIDED IN ON -SITE STORAGE TUBE. WATER METER • • • FRAMED COPY TO BE PROVIDED FOR DISPLAY IN STORE DIVISION 23: HVAC MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT • • HVAC PIPING / REFRIGERANT LINES • • • AID A^ass AN^ DUCTWORK nvyc V • WHERE APPLICABLE, SEE NOTES REGARDING NEW SPACES AND RESTROOM AREA SLAB IN -FILL WHERE APPLICABLE RELIEF AIR ACCESS AND DUCTWORK • DUCTWORK & AIR DISTRIBUTIONS D • • CONTRACTOR TO CLEAN ANY DUCTWORK BEING RE -USED, AND ISSUE CERTIFIED PROOF THAT SUCH CLEANING MEETS ASHRAE • • • 01 �e 0 0 0 0 • • rl • FIRE DAMPERS INCLUDING ALL PERMITS, TESTING, AND INSPECTIONS THERMOSTAT(S) AND SENSORS DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS • SMOKE EVAC & CONTROLS TOILET EXHAUST DUCTWORK, ROOF CAP, ETC • TOILET EXHAUST FAN • • AIR BALANCE REPORT DIVISION 26-28: ELECTRICAL / COMMUNI( • MAIN SWITCH / BREAKER IN LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL ROOM • • INSULATION ON ROOF DECK BY LANDLORD IF REQUIRED TENANT ELECTRICAL METER SOCKET • • ROOFING WORK SHALL BE BY LUS ROOFING CONTRACTOR IF REQ'D TENANT ELECTRICAL METER • • AS REQUIRED BY CODE MAIN SERVICE CONDUIT TO THE SPACE = • MAIN SERVICE WIRE TO THE SPACE • • TENANT ELECTRICAL PANELS • • TENANT ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS • ALL ELECTRICAL RELATED INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS • SEE SCHEDULE; FRAMES ARE TO BE WELDED AND PAINTED TELEPHONE CONDUIT & PULL -STRING FROM LANDLORD'S ROOM TO THE SPACE • • • LOCK CYLINDERS AND COMMON BEST 7-PIN CORES WITH STORE -WIDE COMMON KEYS BY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE WIRE FROM LANDLORD ROOM TO TENANT SPACE • • TELEPHONE CONDUIT & PULL -STRING FROM STUB IN THE SPACE TO TENANT'S PUNCH BOARD r_ r TO COORDINATE DELIVERY sTnrll LENGTH TO BE CUT IN FIELD G.C. TO COORDINATE DELIVERY, STOCK LENGTH TO BE CUT IN THE FIELD TELEPHONE PANEL, WIRING, AND JACKS THROUGHOUT THE STORE ® DOOR PULLS TO BE PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY G.C. DATA CONDUITS WITH PULL -STRINGS THROUGHOUT THE SPACE DATA CABLING AND JACKS LOW VOLTAGE CABLING & TERMINATION • BEST CYLINDERS AND 7 PIN CORES WITH 6 COMMON KEYS FOR ALL DOOR HARDWARE PROVIDED TO TENANT BY CONTRACTOR LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT INCLUDING PULL -STRINGS HVAC POWER CONNECTION AND DISCONNECT PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED HVAC RELATED CONDUIT FOR WIRING AND DEVICES • NOTE LEVEL 4 LOCATIONS HVAC RELATED WIRING &DEVICES LIGHT FIXTURES / LAMPS • • LIGHTING AND SIGNAGE CONTROLS • THIN SET PER SPECIFICATIONS BY CONTRACTOR SOUND SYSTEM CONDUITS • SOUND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT, VOLUME CONTROLS. SPEAKER BACK BOXES, WIRING, AND SPEAKERS • • INSTALL PER MFG SPECIFICATIONS FIRE ALARM • AS REQ'D BY MANUF. SPECS. I. PATCH MALL FLOOR AT LEASE LINE SECURITY SYSTEM CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES, AND PULL STRINGS • MATCH EXISTING MATERIALS AND FINISHES U.O.N. SECURITY SYSTEM • INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS TRAFFIC COUNTER • THROW DOWN MAT POINT OF SALE (POS) EQUIPMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (IS) • WHEN REQUIRED AT TOILET ROOMS, BACK ROOM, AND LL LOCATIONS CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTAL ADHESIVE AS SPECIFIED • CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTAL ADHESIVE AS SPECIFIED • • • 1x4 PRIMED POPLAR WOOD BASE, ALL CORNERS TO BE METERED AND CAULKED, SCRIBE IF NECESSARY • • • • • • • SEE SEAMING REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION NOTES • SEE SEAMING REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION NOTES • BACKING BY CONTRACTOR AS SHOWN. NOTE POWER REQUIREMENTS • BACKING BY CONTRACTOR AS SHOW. NOTE POWER REQUIREMENTS • • AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL, LANDLORD, AND / OR CODE • • • • • ALL CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL, PHONE, DATA BY CONTRACTOR • • • SOME ELEMENTS TBD. COORDINATE WITH JALL PROJECT MGR. • • • • • • FIRE RATED MATERIALS REQUIRED • • • • • TYPICAL FLOORING TO BE INSTALLED UNDER THE MAT AREA • NOTE BACKING/INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING SHOP DRAWINGS AS NEEDED INCLUDING SHOP DRAWINGS AS NEEDED INCLUDING SHOP DRAWINGS AS NEEDED • INCLUDING SHOP DRAWINGS AS u • I• r-A u 0� 0■ 0■ a■ LIGHTSTAT THERMOSTAT & SENSORS • CONTRACTOR TO CLEAN DETECTORS WHEN RE -USED • I ISUBMIT (3) COPIES TO CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT PUNCHLIST THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SPACE NO ■ ■ ■ 307 so ■ 4 I• I I w� �� ■� w� � i ■ w � ■ w w ■ w w A w ■� � w ^ • w • A �� ■ i • LEUENU Al bKEVIA I TUNS I6UUF'�- OF VVUKK @ AT HW HOLLOW WOOD • ACM ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL HW HOT WATER DETAIL NO ACT ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE ID INSIDE DIAMETER • X AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IN. INCH AHJ AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION INCL INCLUDE/INCLUDING • XX,)( DRAWING NO AIEE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF INFO INFORMATION ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS INSUL INSULATE, INSULATING, • ALL HOMERUN CONDUITS TO (ON WHICH DETAIL AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL INT INTERIOR TERMINATE 6" ABOVE IS CABINET APPEARS CONSTRUCTION KD KNOCK DOWN ALUM ALUMINUM KO KNOCK OUT • ALT ALTERNATE KW KILOWATT Al",1P Alv"PERE L LENGTH • X Ut I AIL NU. ARCH ARCHITECT LAV LAVATORY ASHRAE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, LB POUND • XX.X DRAWING NO REFRIGERATING & AIR LH LEFT HAND CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CHAIN FOR ON WHICH DETAIL CONDITIONING ENGINEERS LHR LEFT HAND REVERSE • CHAIN HUNG FIXTURES ( ASME AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICALLIN LINEAR APPEARS) ENGINEERS LT LIGHT SWITCHES TIME CLOCKS AN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MFR MANUFACTURER • CONTRACTORS, OCC., MOTION & ASTM AMERICAN DAYLIGHT SENSORS MATERIALS MATL MATERIAL AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE MAX MAXIMUM • WHEN REQUIRED BY CODE. BD BOARD MECH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM DETAIL NO BL BUILDING LINE MED MEDIUM BILL BUILDING LIMIT LINE MEZZ MEZZANINE • j BM BEAM MIN MINIMUM BO BY OTHERS MISC MISCELLANEOUS A_ I BTM BOTTOM NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE G.C. TO CONFIRM LANDLORD AND BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL L• LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDE CAB. CABINET MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION COORDINATION OF DRAVINGS, DRAWING NO. CLG. CEILING NIC NOT IN CONTRACT PERMITS, INSTALL, AND INSPECTIONS (ON WHICH DETAIL CER CERAMIC NO NUMBER FOR EXTERIOR SHOPPING CENTERS CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE NTS NOT TO SCALE • ONLY. OR IF REQUIRED BY CODE. APPEARS) CL. CENTERLINE OA OVERALL CONDUIT IS REQUIRED ONLY IF BY COD CLO. CLOSET OAD OVERALL DIMENSION FOR EXTERIOR SHOPPING CENTERS CLR CLEAR OC ON CENTER • ONLY, OR IF REQUIRED BY CODE L—REVISION NO COL COLUMN OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER CONIC CONCRETE OFF OFFICE • CONET CONSTRUCTION PA PUBLIC ADDRESS • CONT CONTINUOUS PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT COORD COORDINATE PERF PERFORATED • CORR CORRIDOR PERM PERMANENT DOOR TYPE COV'G COVERING PERP PERPENDICULAR X CPT CARPET PH PHASE CTR CENTER PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE C.T.F. CUT TO FIT PLYWD PLYWOOD O -I- CU FT CUBIC FEET PNL PANEL X KEY NOTES ES CU IN CUBIC INCH POL POLISHED CU YD CUBIC YARD POS POSITIVE DBL DOUBLE PSF POUND PER SQUARE FOOT PSI POUN �� FINISH TYPE DTLT DETARTMENT PTD PANTDDPER SQUARE INCH DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN PR. PAIR DIA DIAMETER R RADIUS x PARTITION TYPE DIAG DIAGONAL REF REFRIGERATOR DIM DIMENSION RH RIGHTHAND DIV DIVISION PHR RIGHT HAND REVERSE DN DOWN REQ'D REQUIRED DR(S) DOOR(S) RM(S) ROOM(S) UVVIi L)KAVVIN(i S/S S TAI NLESS STEEL ELEV ELEVATION SC SOLID CORE ELECT ELECTRICAL SECT SECTION PULL SIDE ENGR ENGINEER SIM SIMILAR r- — — — — — - EQ EQUAL SPEC(S) SPECIFICATION(S) EQUIP EQUIPMENT SPKR SPEAKER Z_ EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER SPKLR SPRINKLER Z EXH EXHAUST SQ SQUARE 42 MIN. I EXIST'G EXISTING SR SENIOR EXP EXPOSED STD STANDARD FD FIELD DETERMINE STRUCT STRUCTURAL FH FULL HEIGHT SUSP SUSPENDED FIN FINISH TGC TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR FT FOOT TEL TELEPHONE FPRF FIREPROOF TYP TYPICAL PULL SIDE FIXT FIXTURE UL UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES FTG FOOTING LION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED I— — 2) FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS VCT VINYL COMPOSITE TILE FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED VERT VERTICAL Z I IN GA GAUGE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD GAL GALLON VS VERSUS cA GALV GALVANIZED VOL VOLUME GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR W WIDTH GL GLAZING W/ WITH GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE WC WATER CLOSET nvD on n_VnOl Inn DnADn 1A1CV WA LLrnvFRInIG I I I r uv v l r.�trlvl uvnl�u HT HEIGHT WD WOOD HDWRE HARDWARE W/o WITHOUT t-1FOE6 gp y ED PULL SIDE HM HOLLOW METAL WT WEIGHT HORIZ HORIZONTAL YD YARD MAR � � HR HOUR (� Hf1 2020 SITE PLAN South Windsor Building Depto IN • )VIDE MODIFICATIONS AS DRAWINGS MUn UC 2�J4sy�p'EFfibtt'iHax, � ` � 4Ss ,.-"-7 %tg1�sb►f2Pfa +` tr�vg 2,►NLtlt �pCaNlrn:,sar r. .r.r ilaV Rt orrr aitmar '�xs: _c b. 'A I'F", We, ...,y,.Iw Y :x 4t361 mr '11W r ILL �>fi6RBtq s This �laR fs some 1 l ��'�� that + aftth PAroVetl 'rt�x Jiiec t,1_. Qt+ik,lrlg losP�e.Ot r �� t ENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSPECT ALL TENANT PROVIDED ITEMS AND REPORT MISSING OR DAMAGED 1. VIATERIALS TO TENANT PURCHASING REPRESENTATIVE WITHIN 24 HOURS OF RECEIPT. AFTER 24 HOURS, ANY NREPORTED DAMAGE IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. 2. DIRECT ALL INQUIRES TO CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 3. REFER TO INVITATION TO BID FOR ALTERNATES. 4. TEMS NOT LISTED ON SCHEDULE ARE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. 5. 3.C. TO RETURN COMPLETED A010 SHEET WITHIN 5 DAYS OF CONSTRUCTION START DATE. 6 SEE MECHANICAL SHEETS. HVAC CONTRACTOR TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLETING CHECKLIST WITHIN 10 DAYS OF CONSTRUCTION START. PUSH SIDE rJ4 MIN. 4�r L I I •V' PUSH SIDE 124— — —1 z IN 1211 MIN. PUSH SIDE hi{ THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 SPACE 307 THIS PROJECT IS THE TENANT BUILD OUT OF A NEWLY DEMISED EXISTING MERCANTILE SPACE IN AN EXTERIOR CENTER AND INCLUDES EXTERIOR STOREFRONT FACADE REWORK. LANDLORD COMMENTS: IMP INJIMPMATInKI nN]1 Y ■ \J ■ \ Nova \/ ■ %■ V ■H IL ■ ■ V ■ V ■ ■ General Review Notes: 1. Landlord is obligated to furnish and install only those items and utility connection points agreed upon in the lease. Any item on the Landlord approved set of construction documents indicating or implying "Furnished and Installed by Landlord" though not agreed to as part of the lease shall be the tenant's responsibility. 2. Landlord review for design criteria only. Code compliance can only be given by local and state jurisdictions. 3. Tenant GC to check -in with local Landlord representative prior to any construction start. 4. Landlord cannot guarantee that internal changes have not occurred since as -built plans have been prepared. Tenant GC to verify space dimensions and Conditions prior to construction start. Any discrepancies t0 be reported to Landlord representative immediately. 5. After Landlord approval, any changes or modifications in the construction documents or Tenant Improvements must be approved in writing by Landlord. 6. Landlord criteria sheets must be included with construction drawings. Tenant GC is to be made aware of deposits, fees, and direct bill and required contractor prior to construction start. 7. Material sample board of finish materials must be provided. 8. Tenant GC to schedule pre -construction meeting with Landlord representative. All deposits and fees are due at the pre -construction meeting. 9. On -site operations will provide a required vendor's list for all items that are to be completed by specified vendors to ensure warranties are maintained and center com-pliancy stays intact. 10. Nothing is permitted to be attached to the roof deck or penetrate the roof deck. Tenant is required to frame, r from the o chord of steel. brace or suspend as needed too r m e t c d p p 11 The tenant iS rani IirAri t0 tierifv that thace rinds imentS mSet ali AnA stanriarrig nr rPrn liramantc 12. Any and all items not being reused must be removed (for utilities, back to the point of origin). Nothing may be abandoned in place. 13. Any and all damage to landlord's building by tenant's general contractor to be repaired at tenant's expense. 14. Tenant is required to make a field survey of existing conditions. 15. Tenant GC is to utilize extreme care during demolition so as not to damage or disrupt any and all utilities which are not to be relocated and pass through this space to service the project or other tenant spaces. Tenant GC will bare sole responsibility of cost for disruption and repairs. 16. Tenant GC is to coordinate with landlord representative the hours which they can do demolition and any work that makes excessive noise in the opinion of the Property Manager. 17. One set of fire/sprinkler drawings must be submitted for review and approval to the Landlord's Tenant I Coordinator. Digitally signed by Jim Mirrione DN: C=US, E=jmirrione @ poagllc.com, O=Avenue Viera, OU="Poag Shopping Centers, LLC", J• CN=Jim Mirrione im MirrioneLocation: Evergreen Walk - J Jill Reason: I am approving this document as noted. Contact Info: 901.531.8727 Date: 2020.02.20 11:43:21-05'00' KEY PLAN BUILDING DEPT. COMMENTS: LIST OF DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION ONLY SHEET DRAWING TITLE ARCHITECTURAL A000 COVER SHEET A010 LEASE OUTLINE DRAWING AND CONFIRMATION PLAN A100a EXISTING CONDITION AND DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN AND DEMOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATION A100b REFLECTED CEILING 'EXISTING CONDITION AND DEMOLITION PLAN A100c BARRICADE ELEVATIONS AND SECTION A101 CONSTRUCTION PLAN A102 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A103 FINISH PLAN A104 EGRESS & PRESENTATION PLAN A200 STOREFRONT PLAN AND ELEVATION A200a BUILDING REAR PLANT AND ELEVATION A201 STOREFRONT SECTIONS AND DETAILS A202 STOREFRONT DETAILS SIGN DETAILS STOREFRONT PLASTER DETAILS (EXTERIOR) STOREFRONT PLASTER DETAILS (EXTERIOR) CONSTRUCTION DETAILS [A33 WALL PANEL SYSTEM DETAILS DOOR SCHEDULE & CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FITTING ROOM & CONSTRUCTION DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS CONSTRUCTION DETAILS PIPP DETAILS A306 FRAMING DETAILS A400 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS CONSTRUCTION ALLOWANCES A500 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FLOOR PREP: $5, 000 PERMIT: $6,000 INSULATION: $4,000 E100 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E200 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E300 ELECTRICAL RISER, DETAILS & PANEL SCHEDULES 1=4nn FI E('TRI('AI nPTAII S: E500 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E501 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E600 ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS MECHANICAL M100 MECHANICAL HVAC PLAN M200 MECHANICAL HVAC DETAILS M400 MECHANICAL AND FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS M500 ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS M501 ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS PLUMBiIvIG P100 PLUMBING PLAN, DETAILS AND NOTES P400 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS REVISION NUMBER PROJECT CONTACTS (CODE SUMMARY TENANT CONTACTS PROJECT CONTACTS TENANT PROJECT ADDRESS: BUILDING INFORMATION: J. JILL THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK EVERGREEN WALK CONSTRUCTION TYPE: 26 QUINCY MA 02169 415 EVERGREEN WAY, SUITE #507 CONTACT: ALLEN SANDISH SOUTH WINDSOR, CT. 06074 STORIES: 1 STORY BUILDING TEL: 617-689-7815 EMAIL: ALLEN.SANE)ISP@JJILL.COM SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: B LANDLORD: CLIMATE ZONE: 5 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER: POAG SHOPPING CENTERS. LLC J. JILL 2650 THD OUSAND OAKS BLVD. OCCUPANCY GROUP: M 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK SUITE 2200 GROSS LEASE AREA: 3,837 SQ. FT QUINCY, MA 02169 I" I 118 TN, 3872 CONTACT: ANDY BJORNBERG CI PHONE: g01-531-8727 PHONE: OCCUPANCY LOAD: 51 PERSONS CELL: 618-201-7363 EMAIL: - EXIT REQUIREMENTS: (2,) EXITS REQUIRED (2) PROVIDED CONTACT: JIM MIRRIONE ANDY@AGEORGEDEVLLC.COM TEL: PHONE 901-531-8727 RESTROOM REQUIREMENTS: PURCHASING MANAGER: MEN WOMEN J. JILL NO. OF WATER CLOSETS REQ'D: -- -- 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 0210 PROJECT ARCHITECT: NO. OF LAV.S REQUIRED: -- -- CONTACT: LESLIE TUCKER SH MSHOCK ARCHITECTS INC. RE / ","r--,, I .,, �,. ,,,. 7.tnn Iwl /-/�MpllC. 1?1� CIII't'F IFn NO. O U R RED: F URINALS S L REQUIRED: -- I LL.: (01 /—J/r0—"I(0 EMAIL: r^rvv I". — n — ILL. ..+ I I � — NEW ALBANY, OH 43054 LESLIE.TUCKER@JJILL.COM CONTACT: JIM GARRISON TEL: (614) 545-4550 STORE PLANNING /DESIGN MANAGER : EM: JGARRISON@SHREMSHOCK.CON PROJECT INFORMATION J J!LL 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 MEP ENGINEER: EGRESS: NEW CONTACT: ALLEN SANDISH SHREMSHOCK ENGINEERING, INC. OCCUPANCY': NO CHANGE TEL: 617-689-7815 7400 W. CAMPUS RD. SUITE 150 USE:: NO CHANGE EMAIL: ALLEN. SAND ISH@JJILL.COM NEW ALBANY, OH 43054 SEPARATION WALLS: EXISTING / NEW CONTACT: ROY GRIFFIN INTERIOR PARTITIONS: EXISTING / NEW TEL: (614) 545-4550 FINISHES: NEW EN: RGRIFFIN@SHREMSHOCK.COM MERCHANDISING FIXTURES: NEW MECHANICAL.: EXISTING / NEW ELECTRICAL.: EXISTING / NEW PLUMBING: EXISTING LIFE SAFETY: NEW STRUCTURAL.: EXISTING SEPARATE PERMITS AND SUBMITTALS SPRINKLER SIGNAGE FIRE ALARM STORE TABULATION MALL PUBLIC RESTROOM DISTANCE: ±300' ' ' - � ""` '-:'�- �'-----� f Imo— ��•' , s - A ! -- t' - li = % - a r 1 - 4 7: f ` J is •'1i' ' I' j.jlll NORTH SPACE #307 LEVEL 1 OF 1 a AREA SQ FT CALCULATION OGG. LOAD GROSS SALES AREA: 2,888 SQ FT SQ FT/ 60 PERSONS 48 75% NET SALES AREA: 21Gg2 SQ FT GROSS NON -SALES AREA: g4g SQ FT SQ FT/ 300 PERSONS 3 25% TOTALS 31837 SQ FT 51 100 STRAIGHT LEASE WIDTH: 32'-2 I/211 DISPLAY WINDOW HEIGHT II'_51' TOTAL LEASE FRONTAGE: 32'-2 1/211 WINDOW HEAD HEIGHT: 111_5u LEFT DISPLAY DEPTH: 4'-3 1/211 RIGHT DISPLAY DEPTH: 4-3 1/2" APPLICABLE CODES ALL WORK MUST COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS. THE INTERPRETATION OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND ITS DESIGNATED AGENT OR AGENTS WILL TAKE PRECEDENT IF CONFLICT ARISES. THE OTHER PARTIES WILL MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO SATISFY THE INTERPRETATION OF SUCH AUTHORITIES. APPLICABLE CODES INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: BUILDING: 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE W/ CT. AMENDS. MECHANICAL: 2015 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE W/ CT. AMENDS. PLUMBING: 2015 INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE W/ CT. AMENDS. ELECTRICAL: 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE W/ CT. AMENDS. ACCESSIBILITY: 2009 ICC A117.1 W/ CT. AMENDS. ENERGY: 2015 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE W/ CT. AMENDS. FIRE: 2015 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE W/ CT. AMENDS. OWNER: M 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: Uo Q Q o O = E E w w 3 E 2 0 0 co U) 3 (6 __S Mr a Es O O LO O O WCa_ Q Z � O •- Lo LO U , ct . LO ai d ica� -6 v� Q U aLo U E Lo 4S mot• U Ll It i O d' -C O _� L� i_: yvy000 � STORE NO: ALAS PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE , INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION W W vJ W O U m 0 W U W U \WIIIIIIII/l, CON�FC'��i () m Q ry LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: AOO,O • I N DeDo�O LEASE OUTLINE DRAWING AND CONFIRMATION PLAN HEIGHT OF WALL Demolition Notes: 1. All utility lines below slab must be capped off. 2. Tenant GC is to exercise extreme care during demolition so as not to damage/disrupt any and all utilities which pass through this space. Tenant contractor shall bear full responsibilities for cost for repairs and disruption. 3. If applicable, Dimensions required for expansion area. 4. Water lines must be disconnected from present water source and connect to "Tenant" water line and meter. 5. Any and all items not being reused must be removed (for utilities, back to the point of origin). Nothing shall be abandoned in place. 6. Tenant's GC to coordinate demolition with property management to ensure neighboring tenants are not disturbed. I. BEFORE CONSTRUCTION OF THE TENANT FIT -UP, CONFIRM AND NOTE INDICATED DIMENSIONS OF TENANT SEPARATION PARTITIONS AND COLUMN LOCATIONS. SUBMIT A COPY OF THE COMPLETED 'LEASE CONFIRMATION PLAN - A010' TO THE PROJECT MANAGER WITHIN 5 DAYS OF CONSTRUCTION START DATE 3. FIELD DIMENSION BOX 4.-------- LEASE LINE 5. UPON INITIAL SITE VISIT, VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS (I.E., OVERALL DIMENSIONS, CONDITION OF CONCRETE SLAB, LOCATION OF SERVICES, STRUCTURE, CLEARANCES, ETC.) AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES, OMISSIONS, OR OBSTRUCTIONS THAT WILL AFFECT THE LAYOUT OR DESIGN OF THE SPACE IMMEDIATELY TO THE TENANT REPRESENTATIVE. 6. G.C. TO VERIFY ALL FLOOR ELEVATIONS AND REPORT ANY POTENTIAL VARIANCE FROM THESE PLANS. 7. REPORT ALL ITEMS TO REMAIN BELOW 141-011 TO PROJECT MANAGER AND SHOW GRAPHICALLY ON DRAWING. 8. IDENTIFY ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL BOXES. 9. FLOOR ELEVATION 10. — — — — — — -} DECK ELEVATION 11. G.C. REQUIRED TO SUBMIT ELECTRIC METER NUMBER WITH LEASE CONFIRMATION PLAN. ARE 1 HAS / c \ NORTH 6 SCALE 1/4"=1'-011 12. G.C. TO INDICATE LAYOUT POINTS OF DIMENSIONS IN BOTH DIRECTION IN (2) DIFFERENT LOCATIONS. 13. G.C. TO IDENTIFY AND LOCATE ALL UTILITIES AND STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS, ETC. THAT ARE BELOW 141-011 A.F.F. ON THE L.O.D. TO ENSURE TENANT'S DESIGN MAY BE INSTALLED. 14. LOCATE HEIGHT AND HORIZONTAL LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL AND TRANSFORMER PLATFORMS TO CONFIRM THAT NEW STRUCTURAL WORK TO SUPPORT PLATFORMS WILL BE ADEQUATE AND NOT INTERFERE WITH ANY CLEARANCES BELOV4. 4BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: ZZ o0 U U O O O Y Y N N E E O O ire N N E E O L O O ,In O Q U) -O T a)O E d' LO 0 d' 2 c W c c>s a) LO Z LO It U`n� to }i �t V) �0 U Iz U-) � co � �- i u) On i�0� - 0 STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION 0 z (Dz zQ _ 3:0- 1 < 0 Q ~ W z CaC G ~ 11. X 0 L m OLU Ww U U 0 �^ VJ w U C 0 �, 11 y�o� m 0 1 AVk �`� Q ry lilt" LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED ILL INITIALS: DATE: 02020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: SCALE 3 BULKHEAD SECTION CONFIRMATION DETAIL SCALE 1(-2 NOT USED SCALE ' LEASE CONFIRMATION PLAN NOTES OWNER: O j � I - - !I I II I (E) TENANT SEPERATION WALL - 6" I METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. WITH 5/6" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. EACH SIDE TO DECK ABOVE, TAPED, SANDED, FIRE CAULKED, ETC. PER LOCAL FIRE CODE AND REQUIREMENTS BY LANDLORD. PLEASE LINE-\ I (E) MALL STRUCTURAL COLUMNS TO REMAIN, TYP. ' (E) NON -SALES AREA CERAMIC TILE ' FLOORING TO BE REMOVED; G.C. TO GRIND, REMOVE ADHESIVES, ETC. TO PREP FLOOR FOR NEW VINYL FLOORING (E) DOM. WATER - - - - - - - - SHUTOFF AND PIPING I TO REMAIN / (E) ALARM CONTROLL / (E) GAS METERS AND PANEL. REFER TO FIRE LINES TO REMAIN ALARM DRAWINGS FOR FULL SCOPE, TYP. (E) FLOOR FINISH El TRANSITION TO BE (E) ELECTRICAL PANELS, FLOOR -MOUNTED © REMOVED TRANSFORMER AND BOLLARDS TO REMAIN. L_ SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS a 1 (E) EXTERIOR WALL - SPLIT FACE BRICK WITH EIFS. METAL STUDS WITH GYP. BD. TO DECK ABOVE, TAPED, SANDED, FIRE CAULKED, ETC. PER LOCAL FIRE CODE AND REQUIREMENTS BY LANDLORD. (E) 3'-0"x7'-0" IREAR SERVICE DOOR TO REMAIN EXTERIOR SIDEWALK LEASE LINE 11 (E) RESTROOM - WALLS, DOOR, FIXTURES, CEILING, FLOOR DRAIN, FLOORING , WALL TILE AND FIRE DEVICES TO REMAIN. (E) GRAB BARS TO BE REMOVED ffp II II TRENCHING FROM EDGE U II I OF (E) SEPARATION O I WALL. REFER TO AI01- SAW CUT CONCRETE SLAB FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, REFER TO DETAIL 2/A101 AND ELECTRICAL (E) PLUMBING FIXTURES, WATER TANK, FOUNTAIN,DRINKING O REMOVED. C T,CAP AND NNFB ILL EXISTING - 'l DRAIN LINE PENETRATIONS THROUGH SLAB. REMOVE SUPPLY LINES BACK TO EXISTING DCW MAIN (E) PANEL 'P', TIME CLOCK, AND CONTACTORS TO BE REMOVED. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS (E) FLOOR DRAIN TO a I I\j\/III L JI __---______� (- BE CAPPED FLUSH 3 L� y �I L1--f I p WITH FLOOR (E) FITTING ROOM AREA \ \ CARPET FLOORING TO BE REMOVED; G.G. TO GRIND, (E) FIRE ALARM PULL STATION. I I \ / REMOVE ADHESIVES, ETC. REFER TO ELECTRICAL \ TO PREP FLOOR FOR NEW DRAWINGS, TYP. I I - VINYL PLANK FLOORING - - - - - (E) FITTING PARTITIONS, DOORS, FIXTURES AND I TRIM/BASE SHOWN DASHED \ TO BE REMOVED, TYP. I I \ I (E)NON-SALES AREA OUTLETS, DATA, ETC. TO BE REMOVED, - - / TYP. SEE ELCTRICAL DRAWINGS - - - fcE 1I I I II II I I II II I I 11 II n I I I EXISTING CONDITION AND DEMOLITION PLAN (E) BUILDINI TO REMAIN LEASE I (E) AD FINISHE NO NEIA (E) PHI PANELIP TRIM T REMOVE STUCCC (E) ME To REr (E) ST TO BE DEMO PORTION OF SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR TIE-IN OF MOP SINK. AND DRINKING FOUNTAINS. REFER TO PLUMBING DWGS. I I I I I i I I (E) SALES AREA CARPET FLOORING TO BE REMOVED; I G.C. TO GRIND, REMOVE ADHESIVES, ETC. TO PREP FLOOR FOR NEW VINYL PLANK FLOORING I I I I I I (E) THERMOSTAT TO BE REMOVED, TYP. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS CT LEASE LINE LEASE LINE (E) ADJACENT TENANT FINISHES TO REMAIN - NO NEW WORK 'E) GOOSENECK AND EXTERIOR LIGHTING TO BE REMOVED (E) AWNINGS TO BE REMOVED LEASE LINE ADJACENT TENANT (N.I.C.) (E) TENANT SEPERATION WALL - 6" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. EACH SIDE TO DECK ABOVE, TAPED, SANDED, FIRE CAULKED, ETC. PER LOCAL FIRE CODE AND REQUIREMENTS BY LANDLORD. \ (E) THERMOSTAT TO i�� BE REMOVED, TYP. � `\ REFER TO MECHANICAL �\ o DRAWINGS (E) CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP (E) WALL PANELS SYSTEM ASSEMBLY TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE TO BE REMOVED, TYP. EXISTING STUB -UP WIRING AND \\\ CONDUIT BACK TO SOURCE I - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - (E) WALLS TO REMAIN- (E) STOREFRONT PHENOLIC PANELING AND TRIM TO BE REMOVED BACK TO (E) SUBSTRATE. REFER TO STOREFRONT DRAWINGS,TYP. (E) PIER BASE TO BE REMOVED. REFER TO STOREFRONT DRAWINGS, TYP. (E) PLATFORM \ L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - OUTLET TO BE REMOVED \ 1211 47'-11 1/8" \ \ (E) DISPLAY PLATORM TO \ REMAIN. WOOD/TILE ON \ PLATFORM TO BE REMOVED G.C. \ TO GRIND, REMOVE ADHESIVES, ETC. TO PREP \ PLATFORM FOR NEW VINYL (E) SALES AREA CERAMIC TILE PLANK FLOORING FLOORING TO BE REMOVED; \ G.G. TO GRIND, REMOVE \ ADHESIVES, ETC. TO PREP FLOOR FOR NEW VINYL PLANK FLOORING \ (E) SALES AREA RECESSED ENTRY MAT TO BE REMOVED; \ \\ PREPARE SLAB BELOW FOR \ NEW VINYL PLANK FLOOR \ \ (E) PLATFORM OUTLET \ TO BE REMOVED (E) DISPLAY PLATORM T REMAIN. \ WOOD/TILE ON PLATFORM O BE \ REMOVED G.C. TO GRI REMOVE \ ADHESIVES, ETC. T P EP PLATFORM \ FOR NEW VINYL PL K F RING \ /r\ -AI I OAAIG'I G GV =M c./ VVHLL I-HIVGLJ a I a I GI 1 (E) FIRE ALAK PULL 5 A T ION . \ TO BE REMOVED, TYP. REFER TO FI ALARM D AWINGS F (E) WALL OUTLET TO FOR FULL OPE, TYP. BE REMOVED, TYP. ri TEXT O B 1 REMOVED UISHER ADJACENT TENANT (E) TENANT SEPARATION WALL - 6" METAL STUDS Co 16" O.C. WITH 6/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. EACH SIDE TO DECK ABOVE, TAPED, SANDED, FIRE CAULKED, ETC. PER LOCAL FIRE CODE AND REQUIREMENTS BY LANDLORD. EXISTING TENANT FACADE TRIM, TO BE REMOVED BY G.C. TO ALLOW FOR NEW STOREFRONT FINSHES. This sign does not conform to the Criteria for the Center and is not approved. All sign submissions are under separate review and not approved for use in this set. Exterior Sign Notes: 1. Tenant must provide shop drawings for separate review of sign, blade sign and awnings prior to fabrication or installation of sign. 2. Landlord approval of the sign does not release the Tenant from complying with the local requirements. The Tenant is responsible to obtain all necessary approvals/permits from the local governing authorities (building, zoning, etc.) "prior' to proceeding with the sign fabrication of installation after Landlord Approval. 3. We do not allow any sign on the roof. 4. Signs shall be limited to trade name and logo. No tag lines permitted. 5. All components of sign (fasteners, wiring, etc) must be concealed. caulked and weather resistant. 6. Tenant GC to provide smooth, clean transition on all vertical and horizontal connections to landlord structure and finishes. 7. Any sign within tenant premises must be connected to tenant's time clock and coincide with operating hours. 8. Tenant Contractor is to provide backer material for sign mounting. 9. Primary sign located within sign band, typically 14' to 20' AFF. 10. Tenants with primary storefronts more than 40' in width are allowed primary sign up to 60 % of overall storefront width and letter heights cannot exceed 36". 11. We do not allow sign or light fixtures on neutral piers. 12. Power for storefront sign must originate from within tenant space. 13. Any and all damage to landlord's building by tenant's general contractor to be repaired at tenant's expense. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION TO REMAIN EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION OR OTHER ITEM TO BE REMOVED (E) WALLS REMAIN (E) STOREFRONT TILE BASE TO REMOVED BACK TO (E) SUBSTRATE T(E) STOREFRONT SYSTEM AND GLAZING TO REMAIN IN THEIR ENTIRETY i-NEH BARRICADE - REFER TO A100c 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: Y o0 U U U i Y Y U U Q ¢ L 0 0 E E E0 Nco 0 u6 -i Mr t° o 0 0 CM 2 O W C c0 _( Q LO LO Z `n It 0 LO 5 r� r rn aLO U 1 U t L0 iE C:) - T It 0 EXTERIOR SIDEWALK (N.I.C.) (E) STOREFRONT SYSTEM, GLAZING AND ENTRY DOORS TO REMAIN IN THEIR ENTIRETY (E) STOREFRONT TILE BASE TO REMOVED BACK TO (E) SUBSTRATE STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK n i c w0on_oc�nl nnv 't I J C V Gf"lIaRCCIV YY/'11 SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 (E) PIER BASE TO BE REMOVED. REFE TO STOREFRONT DRAWINGS, TYP. 1 L(E) STOREFRONT PHENOLIC PANELING AND TRIM TO BE REMOVED BACK TO (E) REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION \SUBSTRATE. REFER TO STOREFRONT DRAWINGS, TYP. Z O NORTH 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL 11 vIF0R MiH TI II vI IN'. 2. REFER TO MEP SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES 4 SPECIFICATIONS. 3. COORDINATE ALL PHASES OF DEMOLITION FOR PROJECT, VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION AND VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS (EG- OVERALL DIMENSIONS, CONDITION OF CONCRETE SLAB, LOCATION OF SERVICES, STRUCTURE, CLEARANCES, ETC.) AGAINST THE PROPOSED WORK. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES, OMISSIONS OR OBSTRUCTIONS TO CONSTRUCTION MANAGER THAT WILL AFFECT THE LAYOUT OR DESIGN IMMEDIATELY. NO ALLOWANCES WILL BE MADE FOR FAILURE TO DO SO. 4. UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION, ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE VERIFIED FOR VARIANCES AGAINST THE PROPOSED WORK. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY TO CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 5. PROVIDE FOR LEGAL REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ALL RUBBISH AND DEBRIS FROM THE BUILDING AND SITE. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS WITH LANDLORD. PROTECT ALL WORK NOT SLATED FOR DEMOLITION. 6. TAKE PRECAUTIONS AGAINST DAMAGING OR DISRUPTING BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS. ANY DAMAGE TO THESE ITEMS SHALL BE REPAIRED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 7. CONFORM WITH ALL LANDLORD'S BUILDING REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES. 8. MAINTAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHERS) DURING ALL PHASES OF WORK AS REQUIRED BY CODE. q. MAINTAIN /RELOCATE ANY FIRE PROTECTION SIGNALS OR PROTECTION EQUIPMENT AS REQID FOR DURATION OF THE WORK. 10. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR THE PROTECTION AND/OR STORAGE OF ANY ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED. 11. UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION WORK, LEAVE ALL AFFECTED AREAS IN BROOM CLEAN CONDITION. 12. ALL EXISTING ELEMENTS THAT ARE TO BE REUSED ARE TO BE KEPT IN OR RETURNED TO "LIKE NEW CONDITION AND ARE TO BE PROTECTED THROUGHOUT WORK. Demolition Notes: 1. All utility lines below slab must be capped off. 2. Tenant GC is to exercise extreme care during demolition so as not to damage/disrupt any and all utilities which pass through this space. Tenant contractor shall bear full responsibilities for cost for repairs and disruption. 3. If applicable, Dimensions required for expansion area. 4. Water lines must be disconnected from present water source and connect to "Tenant" water line and meter. 5. Any and all items not being reused must be removed (for utilities, back to the point of origin). Nothing shall be abandoned in place. 6. Tenant's GC to coordinate demolition with property management to ensure neighboring tenants are not disturbed. Q > Q W Z J GL Z W ZQ0� OHO pZW SCALE 1/4"=1'-0" Z O F- X O W C) v O � O Z O Z :2 W J m o W (f, - O �1 U XS G W_ W W Q Q Cf) Y Z m z Q LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED o APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: Al 00a DEMOLITION NOTES OWNER: (E) ELECTRICAL PANELS, AND CONDUITS TO REMAIN. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS (E) GOOSENECK FIXTURES, j, J-BOXES AND WIRING TO BE r REMOVED. � I �JI I I —iT--i-- I I I 0 1 I I � I 1 - - - i - - -IF-�-I- I T- I 1 I i o I I i 0 I (E) SPRINKL R HEADS TO I (E) UNIT HEADER TO B REMOD. --�- - --I ----BE- 1�EW0 �EEJ - - + - -i-- - V -� - MEC-ANICAL (DRAWINGS, TYT. (E) RESTROOM CEILING, LIGHT I I I I I I I FIXTURE/ EXHAUST FAN AND FIRE/EMERGENCY DEVICES TO REMAIN �^\ (E) LIGHT FIXTURE I(E)RTUTo I ( __ ___ _ __ _ ___ ___ _ _ __ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - ---- — --T — — - — — - — _ — _ - - - - - - - - - - — — - — ----- - — TO BE REMOVED - cJ I I L� � \ — — — �� I I I I i I / \ I (E) S/A DUCT TO (E) GYP. BD. (E) LINEAR -10 BE REMOVED TYP. CEILING TO BE DIFFUSER TO BE \\ \\ �� - ' REMOVED, TYP. y (E) AWNINGS TO BE REMOVED REMOVED TYP. ��\ \ � (E)FRE DEVICES. R�FER I I i - `-I--- - -- 1 -- - -- - I---I---I---r--I--,---r- ---r� �-T r--- ---T I- ---T--r--I--T-- - ---F F- \\ -------M CTL?I AL_ -- -- --- I I I ICJ I -�--I- I- L -1 1- 1--1---1---I--�---I- �� J--��I-- I--�--I---I-- I - 2ch1�-1� 'I A�F--I---I-- I---I� \\ DRA INGS YP T-- Lam- I I I-t- - - - - o I 1 L- I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I / / I I I I I I I I I 8.OI• DECK( I I I \ c G) I I I I o I I I I o I I i I I 1 1 �� PI P� PI PI D� III L -1 III D9 Pin PI L5. P� I PI I --I I I I I I I I I I I I III \\-T�/ / \\ / I I I I I I I I O sAL s I I I I \ \\ \1 \i I -- - -{---I---t- -t- -�--- AREAtritT--f - I--! E) SAVES AREA I I \1/ \'/ I I </� I \/ I I T T (E) C SHWRAPII FIXTURES TO Q_ I (�E) ACT( CEILING, I I I I I AREA YP. B)7. REMOVED, fi - - >-- ) I Ff USEiS,�PlEEi2S; - - - I - - -- I--- _- 1- 1 --I - I-- /\ - I-- I �y I--IR€�IOV-0r Ta'PSPEAKERS TO �E- I-_ I I I L ICEILINC AND LIGHT I -- I--—--I�YP_--- �Y - - - I I /j\ND LICIT FIXTURES i I I I 1 I LL �17r�-� I I I I I I I I I I I I III III I R\n�0 _ I 1 1 1 1 I I I ' ' O BE EMOVED, TYP. y ' 1 O O O I I O I O B.O. cvl=r i I I--�I o I i I C J ( I I I C J ( I I C J ( I I I I I''C� I L J o I I I C J ( I �� I I LJ I I I C J (\ \�\ o o it I I I I (E) Ht�T HAT R ' HEATI�R ON SHELF I I C 4 _ I \ �c� �t--I---I---I---�-}}I��---�--I---I---I---�----I----�� u � ��---I---I---�--�--1---�---I------I----I---I--�--�----� � �-( I TO B4 REMOVED I I \ L 1 I I 1 1 DIFFUSERS TO BE AREA I 1 1 I 1 I LE -_-_- -_-_- -- -_-_- -_-_- �� I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 (E) (SOFFIT I \\\\ I - I I I REHOVED,I TYP. I I I I I 1 � T r 7 T F- I I I I I (E) DROPPED TACT I I I I I I TO � EMAIN - -- 1 --J-- -- I -I -- --I -I n CEILING TO -- (E) SALES �REi-EXTfi` fGRS-I---t-----I--�-- I---I--�-- }---1---�-- I---I--g -✓----I------r-- I---I---r--�REMOV D TY�.-- f---I---f -- j---I---r-- I---I--�-� \\\ I I ___________ F AND EMERGENC-" LIGHTING TO I I 1 4 1 1 04 1 1 u(3 1 1'D cj I I I I I I I I Q g I I'D 4 1 1 P 4 1 1 1 CO Cj I I'D cj I 1 04 1 '04 I \ I� L 1_ J I Q BE REMOVED, TYP. uNo I I II ----- I I --� =1-====1===1-==— -I-- - -- ---I-- - ----1---1--- I ---I- 1 1 1 I I I I 1 1 I I 1 I I \\\ (El) EXIT GN I I II ! FP F� - - FP �P - = P FP -1 FP -i--I FP -I IFP I FIP I I- Fly -�- FP F--I FP �-- IFP 1 FIP - -T, REMAIN SII I I I \ I I -I I I I I I\ r——f---r— r— -I---� K71 n o I I I I I I , I--L--a---I---I--�1--I--� -----I---L L—I------ \\ I I I I I I II K '-' I I I I I I I _ I_ I I__ I I I I I I I I I I i I I E) sPr�INKLER 1HEADs fro I 1 () SALI4s AREA I I I I j�O BEI I 1 \\\\ \ O (E) RTU TO I I I - E REWORKED. SECURITY DEVIL S TO j2EMOVED, I I \ \ - - - - - - - - I i I I I II 1 I REMAIN 1 1 I I q 071� qi � C 1 I I I I I I I I I I I (IRKED. !SEE I I I I 1 O O I I I 1-- +---I---I---+- I---I----I---I--- +- -I---1 --i-- - 4-- --- F-C9A AL GS,-TYP. -- E REM VED, T P.---- I-- �--� L------ 1 lay r� 11 r� � - I t-- �--0-1-- �- I �--f---I---1---t---- �- I I\ I I I I I II----- I 4 � 1 1 11 4 1 1 I o 1 I 1 0 1 1 I C� 1 1 �� I 1 11 I o 1 Do 1 CI 1 1 1 1 CI 1 I �� i I CI I 1 DO I 1 CI 1 0 1 U-0 1 1 CD 1 0 1 �� I 1 C� 1 D-0 I I o II 1 I I I I I, I I I_ -I__ I __I __I I I_ I I I 141 I I__ I __I I I I (E NON-sPLEs A EA I I 11 K 71 n 0 l I ____ 1 1 I 1 F-I I I I I I I I I I I 1 T I8'12 5/8"1 A.F.F I I I I I I I I T \\\ su PLY AND RETURN I � �/ � u I I- -1 I I - - - - - - - _ �� \ / I I �� I I I \ / ( I B.O. IJOIST �� All DIFFUSERS TO BE j I I j 11 I � J I � � / \ � �y / \ RErOVED,ITYP. j I I 11 I �_ _ I I a --I----I-1--1-- 1--I---I-- -�-- --� --1-- -- ---I--L---1--I--I-- --L -1--L--L--1 1---A \\\ I I I I I I I I I �0 1 I DO 1 I Q� I I IN I 10. 1 D- 5- D- '0 D� D0 I I 5� I I FQ 1 5- I \ \\\ I I I I I I I I I I I I r\ - --�-- I--- -- —--1--4--L--I---I--� — r�--� l I ,- -- — -- — -- -- — —+--I---I---I-—— I— — ��—— +-- —I—----I--+--I—I----k—� --+— (-E�--SALES- IAREA+-- — -- --I-- a --I-- ---I� \\\ — — — — I DI FUSER TO BE RMOVED, TYPI I 1 \\\ �. I 1 I �(�)FIRE 6EVICES. REFER I\ f I o I I CJ � C C� I I I L-L--1---I- �---L--�--�--i---i---i---i---i--1--L--I--�--�--�--�---�---I--�--I---I--�--I---�--1--!--�---L--�--�-€L�c�RIOA�I---I-�=C 1 1 i i I I I I I 71 (E) S/A DUCT TO SPRINKLER FIRE (E) GYP. BD. DRAWINGS, TYP. SPRINKLER MAIN TO REMAIN, TYP. REMOVED TYP. p I I p O BE REMOVED, TYP. O O O CEILING TO BE O O 1�71 I 1 I �-, , — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — (E) ELECTRICAL CONDUIT TO BE REMOVED. CUT, CAP AND REMOVE LINES BACK TO EXTENT OF TENANT'S LEASED SPACE, TYP. EXISTING CONDITION AND DEMOLITION PLAN (E) FITTING ROOM AREA CEILING, DIFFUSERS AND LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED, TYP. Demolition Notes: 1. All utility lines below slab must be capped off. 2. Tenant GC is to exercise extreme care during demolition so as not to damage/disrupt any and all utilities which pass through this space. Tenant contractor shall bear full responsibilities for cost for repairs and disruption. 3. If applicable, Dimensions required for expansion area. 4. Water lines must be disconnected from present water source and connect to "Tenant" water line and meter. 5. Any and all items not being reused must be removed (for utilities, back to the point of origin). Nothing shall be abandoned in place. 6. Tenant's GC to coordinate demolition with property management to ensure neighboring tenants are not disturbed. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION TO REMAIN EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION — — OR OTHER ITEM TO BE REMOVED ,7 (E) LIGHT FIXTURES, OUTLET AND MARKETING RAIL TO BE REMOVED. (E) GYP. BD. CEILING TO REMAIN. \ GOOSENECK FIXTURES, J-BOXES AND WIRING TO BE \ REMOVED. SEE ELECTRCAL Y \DRAWINGS (E) RECESSED STOREFRONT Y ` ENTRY INSULATED TEMP. GLASS CEILING TO REMAIN. �Y \ \ c� \ R \ \ (E) LIGHT FIXTURES, OUTLET AND MARKETING RAIL TO BE \ REMOVED. (E) GYP. BD. \CEILING TO REMAIN. (E) LIGHT FIXTURE \, TO BE REMOVED NORTH I. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. REFER TO MEP SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES * SPECIFICATIONS. 3. COORDINATE ALL PHASES OF DEMOLITION FOR PROJECT, VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION AND VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS (EG- OVERALL DIMENSIONS, CONDITION OF CONCRETE SLAB, LOCATION OF SERVICES, STRUCTURE, CLEARANCES, ETC.) AGAINST THE PROPOSED WORK. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES, OMISSIONS OR OBSTRUCTIONS *70 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER THAT WILL AFFECT THE LAYOUT OR DESIGN IMMEDIATELY. NO ALLOWANCES WILL BE MADE FOR FAILURE TO DO SO. 4. UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION, ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE VERIFIED FOR VARIANCES AGAINST THE PROPOSED WORK, REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY TO CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 5. PROVIDE FOR LEGAL REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF AL.L RUBBISH AND DEBRIS FROM THE BUILDING AND SITE. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS WITH LANDLORD. PROTECT ALL WORK NOT SLATED FOR DEMOLITION. G. TAKE PRECAUTIONS AGAINST DAMAGING OR DISRUPTING BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS. ANY DAMAGE TO THESE ITEMS SHALL BE REPAIRED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 7. CONFORM WITH ALL LANDLORD'S BUILDING REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES. 8. MAINTAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHERS) DURING ALL PHASES OF WORK AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 9. MAINTAIN /RELOCATE ANY FIRE PROTECTION SIGNALS OR PROTECTION EQUIPMENT AS REQ'D FOR DURATION OF THE WORK. 10. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR THE PROTECTION AND/OR STORAGE OF ANY ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED. IL UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION WORK,LEAVE ALL AFFECTED AREAS IN BROOM CLEAN CONDITION. 12. ALL EXISTING ELEMENTS THAT ARE TO BE REUSED ARE TO BE KEPT IN OR RETURNED TO "LIKE NEW" CONDITION AND ARE TO BE PROTECTED THROUGHOUT WORK. 13. G.C. TO CONFIRM NOTED DECK, BEAM AND JOIST HEIGHTS. SCALE 1/4"=1'-0" 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: o 0 U U L t i i Y Y U U Q Q L U E O O = U) � E E t L U tp q 3 N N 0 U) C0 _O C6 --5 Mr O O C7 1-- Ln I. LO O 0 C W Ca .0 a)LO zLO Wr LO U T Ln Q — U aco:) U 0 E Lo Cc;'t c�ULo E§Lo � o � 0 o STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 C.J. A INDSOR, CT. V6V74 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION J elf 0 w Y U w 0 W Y m Z ry 0 LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL ® APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: 02020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 LEGEND DEMOLITION NOTES DRAWING NUMBER: Al 00b 7 OWNER: DeDu�O TENANT SEPARATION WALL AS SCHEDULED _ tl la o A A100c � � CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE - REFER TO 1/A100b. VENDOR TO CONSTRUCT BARRICADE TO PROVIDE SECURITY FOR SPACE. COORDINATE LOCATION AND EXTENTS WITH LANDLORD BARRICADE DOORS CENTERED ON NFL DOOR LOCH RICADE PLAN (BOSTON BARRICADE) LEASE LINE NEW ENTRY LOCATION 51'-3 15/16" C615 15/16117 TENANT SEPARATION WALL AS SCHEDULED �i co lc � u A100c G.C. TO PROTECT EXISTING MALL FLOORING TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD CO U 10 ARRICADE -REFER TO 1/A100b. VENDOR T BARRICADE TO PROVIDE SECURITY FOR SP ORDINATE LOCATION AND EXTENTS WITH f ' F RD X'-X" A.F.F.J, 1 i 4' -0" B.O. BULKHEAD LEASE VENDOR TO PROVIDE A INSTALL PROTECTIVE MATERIAL BETNEEN BOTTOM OF BAR ADE AND MALL FLOOR TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING ONSTRUCTION SILL ANCHORAGE: \ 0.205" DIA. PAF @ 16" O.C. 114 TENT SEP, AS CONSTRUCTION BARR TO 1/A100c. GC TO CC BARRICADE TO PROV FOR SPACE. COORDIN AND EXTENTS WITH TENANT SEPARATION HALL aS SCHEDULED 1(�]NOT USED SCALE SSI LESCALE _ ]�P[BARRICADE SECTION (BOSTON BARRICADE) 1/4"=1'- © BARRICADE PLAN 114"=1'-0" NEW CONTINUOUS 2x8 HOOD BLOCKING (SOUTHERN YELLON PINE #2 OR BETTER) w/(2)-#10 x 5 1/2" LONG HOOD TO METAL INSTALL THROUGH EIFS FINISH INTO EXISTING METAL STUDS H/ F.H. SCREWS @ 12" O.C. (SCREWS MUST BE LONG ENOUGH TO ENGAGE LIGHTGAUGE BY 1" MIN) G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL 6 MIL POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC SHEETING OVER 2X4 F.R.T. HOOD STUDS (SPACING TO MATCH BARRICADE HALL STUDS BUT NOT TO EXCEED 4'-0" O.C.). SECURE TO EXISTING BULKHEAD. INSTALL NEW FINISHES AND ANNINGS AFTER REMOVAL OF SUPPORTS 11'-5" A.F.F.OL B.O. BULKHEAD (3)-#10 SCREWS, TYP 2"x 2"x 12 GA x 0'-6" LONG FRAMING CLIP w/(2)-#10 SCREH5 EACH LEG EXISTING MALL FACADE 3-6/8" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. HITH 1/2" TYP A/B, EXTERIOR GRADE PLYHOOD (SMOOTH SIDE ON EXTERIOR) LEASE LINE G.G. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL PROTECTIVE MATERIAL BETNEEN BOTTOM OF BARRICADE AND MALL FLOOR TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION SILL ANCHORAGE: 0.205" DIA. PAF @ 16" O.C. CONT. 3-5/8" X 18 GA. METAL TRACK r3l BARRICADE SECTION (EXTERIOR) SCALE 1. TENANT G.C. SHALL COORDINATE BARRICADE REQUIREMENTS, LOCATION AND INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE WITH MALL OPERATIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 2. G.C. TO CONSULT WITH MALL REPRESENTATIVE FOR HOURS IN WHICH WORK ON BARRICADE CAN OCCUR. 3. G.C. SHALL CONSTRUCT A TEMPORARY BARRICADE(S) AS INDICATED. INSTALL THICK PLASTIC VISQUEEN TO BULKHEAD TO CREATE DUST -PROOF CONDITION. BARRICADES ARE TO BE ADEQUATELY SECURED AND BRACED TO BULKHEAD FRAMING FOR LATERAL STABILITY AND MUST BE STRUCTURALLY SOUND. 4. PAINT PER DETAILS ON THIS SHEET. REFER TO SHEET A103 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE. 5. BARRICADE IS TO BE 100% COMPLETE AND READY FOR GRAPHICS TO BE INSTALLED NOT MORE THAN TWO DAYS AFTER CONSTRUCTION START. G.C. TO CONTACT OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE UPON COMPLETION TO COORDINATE GRAPHICS INSTALLATION. 6. G.C. 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING BARRICADE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 7. REMOVE BARRICADE WHEN 100% OF STOREFRONT IS COMPLETE ON THE EVENING BEFORE G.G.'S PUNCHLIST IS COMPLETED, PRIOR TO OWNER VERIFICATION, AND AFTER LANDLORD APPROVAL IS RECEIVED. CARE IS TO BE TAKEN WHEN DISASSEMBLING AND REMOVING BARRICADE. ON INTERIOR SIDE (STORE SIDE), PAPER WINDOWS WITH WHITE CONSTRUCTION PAPER OVER GLAZING ONLY. TRIM 1/2" OFF EDGES AND TAPE CONTINUOUSLY AROUND PERIMETER WITH WHITE TAPE. G.C. IS TO RESTORE NEUTRAL PIER(S), MALL FLOORING/SIDEWALK AND BULKHEAD/FACADE TO A 'LIKE NEW' CONDITION AND FINISH. D BARRICADE NOTES (EXTERIOR) SCALE SEE 5/A100c BOXED BEAM, SEE PLAN ' 18 GA BASE TRACK (TRACK DEPTH SHALL MATCH STUI DEPTH). COLUMN CONNECTION BUILT-UP BOX COLUMN - DBL 3 5/8" DP, 18 GA STUDS WITH 3 5/8" 18 GA TRACK, EA SIDE. (4)-#10 SCREWS 1 1/2"xl 1/2"x16 GA FRAMING CLIP (LENGTH TO MATCH BEAM WIDTH) N/(2)-#10 PANCAKE HEAD SCREWS EACH LEG (TYP, TOP t BOTTOM OF BEAM) STOP FULL LENGTH TRACKS OF BUILT-UP COLUMN SHORT OF BASE TRACK 16 GA TRACK N/(3)-#10 PANCAKE HEAD SCREWS EACH FLANGE (TRACK LENGTH TO MATCH BEAM DEPTH) CONNECT TRACK TO COLUMN N/((,)-#10 SCREWS STOP FULL LENGTH TRACKS OF BUILT-UP COLUMN SHORT OF BASE TRACK (2)-#8 PAN HEAD SCREWS EACH SIDE (4)-#12 CONCRETE SCREWS VISQUEEN OL Q m NLL 0= O +I Z 70 • V.I.F. -4 1/4 152 1/4 L. SIDE ELEVATPN__( is SCALE O BARRICADE ELEVATIONS N.T.S. 5 A100c C OF BARRICADE DOOR ON STOREFRONT DOOR OPENING LUNS I KUL I IUN bAK KILAUL NU I t5 1. CENTERLINE OF THE CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE DOORS TO ALIGN HITH THE CENTERLINE OF THE NEW PERMANENT ENTRY. 2. CONTACT TENANT IF BARRICADE IS NOT BUILT TO MATCH INDICATED DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. IF REQUIRED COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF NORK. 4. MAINTAIN MIN. 10'-0" MIN. CLEAR BETWEEN BARRICADE AND ANY OBSTRUCTIONS (IE. PLANTERS, KIOSKS, ETC.). CONTACT TENANT REPRESENTATIVE IF MINIMUM CAN NOT BE ACHIEVED. 5. PROVIDE (2) V-0" X 6'-8" DOORS HITH LOCKSETS 6. PAINT FINISH: PT-1 , SEMIGLOSS 7. INSTALL PROVIDED GRAPHICS AS DIRECTED. 8. AFTER BARRICADE REMOVAL, G.C. TO INSTALL NHITE PAPER ON BACKSIDE OF STOREFRONT BEHIND NINDONS It DOORS. (TYPICAL) q. BARRICADE CONSTRUCTION SHALL NOT BE USED FOR STORAGE OR SUPPORT OF ANY MATERIALS. DO NOT LEAN ANY ITEMS AGAINST BARRICADE HALLS. i 0" 14'-3 1/4" 1171 1/4"1 C\ "7 13'-0" C15(6"] 33'-3 1/4" C3gg 1/4" BASE PER MALL REQUIREMENTS (TYP.) FRONT ELEVATION_(* BASE PER MALL REQUIREMENTS (TYP.) VISQUEEN w 0 Q U Q (n I iL_ _ I. V.I.F. I. 4'-3 5/8" 151 5T8"1 R. SIDE ELEVATION 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: � o 0 U U F 1' Y Q .0 .0 uQ Y0 0 0 �� E E E E N 0 � a 16 Lo 0 co 2 O T W c c,s Lo z Lo It Lo Lo U0 T nW) Lo V/ (0 i O U aLo O E Lo I-- cis dt ELo 0 dT �0� c� a STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 Q lA/IAIPI1L'] Ql!�T r%n_n7A 0. VVIIVLi0%_jrl, V 1 . uuuI,+ ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE ' INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION VJ Z 0 7 0 0 W �- -iv W W W Cn = Q Q Z _1 J LD < 0 m IL o n/ W LL �1 U W U Siif c ��.o : cn z co < . f .; Z m bq : O rl,llll ry p o LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: SCALEA 1 00C 14"=1'-0" ��l EXTERIOR WALKWAY N.I.G. 18"-#4 REBAR DOWEL @ IV' O.C. NEW CONCRETE P/ 4" GRANULAR FILL MIL. VAPOR RETAI 6" AND PROPERLY EXISTING VAPOR F IF ONE EXISTS, V. 6'I A SLAB INFILL DETAIL I. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING SURFACES AS NECESSARY BEFORE APPLYING NEW FINISHES. ALL SOFT, POROUS, FLAKING OR OTHERWISE DEFECTIVE FINISHES SHALL BE REMOVED BEFORE APPLICATION OF NEW MATERIALS. 3. OPENINGS, VOIDS, OR UNFINISHED SURFACES CREATED BY REMOVAL OR MODIFICATION OF EXISTING WORK SHALL BE FILLED OR PATCHED AND FINISHED AS NECESSARY TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS FOR NEW FINISHES. 4. VERIFY ALL WALL PENETRATIONS ARE SEALED TIGHT AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE SEPARATION. 5. PROVIDE ALL WORK REQUIRED TO CORRECT DEFICIENT CONDITIONS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ADDITIONAL GYPSUM BOARD TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED RATINGS. 6. MAINTAIN THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL AND FIRE RATING INTEGRITY OF THE TENANT SEPARATION WALLS, FLOOR SLAB, BEAMS, COLUMNS, ROOF DECK, ETC. 7. ALL WALL FRAMING SHALL BE SECURED OR DIAGONALLY BRACED AT MINIMUM 4'-0" O.C. REFER TO PARTITION LEGEND AND CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. 8. MINIMUM DIMENSION FROM ANY CORNER OR WALL TO FRAMING STUD AT DOOR JAMB OPENING SHALL BE 4" (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). 9. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF GYPSUM WALL BOARD OR CENTERLINE OF COLUMN (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). 10. PROVIDE METAL OR FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL SIGNS, HOOKS, TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES AND ANY OTHER WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE ALL BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS NECESSARY FOR MILLWORK WITH TENANT REPRESENTATIVE AND AHJ. 11. ALL FRAMING LUMBER AND PLYWOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. 12. BEFORE WORK BEGINS COORDINATE WORK OF VARIOUS TRADES IN INSTALLATION OF INTERRELATED WORK. MAKE PROPER PROVISIONS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES. AND EPDXY DOWEL INTO NG CONCRETE FLOOR NG CONCRETE FLOOR SCALE jI CONSTRUCTION PLAN 13. ADJUST FLOOR CONDITION AT LEASE LINE TO ELIMINATE ANY TRIPPING HAZARD. 14. COORDINATE ANY REQUIRED SLAB AND/OR STRUCTURAL AND/OR EXIST'G BUILDING MODIFICATIONS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. REFER TO MEP SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 15. ALL GYPSUM BOARD FINISHING TRIM TO BE METAL. NO OTHER MATERIALS WILL BE ACCEPTED. ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS TO BE "NEAT/SHARP FINISH" 16. G.C. TO CARRY ADDITIONAL 8 HRS FOR PAINTER AFTER MERCHANDISING 17. G.C. TO CARRY ADDITIONAL 12 HRS FOR CARPENTER FOR PUNCH LIST 18. ALL DIMENSIONS, U.N.O., ARE HOLD DIMENSIONS. EXISTING TENANT SEPARATION PARTITION Al EXISTING TENANT SEPARATION PARTITION TO REMAIN; G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING (I-HR) - G.C. TO FIRE SAFE ALL VOIDS, FIRE TAPE AND CAULK AS REQUIRED. NOTE: IF TENANT SEPARATION PARTITIONS STOP SHORT OF DECK ABOVE G.G. TO INSTALL AND EXTEND GYP. BD. TO DECK AND FIRE SAFE AS REQUIRED. EXISTING MASONRY WALL A2 MASONRY WALL WITH FURR-OUT. G.G. TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING, IF APPLICABLE EXISTING PARTITION A3 G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING, IF APPLICABLE 81 SALES PARTITION 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. WITH 5/8" GYP. BD. FROM SLAB TO 6" ABOVE CEILING - REFER TO 2 * 3/A300, FOR WALL PANEL SYSTEM, AS APPLICABLE. INSTALL GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE FOR FURR-OUT LOCATIONS W/ R-13 INSULATION AT EXTERIOR WALLS. FULL HEIGHT PARTITION 82 3 5/8" METAL STUDS TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE @ 16" O.C. WITH 5/5" GYP. BD. FROM SLAB TO 6" ABOVE CEILING ON SALES SIDE AND TO DECK ABOVE ON NON -SALES SIDE - REFER TO 4/A300. CONTRACTOR TO FIRE CAULK/SEAL AS REQUIRED BY CODE. EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION u I -I .0 TO APPLY NEW PLASTER FINISH ON 5/8 DENS ASS SHEATHIN OVER VAPOR O G GL G VPR PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER ON 1/2 EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING. ON THE EXISTING AIR/WATER MEMBRANE, SHEATHING AND METAL STUDS. G.C. TO CONFIRM EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION IN FIELD AND COORDINATE WITH MALL OPERATIONS AND J.JILL PROJECT MANAGER. REFER TO STOREFRONT SHEETS AND A204 PARTITION LEGEND NOTES 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) GYP. BD. TO EXTEND TIGHT TO DECK WHEN A FINISH CEILING IS NOT SCHEDULED. REFER TO SHEET A300 FOR CONNECTION DETAILS AND FRAMING GAUGE SCHEDULE. PLUMBING PARTITIONS TO USE 6" METAL STUDS FOR PIPE CHASES. INSTALL WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. AT TOILET ROOM(S) AND NET AREAS. INSTALL FULL -THICKNESS SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION TO SALES AND FITTING ROOM PARTITIONS SHARED WITH THE TOILET ROOM(S). O REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE SHEET A301 lO LEASE LINE - VERIFY LOCATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE. 2O TENANT SEPARATION PARTITION OR SHELL BUILDING CONSTRUCTION; REFER TO PARTITION TYPES FOR SCOPE OF WORK OCASHWRAP / BACKWRAP FIXTURES: REFER TO FIXTURE MFR SHOP AND ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR POWER, PHONE, DATA AND CORE DRILLING REQUIREMENTS, INFILL AS REQ'D. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE. OWALL PANEL STANDARDS - REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A303 t A300a FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS/INSTRUCTIONS RECESSED WALL STANDARDS. OSURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS - I" SLOTS 2" O.C. -- ALIGN SLOTS THROUGHOUT NON -SALES AREA. - REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A304 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTSANSTRUCTIONS O1/2" FRT PLYWOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN STUDS FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS INCLUDING: GRAPHIC PANELS, HANGBARS, BENCHES ETC. REFER O INTERIORE A IONS ON SHEET A400 FOR EXTENTS REFER O TELVT RFRT DETAILS ON SHEET A300 AND FIXTURE MANUFACTURERS DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. FOR BLOCKING IN FITTING ROOM PANEL SYSTEM REFER TO DETAIL II/A302. O7 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR SCOPE OF WORK SO STOREFRONT GLAZING AND GLAZING SYSTEM. REFER TO STOREFRONT SHEETS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK OLINE OF CEILING TRANSITION ABOVE; REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 10 FLOOR MOUNTED TRANSFORMER AND BOLLARDS TO REMAIN. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEET E300 FOR SCOPE OF WORK. ii FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE LOCATED PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 10. THE SIZE TO BE A MINIMUM 2-A:10-5:C PORTABLE, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A MAXIMUM OF 48" A.F.F. TO THE TOP OF THE HANDLE. COORDINATE LOCATION W/ LOCAL FIRE OFFICIAL. NORTH 6 Dayo00 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: Ya) o0 U U U U U U Q Q OC L Y E E E O 0 O y y E E L L C0 3 0 U) CO 3 � T o W C`3 E Lo 0 cl) d' 2 O W c ttf _51 Q \ Lo � Z 0 Lo Lo U 1 'IT Lo �c 65 Zo Q le :3 :3o U 0-Lo cu _c 't to U Lo ELo 0 0co co O STORE NO: 3165 SCALE 1/4"=1'-0" O FITTING ROOM, VESTIBULE * GO- ACK CLOSET DRAPE * HARDWAR E; REFER TO DETAIL 12/A301 13 EXISTING PARTITION/WALL TO REMAIN. PROTECT DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION; REFER TO PARTITION TYPES FOR SCOPE OF NEW WORK 14 TRENCH CONCRETE SLAB FOR PLUMBING TO MOP SINK AND DRINIKING FOUNTAIN; REFER TO SHEET A100a FOR EXTENTS OF DEMOLITION AND PATCH DETAIL 2/AI01. 16 WALL STANDARD LENGTH, THIS BAY ONLY, V-0". TOP OF STANDARD AT 7'-0" A.F.F.; REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND SECTIONS ON A303 17 CLEAR FLOOR AREA AT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT/REAR DOOR MARKED WITH RED VCT. REFER TO A103 FOR MORE INFORMATION ON OSHA REQUIRED DEMARCATIONS. 15 ISI CABINET; REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR SCOPE OF WO RK 8lq TRENCH CONCRETE SLAB FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT; REFER TO SHEET AI00a FOR EXTENTS OF DEMOLITION AND PATCH DETAIL 2/AI01. 20 G.C. TO ALIGN EXISTING WALL AND NEW WALL SURFACES. Q21 G.C. TO CAULK AREA BETWEEN BUMP -OUT AND WALL PANEL SYSTEM. CAULK COLOR TO MATCH WALL. 22 PROVIDE 3/4" F.R.T. BLOCKING. REFER TO E400 23 HI/LO WATER COOLERS; REFER TO 15/A304 FOR REF. DTLS. 25 EXISTING PARTITION/WALL TO REMAIN. G.C. TO EXTEND FRAMING TO DECK WITH 5/8" GYP. BD TO DECK ABOVE ON NON -SALES SIDE.CONTRACTOR TO FIRE CAULK/SEAL AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 26 SWITCH BANK; REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 n nnnmc+�n �-r nnn-n 0. vvnvvwrl u I . unuIt ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION i 07 Y m z Q ry 0 LANDLORD REVIEW & Aocanvel APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: 02020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: CONSTRUCTION NOTES PARTITION LEGEND REFER TO 13/A300 FOR STUD FRAMING SIZES, SPACING, GAUGES AND BRACING REQUIREMENTS KEY NOTES 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: LIGHTS AND SPEAKERS TO y t 0 0 - - - - - — Q Q ADJACENT BE CENTERED IN TWO FOOT I TENANT UU U E 1 "'` CEILING GRID, EACH WAY = _ 2 2 CHI CHI CHI CHI (n E EE C n EM/NL0 — J U) S 3 u6 � o � C7 CHI CHI CHI CHI EM/NL 2 E 8'-4 3/8" A.F.F GYP. BD. PT-1C 2 2-- LO 0 co I O + CHI CHI CHI CHI CHI CHI CHI— } EM/NL EM/NL 18 � U fA q q 3 LO NON —SALES OF CASHWRAP E 11'-5" A.F.F. z LO �t 10 104 OPENI K\ GYP. BD. PT -IC .- 0 TO ABOVE = TYP. TI I TI T TI T TI T TI Tl TI 71 I 71 TI TI Tl 71 71 TI 71 Tl Tl TI Tl Tl TI TI Tl Tl TI 71 Tl TI (\ EXISTING 16 NLo O EQ, — — _TI CHI CHI CHI CHI CH1 CHI CHI TOILET \ 14 EM/NL R� 5 Tliq I 3 - 3 -0 I 2-0 II U t05 D2/NL PD2 NL P 2/N c� �\ <C I % — w y f- 7 Y � - —tu --- — C U a LO - O E "' c I TI 0 O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O 0 O O ® 0 O O O O 0 0 0 ® 0 O 0 �\ EMl 8-1 B-1 EMI B-I B-1 EMl B-1 B-1 EMI B_I EMI B-1 -1 EMI B-1 EMFLO B-I (E) RECESSED STOREFRONT U _ 13 �\ ENTRY LO o - POINT TYP. F 3 CEILING TO REMAIN. G.C. OLASS EXTERIOR 1 GHI CN1 GH1 GHI GH1 GHl GHI EQ. EQ. 10'-4" A.F.F. (\ VERIFY GLASS IS TEMPERED. WALKWAY EM/NL r— — — — T — — — — EM/NL CH1 ► I 13'-8" TYP. 23'-811 18'-6" TYP. ACT-1 �o LC. C31 I I �.EX2 I START 1 /% 1=X7FR InR ACC. R — ------ — DETAIL A -A JL — — — — — — — —--------J 315" DIA. A301 — — THREADED STEEL DETAIL B-B ROD, TYP. G.G. TO GOORDINATE WITH LIGHTING VENDOR OVER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A5 NEEDED PER MANUFACTURER'S 5PEGIFIGATION5. GABLE SUSPENDED PENDANT FIXTURES TO BE MOUNTED INDIVIDUALLY AND 5EGURED TO PI000 UNISTRUT. BOTTOM OF FIXTURE TO BE 5ET 6-5"A.F.F. VESTIBULE FITTING ROOM CLOSET 3/8"(P A36 THREADED ROD, TYP. (INSTALL SNUG TIGHT, DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN) I. 1'-0" MIN. I. SPRING NUT * LOCK WASHER BY UNISTRUT DETAIL A -A P3000 UNISTRUT (1 3/811 HIGH TO FIT IN DECK FLUTE) SPRING NUT STANDARD NUT STANDARD NUT $ WASHER EXIST'G STEEL JOIST P1000 UNISTRUT (MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SPAN = 10-011 3/8"0 A307 THREADED ROD, TYP. CONTACT ARCHITECT FOR REVISED UNISTRUT CONNECTION TO TOP CHORD IF THERE IS INADEQUATE DECK CLEARANCE FOR UNISTRUT INSTALLATION. PENDANT FIXTURE CABLE B MANUFAC DETAIL B-B -)LE THROUGH T FOR CABLE 3/8"(P A307 THREADED ROD STANDARD NUT PI000 UNISTRUT STANDARD NUT $ WASHER ADJACENT TENANT N.I.C. Reflected Ceilina Plan Notes: 1. If acoustical ceiling tiles are being used in sales area, they are required to be 2x2 tiles with a "second look". 2. All exposed members (beams, joists, ducts, etc.) must be painted in an exposed ceiling condition. 3. Design control area: first 5'-0" of store and required to have gyp. bd. ceiling. No acoustical ceiling is allowed in this area. 4. Spiral ductwork required in exposed ceiling conditions, with the exception of back -of-house areas. 5. Fluorescent light fixtures are not permitted in the design control zone or the first (5) feet of space. 6. Any/all fluorescent fixtures utilized in the sales area must be recessed and incorporate metallic finished para-wedge diffusers. No exposed lamps, white acrylic egg crate or clear acrylic prismatic diffusers permitted. NORTH K0� PENDANT LIGHT SUSPENSION DETAIL SCALE I REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ALE 3/4"=1'-0" O1 /4"=1'-0" 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD ENSURE THAT FASTENER IS COMPLETELY COUNTER -SUNK t THAT THE TRACK HARDWARE FUNCTIONS PROPERLY (FULL WIDTH AND LENGTH OF BANNER TRACK) FASTENERS PER MFR INSTRUCTIONS BANNER TRACK. - ROSE DISPLAY LTD., NOVADISPLAY 'EASYGLIDE' TRACK #25-0018P-W INSTALL PER MFR INSTRUCTIONS FIN. CL REFER TO PLAN FOR QUANTITY AND LENGTHS 1. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. COORDINATE ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND WITH PROJECT DESIGN INTENT - CLARIFY INTENT WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. ALL LIFE SAFETY DEVICE LOCATIONS ARE TO BE REVIEWED WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR DESIGN INTENT, BUT FINAL LOCATIONS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH INSPECTOR OR OTHER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 3. ALL CEILING HEIGHTS ARE FROM TOP OF FINISH FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FINISH CEILING OR LIGHT FIXTURE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING FOR SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS AND ADDITIONAL HANGERS AND SAFETY WIRES FOR LIGHT FIXTURES, DUCTWORK, SPEAKERS, ETC. 5. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF LUMINAIRES AND SUPERCEDE ALL OTHERS, TYP. (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). 6. MECHANICAL DEVICE LOCATION FOR REFERENCE ONLY REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS FOR LOCATION AND FINISH 7. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SUSPENDED MECHANICAL DUCTWORK DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. 8. PROVIDE FRT BLOCKING AND BRACING REQUIRED FOR FIXTURE INSTALLATION AND ALL ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS q. SECURE ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, J-BOXES, TRACK, ETC. TO FRAMING AS REQUIRED 10. COORDINATE ANY NEW ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND LANDLORD'S ROOF CONTRACTOR. IL PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS FOR PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO ACCESS EQUIPMENT OR CONTROLS; COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. LOCATIONS TO BE APPROVED BY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 12. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS ARE NOT PERMITTED TO ATTACH TO, SUSPEND FROM, OR PENETRATE THROUGH THE FLOOR OR ROOF DECK ABOVE WITHOUT THE LANDLORD'S PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. ATTACHMENT TO OR SUSPENSION FROM THE JOIST TOP CHORD OR OTHER STRUCTURAL COMPONENT IS PERMITTED WITHIN ALLOWABLE STRUCTURAL LOADING LIMITS. 13. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE SHEET A103 FOR ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE AND PAINT COLOR SPECIFICATIONS WHEN APPLICABLE. 14. CAULK SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSER FRAMES AT CEILING. 15. REFER TO SHEET A306 FOR SUPPORT AND BRACING OF ALL CEILING COMPONENTS IN SEISMIC ZONES, WHERE APPLICABLE 16. G.C. TO INSTALL 1/4" TOGGLE BOLTS IN EXISTING CEILING LOCATIONS WHERE PLYWOOD BLOCKING CANNOT BE INSTALLED. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION CHI 4' LONG LINEAR FLUORESCENT W/ INTEGRAL ELECTRONIC BALLAST. CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH CHI EM/NL MOUNTING CHAIN. CL2 CH2 ' Ol IDOWNLIIG" ADJUSTABLE RECESSED EMERGENCY EX1® ID EX1 CEILING OR WALL MOUNTED EDGE LIT LED EXIT SIGN EX22) � EX2 CEILING OR WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN W/ ADJUSTABLE LED LAMP HEADS HANGING LAMP - MEDIUM, PENDANT MOUNTED- ITPDI V-6" A.F.F. (SALES AREA) AND V-8" A.F.F. (FITTING ROOM) W/ qW LED LAMP DECORATIVE PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE W/ WHITE CEIL. ® ROSE It WHITE BRAIDED CORD, FINISH: PENDANT MOUNTI PD2 04' A.F.F. BOTTOM OF FIXTURE W/ 9W LED LAMP O O 2LT MULTI -SPOT ADJUSTABLE DOWNLIGHT W/ 5-1 LED 14W 36D30K FL LAMPS 6" NON -IC RECESSED UNIVERSAL W/ LED 14W A 3BD30K FL LAMP 5" DIA. RECESSED DOWNLIGHT >?� W/ LED 14W P30D 30K FL SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 51 (2) UNDER SHELF 1211 WORKSTATION LED LIGHT FIXTURE (�TI WHITE TRACK MOUNTED HEAD W/ LED 14W P38D 30K FL LAMP (SPOT) WHITE SINGLE CIRCUIT LINE VOLTAGE TRACK FOR TI OR T T2 TRACK HEADS ® SPEAKER FOR SOUND SYSTEM RETURN AIR GRILLE / ABOVE CEILING ACCESS POINT ® SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER / ABOVE CEILING ACCESS POINT NOTES: 1. ALL CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES TO BE WHITE. 2. ALL ACCESS PANELS TO BE FLUSH AND WHITE. 3. G.C. TO PROVIDE SPECS ON ALL STANDARD SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS TO TENANT PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. Ol LEASE LINE - VERIFY LOCATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE. TENANT SEPARATION PARTITION / OR SHELL BUILDING CONSTRUCTION; REFER TO PARTITION TYPES ON A101 FOR SCOPE OF WORK O WALL, CEILING OR SUSPENDED MOUNT NON -SALES AREA EM/EXIT SIGNS. BOTTOM OF FIXTURE AT W-0" A.F.F. OR PER LOCAL JURISDICTION ® UNIT HEATER TO BE HUNG FROM ABOVE, SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. O5 EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN. PROTECT DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION © INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGN - PROVIDE NON-COMBUSTIBLE AND/OR F.R.T. BLOCKING AS DIRECTED BY SIGN MFR. REFER TO STOREFRONT SHEET FOR LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT. O7 BANNER TRACK. - REFER TO STOREFRONT SHEET a DETAIL I/A102 FOR LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT. CENTER ON GLAZING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. HOLD END OF TRACK LIGHT AND BANNER 2" OFF FROM FACE OF WALL/STOREFRONT SYSTEM /® ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN 1I /� C Cc p/�/�1�.1 }�I r/� /� 11�.01 1616 61611* F-1 4*WRE '''WPAR 0I'1 Ill 1'T14.r'.; . �I994ra RFSTRCI'QW I261AI4 F644W GR 10 CHAIN — HUNG LIGHT FIXTURES HUNG AT W-611 A.F.F. OR PER LOCAL JURISDICTION. FIXTURES HUNG AT W-611 A.F.F. OR PER LOCAL JURISDICTION. T/1 QQRJ11AlATC—1—ICCO 1QQA;P1Q0I6 I.IITII I■ ��ORP1111II■ 0111��R ■�SI�1le�l� IIIIII I /I I � � Io11�iIPl6, It•1 TIIG Flf:l.li 12 LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF SHELF AT MANAGERS DESK 13 G.C. TO WRAP BOTH PENDANT FIXTURE CORD 4 SUPPORT WIRE WITH 4 LB. FISHING LINE WITH A KNOT AT TOP OF FIXTURE TO UNDERSIDE OF TRIM RING. (TYP. ALL PD-I AND PD-2 FIXTURES) G.C. 70 SUSPEND PD-2 PENDANT FIXTURE FROM UNISTRUT PER DETAIL 3/A102. G.C. TO VERIFY FINAL WEIGHT OF FIXTURES TO CONFIRM SUSPENSION DETAIL 14 G.C. TO INSTALL CEILING OUTLET BETWEEN SPIDER TRACK * STOREFRONT SOFFIT CENTER ON GLAZING, U.N.O. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLAN(S). 15 LINE. OF AWNING ABOVE 16 G.G. TO REUSE (E) DISPLAY AREA GYP. BD. CEILING. G.C. TO PATCH / REPAIR OR APPLY 1/4" GYP. BD. ON ENTIRE (E) GYP. BD. CEILING AS REQUIRED. 18 EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE/EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN. G.C. TO RELAMP AS REQUIRED n STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION Z I..L� V Z_ W U 0 W J J ov W LU w Y w U_ = , of CO/V P��.�y J. SHR�i�`cA�C, % co{ �y� C� Y - - T m Z 2�21(20 � LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED ILL INITIALS: DATE: ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: Al 02 SCALE BANNER TRACK 41 A„-41 f CEILING NOTES (REFER TO E200 FOR MORE INFORMATION ON LIGHT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS) REFLECTED CEILING DEVICE KEY NOTES y,Do�O 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: 14'-2 1/2" NON -SALES 105 (E)TOILET ROOMS 106 SALES AREA 101 - 'SALE' SALES AREA CASI-IWRAP 101 SALES AREA 101 - ZONE 1 SALES AREA 101 - ZONE 1 16 o 2 °' E E 00 1 Y 0 0 W PT-1 1N (E) TILE 1N PT-3 W PT-7 / PT-8 W PT-3 / PT-8 W PT-3 / PT-8 Q ¢ 0 0 N B B B B WB-1 0 0 N B V5-1 B (E) TILE WB-1 W5-1 WB-1 2 2 F FL-5a F (E) TILE F FL-1 F FL-1 / FL-4 F FL-1 F FL-1 E E2 q3 2 GF N/A GF (E) G.W.B., PT-1G GF ACT-1 CF ACT-1 GF ACT-1 CIF ACT-1 0 CO C 3 v> � { I'-G 3/4" ° .c 6 2' -6" 10' —2" 2' -6" 10' —5" 3' —2" 17' —2" � 1 ° a LO LO J ° O Lo a ° ° 4.it iv 6 a PT-7 15 6 14 ��\ PT-3 �\\ PT-3 (E) DISPLAY PLATFORM PT-3 LPT-8 60 PT-8 W PT-3 / WF-1 / WF-2 Z PT-8 CABINET B N/A LO LO F FL-4 PT-8 0 17 -3 1/4 F FL-1 � ai � ° \ PT-3 � A301 15 PTL3 GF PT -IC U q 0 o Qco — 6 A301 0 ° J Q Q o L 17X U 7 TY O E LLo --hp w ca - FL-5a le (q U Ln � E § LID 4 EXTERIOR 2 tq (E) ENTRY a r WALKWAY A103 A4o0 �,� N.LC• ith r 1 3 1 WF-1 / WF-2 I,- .~ I. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE Interior Notes: FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2. ALL FLOOR TRANSITIONS TO OCCUR AT BACKSIDE OF DOOR 1. No rubber base allowed in sales/dining areas. OPENING. - U.O.N. 3. PROVIDE A SMOOTH AND LEVEL SURFACE THAT MEETS 2. All exposed members (beams, Joists, ducts, etc) must be painted in an exposed ceiling condition. MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLING ANY/ALL FLOORING MATERIALS. MAX. SLOPE OF 1:20. 3. Tenant must provide smooth transition between sidewalk and slab. 4. ALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR FLOOR FINISHES SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FLUSH. PROVIDE METAL 4. Tenant must provide a smooth transition between all floor finish materials. No transition or reducer strips TRANSITION STRIPS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR FLOOR FINISH 12 allowed." MATERIALS. (CHANGES IN ELEVATION 1/4" TO 1/2" SHALL MIN. BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:20). 6 MIN. 5. PROVIDE A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AT TOILET ROOM AND ALL NET AREAS INCLUDING SERVICE SINK AND DRINKING FOUNTAINS UNDER SPECIFIED FLOORING. THE MEMBRANE SHALL CONTINUE UP WALLS A MINIMUM OF 4" OR PER LANDLORD'S STANDARDS. 6. REFER TO STOREFRONT SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON STOREFRONT FINISHES. 6 7. ALL INTERIOR FINISH AND TRIM MATERIALS SHALL MEET APPLICABLE CODES FOR FLAME SPREAD RATINGS. 8. ALL FLOORING MATERIALS SHALL MEET APPLICABLE CODES FOR CO -EFFICIENT OF FRICTION / SLIP -RESISTANCE NORTH REQUIREMENTS. q. G.C. TO PROVIDE (A MINIMUM OF) LEVEL 4 GYPSUM BOARD FINISH IN SALES AREA AND ENTIRE STOREFRONT AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS. RANDOM PLANK LAYOUT 10. G.C. TO PROVIDE LEVEL 5 GYPSUM BOARD FINISH AT FITTING ROOM VESTIBULE AND ALL FITTING ROOMS. 11. REFER TO PAINT FINISH NOTES. SE FINISH NOTES (Di FLOORING DETAIL 12CALE0 . FINISH PLAN 1/4CAL11=11-011 KEY MATERIAL MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION KEY MATERIAL MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION KEY MATERIAL MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION I. NO PAINT SUBSTITUTIONS ARE PERMITTED. BENJAMIN OI LEASE LINE -VERIFY LOCATION WITH LANDLORD II PROVIDE LEVEL FLOOR FOR PIPP SYSTEM MOORE PAIN AS SPECIFIED IS REQUIRED. PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE REGAL SELECT CHANTILLY LACE COLOR #2121-70 �+ 12" X 12" X 1/8" VCT - STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL U 24" X 24" CTI# 5026q, INSTALL WITH GROUT: GT-I; G.C. REPRESENTATIVE. INSTALLATION. FLOOR LEVEL TO BE NO GREATER z PT -I � FL-5b VCT ARMSTRONG � ST-I TILE VIRGINIA TILE CUT TO MATCH EXISTING BASE HEIGHT THAN 1/8" LEVEL CHANGE PER 10'-0" OF FLOOR Q TEXTURE COLOR: 51816 CHERRY RED 2. ALL SALES AREA GYP. BD. WALLS, PARTITIONS AND cL ' K 0 TENANT SEPARATION PARTITION; REFER TO RUN. LEVEL FLOOR AT TRACK LOCATIONS ONLY SOFFITS TO BE PAINTED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. P-r_1C PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE ULTRA SPEC 500 FLAT CEILING PAINT, COLOR #2121-70, I.L! ARDEX MFG. ARDEX ERM RJSC E-TYPE CUSTOM DYE O PREMIXED TEC INCOLOR. COLOR #q35 SILHOUTTE, PARTITION TYPES ON A101 FOR SCOPE OF WORK CHANTILLY LACE p ENTRY FLOOR GT-I GROUT HB FULLER 1/16" JOINT (MAX.) "GRAIN" 3. A MINIMUM OF ONE BASE COAT AND TWO COATS PAINT FL-6 CONTACT: ALYSSA JJILL/VT.5026q-ERM.2 WITH I APPLICATION OF 12 THROW -DOWN WALK -OFF MAT - GRAIN TO RUN U FINISH 3 WALL MOUNTED MILLWORK ITEM INCLUDING: ARE REQUIRED. , , 0: (412Y ARDEX CD -FINE GREY COLORED WITH RJSC E-TYPE O COLOR TO MATCH BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR: PERPENDICULAR TO THE ENTRY. TEXSTON GRAPHIC PANELS HANGBARS BENCHES ETC. - (� O: (412) 525-1033 CUSTOM DYE JJILL/VT.5026q-CDF.IG FINISHED WITH VP-IP PLASTER II II � � FRASCATI I/E SILVER DOLLAR (#BM-1460) CAULK JOINTS BETWEEN ITEMS AND WALL WITH n 4. 'EGGSHELL' FINISH: WALLS AND PARTITIONS VERTICAL U G: (724) 203-5471 I COAT OF TK6 NANOCOAT GLOSS AND 2 COATS v+rfr=,:eeE v^i $Y i . �--n-T-PL-r"rrl=aer�l-=1�r"reiai•e SURFACES OF SOFFITS, CEILING TRANSITIONS AND LIGHT STONELOK "MLT PLUS" MATTE TEXSTON COLOR TO MATCH BENJAMIN MOORE COLOR: CLEAR SILICONE. FOR WALL MOUNTED MILLWORK COVES. COCOA MAT VP-2P PLASTER FRASCATI I/E "CINDER" (#AF-705) LOCATIONS REFER TO A400 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE REGAL SELECT, CEMENT GRAY, COLOR #2112-60 FL_7 THROMA_DOWN MATS INC. NATURAL, 1/2" THICK 14 (E) FLOOR OUTLET LOCATIONS. FLOOR OUTLETS 5. 'SATIN' FINISH: WOOD TRIM WOOD BASE STOREFRONT PT-3 O TO BE FLUSH WITH FLOOR FINISH. REFER TO E100 MDF PANEL, METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - U.O.N. WD-I WALNUT IDX WALNUT, FINISH: NATURAL Et 6HPIE1= 1+l� ^ FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. - ' ' O FITTING ROOM CURTAIN 15 FLOORING TO RUN CONTINUOUS UNDER THIS 6. FLAT FINISH -CEILINGS AND BOTTOM OF SOFFITS. DR-4 DRAPERY FABRICUT O CURTAIN VISUAL FIXTURE AND FATIGUE MAT I PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE ULTRA SCUFF-X, COLOR #2112-50 STORMY MONDAY REQ. ONE COAT WB-1 WOOD BASE 1X4 WOOD BASE / PAINT: PT-2 SEMI -GLOSS 5 FLOOR TRANSITION TO OCCUR AT FRONT of w FILM (EXTERIOR STOREFRONT GLAZING) 7. FOR SUBCONTRACTORS CONVENIENCE, BEST PRICING AND PT-4S OF BENJAMIN MOORE ULTRA SPEC. PRIMER N534 PRIOR TO PAINTING 0 O WINDOW ULTRA S600 UV OR EQUAL, TRANSLUCENT FILM AVAILABILITY AN OPTIONAL NATIONAL ACCOUNT 3M THRESHOLD PROGRAM HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED WHERE PAINT MAY BE ' (0 Q' O 4" HIGH COLOR INTEGRATED VINYL WALL BASE PURCHASED DIRECTLY FROM BENJAMIN MOORE. CONTACT - Q�(t > VB-1 VINYL BASE ARMSTRONG COLOR: MID GRAY -71 SCOTC14CAL SPECIAL EFFECTS FILM SERIES 7725-314 © EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN. PROTECT DURING p WINDOW 17 FITTING ROOM DRAPERY CURTAINS SHOULD BE GAYLE BRUEN AT 201-94CI-6242 WITH QUESTIONS OR AT U WF-2 3M DUSTED CRYSTAL FILM OR EQUAL, TRANSLUCENT FILM ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION TIED WITH A DOUBLE KNOT TIGHT TO THE ROD WC_1 WALL KOROSEAL RJF-IFTO MATCH PT-2 (AMERICAN WHITE) FILM gayle.bruen@benjaminmoore.com _ , , J ' ' (UPPER TRANSOM STOREFRONT GLAZING) Q COVERING 52/54 W, CLASS A TO ENSURE THAT CURTAINS DO NOT DRAG ON 3 O7 PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE COMPOSITE THRESHOLD AT THE FLOOR. TIES SHOULD FACE THE FITTING 8. SCUFF-X PAINT SHOULD BE ORDERED ONE WEEK PRIOR 3 WALL KIP-3330q, GREY (STORMY MONDAY), TOILET ROOM DOOR TO THE SCHEDULED PAINTING START DATE AS IN SOME P�-- ] WC-2 COVERING KOROSEAL 52/54"W, CLASS A W -3 ORACLE ROOM VESTIBULE. MARKETS THE PAINT WILL NEED TO BE SNIPPED IN TO 18 HATCHED AREA INDICATES EXTENT OF FL-5b. THE LOCAL DISTRIBUTOR. O STOREFRONT TIGER DRYLAC BRONZE MATTE METALLIC PAINT BENJAMIN MOORS CUSTOM COLOR (SEE CUSTOM PAINT NOTE) U PT-8 FRAME COLOR NUMBER: 3q/60020 FINISH: MATTE q PROVIDE 1"x1"x48" STAINLESS STEEL CORNER g. ROLLERS FOR SCUFF-X PAINT MUST BE PURDY OR ME-1 POWDER EXTERIOR QUALITY O Ig NEW FLOORING ON EXISTING PLATFORM FRAMING. WOOSTER, OR EQUAL, 3/8" NAP ONLY, TO INSURE THE � COATING GUARD AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS IN NON -SALES FIBER PRODUCT: FRFR FX LBA WITH TOP EDGE 4 VERTICAL AREA �p CAULK BOTTOM OF STOREFRONT MULLION TO NEW REQUIRED FINISH. z VINYL PRAIRIE SHORES OAK PATTERN #229-03, 3MM BY 7"X48" VINYL FLOORING FRP-1 REINFORCED KEMLITE MOULDINGS AS REQ'D. FL -I O SOLID COLOR: GLACIER WHITE VINYL PLANK FLOOR WITH A CAULK COLOR THAT (Y PLANKS BONE DRY (DRITAC 6200 PREMIUM FLOORING ADHESIVE BY G.C.) SS-1 CORIAN PANELS COLOR: . : 10 LAYOUT IS FROM CENTER LINE OF SPACE. REFER W SURFACE FINISH: MATTE WHITEFINISHEMBOSSED PEBBLE O MATCHES STOREFRONT METAL. 0 2'X4'XI5/I6" WHITE TILE FINE FISSURED 'SECOND LOOK 11' TO FLOORING DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. U 3/4" THICK COMPOSITE THRESHOLD COORDINATE FINAL ACOUSTICAL ` CENTER DRIVE AISLE TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF FL -2 CARPET STOREFLOORS TUSCAN (279225-A), 100% NYLON SS-2 COMPOSITE TBD O (MEDIUM TEXTURE) EXPOS, ANGLE SYSTEM EDGE. SPECIFICATION WITH PROJECT MANAGER. ACT-1 CEILING ARMSTRONG PRELUDE XL 15/10" EXPOSED TEE SYSTEM (WHITE). FULL BOARDS. TILE INSTALL AT HEIGHT INDICATED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. AREA RUG TEXST77E P-8 (CUSTOM PAINT COLOR) MIXING INFORMATION: , 127-2X CEE*COLORANT ' FL-4 FATIGUE MATS INC. BERBER EZE, WITH LOW PRO EDGE SHEEN: EGG-SHEL Y3 OX 0.50000 BASE: BASE 2 51 OX 8.6875 FL-5a VCT ARMSTRONG 12" X 12" X 1/8" VCT - STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL SIZE: 1 PINT 1^11 OX 2.3125 - TEXTURE, COLOR: 51g04 STERLING R3 OX .4375 LA-1 LAMINATE WHITE THERMAL FUSED LAMINATE e �• STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION Z n Z � V ) Z 11 `+++tllllrrr CONNFc'''�, SHco RF,�sy = o l LANDLORD REVIEW APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED ILL INITIALS: DATE: VE WE Y &I ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: Al 03 PAINT FINISH NOTES FINISH SCHEDULE KEY NOTES EXTERIOR WALKWAY .I.C. 2 11 EGRESS & PRESENTATION PLAN OWNER: o 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: �Z o0 O O :a U U U Q Q 0 0 1 0 [A fA O pEj E E E0 U5 -i V) � T O O 1 It 11 Lo O c+) Q d' f) � 19 0 5 c c co .n Lo Z Lo — Lo r �G 1 -��(o a�- �LL � YC/) — — — — — U CL 6 0 � Lo cA U Lo I = Q Q Q Q d Q ADJACENT E Lo x 111 X a�Xoa > TENANT oX ti "?do � N. I o 0 Q co Q co Q c0 Q co Q co Qa co = CQ 17 S—CA 1 - X LU X LU X LLJ X LLI X W X W X LU S-BIN I I I �o co 0- cotL co(I- tL cL co(L ORG. I I I NI' 'mot. 'IT 'IT 'T Nr � "ITV_ .IT17 17 o,a 21 a SNIPPING SNIPPING / I STAT I ON STAT I ON TYP. 14 13 i i i I I ro L------ ----------- I I I I I qI I 'r I %S 0 = FUTURE • - = s10 ie 0 FIN I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I �'I]�ItEm ilTl Imll 11iiilltil �ii11i�11IiTl�iil _ 1 1 1 • _ G BBT 16 BBL ---15BL BBL BBL L� LN4i L----------- J -------- LN4i W4 W4 (6) BAYS - PETITIES J T5 0 JEWELRY SBF JT 15 W4 (5) BAYS - ZONE 2 W2 VLL' LN4i BB ------LN4i 1 MQ3 MOB 115'-il 1/2" JAL DISTANCE: BETWEEN EXITS Mal WN41 T BB W r--------- WN4 BB I i/ W4 ---- W4 W2 W4 AIR 111111111111 111111111HIIIIII11111111 III IVIU11111111111" 1111911111111liq MR BOL38 :: T5 W4 :: MQ3 .:.1= rN (5) BAYS - ZONE I III 1111�11 t�lnll II111 111111111 II li II111 IIIT W4 W2 W4 :: T5 T6 WN4i I I 91 MOB i IARM 5 7—m WALKWIAYY FE- WIN I[I1111111fill ill 1-111111-1111 1111111111111111 llllllliilllllllllllllllllll :• ; II11111111111111111111111111 Ilillllll�.!�11111 II111111111111111111, 17 D,yo1 - STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE ' INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION 01 (5) BAYS -ZONE 5 (5) BAYS -ZONE 4 (5) BAYS - ZONE 3 1 2 ^ ADJACENT z TENANT 0 Q z W U NORTH �W/ L.L J J 0 2 m V J 0 v W Y W W U CONV��''o SHP,; '3+��1� '0'G- i Y SCALE -011 I. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Oj LEASE LINE - VERIFY LOCATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE 15 FIXTURE LAYOUT IS CENTERED ON SALES AREA WIDTH ti \•` �`• '�,F RG�\�� Z Q2 TENANT SEPARATION PARTITION OR SPELL BUILDING CONSTRUCTION; REFER TO 16 44" CLEAR EGRESS PATH SHOWN HATCHED '�r/Illi�� < ry 2. INSTALL FIREPROOF BLOCKING IN CEILINGS OR PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED, TO PROVIDE PROPER SUPPORT AND ANCHORING FOR MILLWORK OR EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE PARTITION TYPES ON AI01 FOR SCOPE OF WORK 17 EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN: PROTECT DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION (( � � ul 0 LOCATIONS WITH VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS. O3 MILLWORK ITEM: 3. UNCRATE ALL OWNER SUPPLIED FIXTURES AND HARDWARE BEFORE THE MERCHANDISE PROVIDE IN -WALL FRT BLOCKING AS REQ'D FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS INCLUDING: b!F GIHER T-AFF I"IR63W019 EN+IRtiE R E LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL ARRIVES. ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE STOWED IN THE HARDWARE BIN AND PLACED ON GRAPHIC PANELS, HANGBARS, BENCHES ETC. REFER TO DETAILS AND FIXTURE MFR SHOP FERiM&F-• THE FLOOR IN FRONT OF THE GASHWRAP ON THE SALES FLOOR. DRAWINGS. FOR WALL MOUNTED MILLWORK LOCATIONS REFER TO A400 , . 4. COORDINATE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR IN -WALL FIRE RETARDANT TREATED BLOCKING ® MILLWORK CASPWRAP / BAGKWRAP FIXTURES: REFER TO FIXTURE MANUFACTURERS SHOP lq G.C. TO FURNISH THE STORE MANAGER WITH THE CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY AND A ❑ APPROVED FOR ALL WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS W/ MFR I.E. MIRRORS HOOK PANELS DRAWINGS LIST OF NAMES, ADDRESSES, AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS FOR ALL SUBCONTRACTORS, ART FRAMES DISPLAY UNITS ETC. REFER TO ELEV'S AND DETAILS FOR BLOCKING INCLUDING ALL OWNER PROVIDED SUBCONTRACTORS. BOTH ITEMS TO BE MOUNTED IN APPROVED AS LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS. O5 DESK, SHELVING AND ACCESSORIES. SEE SECTION 2/A304 AND ELEVATION I/A304. SEPARATE, G.C. SUPPLIED, PICTURE FRAMES (8-1/211 X 1111) AT 5411 A.F.F. NEXT TO ❑ NOTED DRAWING TUBE. © MICRO SHELF, SHELVING AND ACCESSORIES. SEE SECTION 4/A304 t ELEVATION 3/A304. 0 � G.C. TO INSTALL TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED. LL INITIALS: 0 SHELVING, BRACKETS, SURFACE MTD STANDARDS AND BLOCKING. REFER TO SECTION: 21 SHIPPING STATION REFER TO SECTION 13/A304 AND ELEVATION 12/A304 5/A304 DATE: ® MOBILE SHELVING SYSTEM: REFER TO PIPP DETAILS, SHEET A305 FOR MORE INFO. 0 HANGERTITE, HANGER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND BLOCKING: REFER TO SECTION 7/A304 10 STORAGE TUBE FOR PRINT OF FINAL CONSTRUCTION PLANS - REFER TO DETAIL 6/A302 11 LADDER STORAGE HOOK, MOUNT AT 10'-0" A.F.F. - RUBBERMAID 'FASTTRACK' GARAGE LADDER POOK #1784458 ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF I2 MOP SINK: REFER TO DETAIL 14/A304. THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLYAUTHORIZED BYTHEM AND SIGNED 13 DRINKING FOUNTAIN - REFER TO PLUMBING SHEETS FOR FIXTURE SCHEDULE. AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE SEA THIIS BUILDING use IS ON Y APOPLICABLE ON THE AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. 14 FIRE EXTINGUISHER - LOCATE PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 10. THE SIZE TO BE A SAI # 191127 MINIMUM 2-A:10-B:G PORTABLE, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A MAXIMUM OF 48" A.F.F. TO THE TOP OF TPE HANDLE. COORDINATE LOCATION W/ LOCAL FIRE OFFICIAL. 54" A.F.F. NEXT TO DRAWING TUBE. COORDINATE LOCATION W/ LOCAL FIRE OFFICIAL. DRAWING NUMBER: A 04 FIXTURE NOTES KEYNOTES Exterior Sign Notes:1. Tenant must provide shop drawings for separate review of sign, blade sign and awnings prior to fabrication or installation of sign.2. Landlord approval of the sign does not release the Tenant from complying with the local requirements. The Tenant is responsible to obtain all necessary approvalstpermits from the local governing authorities (building, zoning, etc.) "prior" to proceeding with the sign fabrication of installation after Landlord Approval.3. We do not allow any sign on the roof.4. Signs shall be limited to trade name and logo. No tag lines permitted.5. All components of sign (fasteners, wiring, etc) must be concealed, caulked and weather resistant.6. Tenant GC to provide smooth, clean transition on all vertical and horizontal connections to landlord structure and finishes.7. Any sign within tenant premises must be connected to tenant's time clock and coincide with operating hours.8. Tenant Contractor is to provide backer material for sign mounting.9. Primary sign located within sign band, typically 14' to 20' AFF.10. Tenants with primary storefronts more than 40' in width are allowed primary sign up to 60% of overall storefront width and letter heights cannot exceed 36".11. We do not allow sign or light fixtures on neutral piers.12. Power for storefront sign must originate from within tenant space.13. Any and all damage to landlord's building by tenant's general contractor to be repaired at tenant's expense. SYSTEM [41 ELEVATION DETAILS 3/4" X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL— V-GROOVE IN PLASTER PLASTER FINISH VP-2P { • � � •� A204 . 0_�20'4 I/ V-GROOVE IN 8 PLASTER A204 F PLASTER FINISH VP-2P • •• SHADED HATCH INDICATES < -; AREA OF OPEN ENDED AWNING REFER TO AWNING ' MFR. SHOP DRAWINGS A204 i 'J.JILL' INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED FACE -LIT/ BACK -LIT CHANNEL LETTERS WITH DAY/NIGHT FACE, This sign does not conform to the lriteria for tine Center and is not approved. All sign submissions are under separate review and not approved for use in this set. 3 J21' —211 T.O. BULKHEAD LINE rL 12'-1 3/4" \ T.O. AWNIN 1111-811 B.O. SOFFIT ILL JINATED BLADE SIGN LO R EDGE @ V-0", L R ER TO DETAIL 4/A203 (E ADJACENT TE NT'S AWNING 8'-1 314" B.O. AWNING 8' —011 B.O. BLADE SIGN (E TE LI OF DISPLAY AR)iA WALL BEtrOND GLASS - (ELMETAL CAP moo' -loll SCALE T.O. TILE BASE T.O. SLAB PLASTER FINISH VP-1P PLASTER FINISH VP-1P PLASTER FINISN VP-1P (BEHIND AWNING) TYP. CERAMIC 5T-1 START FULL TILE BASE TILE (E) STOREFRONT FRAMING SYSTEM AND ENTRY DOORS METAL (INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR) TO BE PAINTED ME-1 2 )� STOREFRONT ELEVATION /(E) PLATFORM TO FLOORINGREMAIN, ON PLATFORM TO / BE REMOVED. G.C. TO GRIND, REMOVE ADHESIVES, ETC. TO PREP FLOOR FOR NEW (E) LINE OF SOFFIT VINYL PLANK FLOORING, TYP. ABOVE TO REMAIN (E) TENANT - - - - - - - - - - SEPARATION WALL / LEASE LINE ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN LOWER EDGE @ V-011, REFER TO DETAIL 4/A203 -2 1/• LSTART FULL TILE -(E) METAL ENTRY DOORS TO REMAIN, PAINT ME-1 G.C. TO BONDO EXISTI G DOORS TO FILL IN PREVIOUS HARDWARE HOLES AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW HARDWARE. BRANCH DOOR PULLS C OF SIGN It ENTRY DOORS (E) DISPLAY WINDOW GYP. BD. CEILING TO BE 2 COVERED WITH ONE LAYER 1 A201 OF 1/4" GYP. BD., SEE A201 - - - I - - A103 FOR FINISH, TYP. 77\_ (E) INSULATED TEMP. GLASS - G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW FILM AND PREPARE SURFACE FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW WINDOW FILM O , TYP. WF-1 (E) STOREFRONT FRAMING SYSTEM AND ENTRY DOORS METAL (INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR) TO BE PAINTED ME-1 (E) METAL ENTRY DOORS LEASE LINE (E) INSULATED TEMP. GLASS - G.C. TO TO REMAIN, PAINT ME-1 REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW FILM AND PREPARE SURFACE FOR INSTALLATION (INTERIOR AND EXTE ) G.C. TO BONDO EXISTING OF NEW WINDOW FILM O , TYP. WF-1 DOORS TO FILL IN PREVIOUS HARDWARE HOLES AS REQUIRED TO LINE OF NEW INSTALL NEW HARDWARE. AWNING ABOVE BY MANUFACTURER EXISTING WINDOW EXISTING ENTRY DOORS EXISTING WINDOW t9'-7 3/4 6 -2 tq -4 3/4' 5 t4'-2 1/4 / VP-2P) PLASTER FINISH VP-1P) PLASTER FINISH LEASE LINE (E) ADJACENT TENANT'S STOREFRONT PLASTER FINISH BEHIND AWNING VP-1P -NEW AWNING BY AWNING MANUFACTURER (E) UPPER TRANSOM INSULATED TEN GLASS - G.G. TO REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW FILM AND PREPARE SURFACE FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW WINDOW FILM(WF-2 , TYP. VP -IF) PLASTER FINISH VP-21P) PLASTER FINISH LINE OF DISPLAY AREA WALL BEYOND GLASS -6" VINYL LETTERS AT INTERIOR OF GLASS, TYP. REFER TO 5/A203 NOTE: INSTALL WINDOW FILM TO AVOID SEAMS WHENEVER POSSIBLE. IF A SEAM IS REQUIRED CONFIRM DIRECTION FROM J.JILL PROJECT MANAGER, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION / (E) TENANT SEPARATION WALL LEASE LINE This sign does not conform to the Criteria for the Center and is not approved. All sign submissions are under separate review and not approved for use in this set. SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" REVEAL NOTE: ALL REVEALS IN PLASTER TO BE PLASTER FINISHED' TO MATCH ADJACENT PLASTER AS SHOWN BELOW: REVEAL BETWEEN EP AND VP-1P TO BE FINISHED VP_ip REVEAL BETWEEN VP-IP AND VP-2P TO BE FINISHED VP-2P REVEAL BETWEEN VP-2P AND VP-2P TO BE FINISHED VP-2P SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE SHEET A000 [REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE SHEET A103 CAULK/SEALANT NOTES: - ALL CAULK/SEALANTS AT STOREFRONT TO BE 3/8" MAX. - SEALANT ADJACENT TO STOREFRONT METAL WILL BE PAINTABLE AND MATCH STOREFRONT METAL - SEALANT ADJACENT TO PLASTER WILL BE PAINTABLE AND MATCH PLASTER OWNER: e 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: Y 6 o 0 U U 2 2 U U Q Q O O Y 0 N N T N O U)� E E (-- U)U) @ 3 0 0 U) co E- 3 C6-i 0>, DJ__ o m CDF Li � O co 0 W c ca _C LO Z u7 - LO 1a �_ - m �r V) Qrr -Y S o U Q� o E Lo -C--co"t cnULo Ln o ��CO U7� STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN 1%VAl( SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE ' INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION Z Q Z ^J O I.J.. Z Q O� I..L W LL W OQ r� V W Y m Z Q ry 0 LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED ILL INITIALS: DATE: ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 01;TTAT IIRel0l11►AIQ:1C0 ELEVATION DETAILS SCALE �� STOREFRONT PLAN SCALE A200 5 'J.JILL' INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED C OF SIGN FACE -LIT/ BACK -LIT CHANNEL ENTRY DOORS _ LETTERS WITH DAY/NIGHT FACE, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED ED BY i fill; (E) GOSENE FIXTURES 7 LEASE LINE Exterior Sign Notes: 1. Tenant must provide shop drawings for separate review of sign, blade sign and awning: nstallation, of algn. 2, Landlord approval of the sign does not release the Tenant from complying with the loca responsible to obtain all necessary approvals/permits from the local governing authorities to proceeding with the sign fabrication of installation after Landlord Approval. 3. We do not allow any sign on the roof. 4. Signs shall be limited to trade name and logo. No tag lines permitted. 5. All components of sign (fasteners, wiring, etc) must be concealed, caulked and weather 6. Tenant GC to provide smooth, clean transition on all vertical and horizontal connection: finishes. 7. Any sign within tenant premises must be connected to tenant's time clock and coincide 8. Tenant Contractor is to provide backer material for sign mounting. 9. Primary sign located within sign band, typically 14' to 20' AFF. 10. Tenants with primary storefronts more than 40' in width are allowed primary sign up to width and letter heights cannot exceed 36". 11. We do not allow sign or -light fixtures on neutral piers. 12. Power for storefront sign must originate from within tenant space. 13. Any and all damage to landlord's building by tenant's general contractor to be repairec A BUILDING REAR ELEVATION (E) TENANT SEPARATION WALL LEASE LI --------- 777 I O I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I (E) FINISHES TO k(E) DOWNSPOUT (E) GAS METER REMAIN, TYP. TO REMAIN. AREA TO REMAIN. (E) SERVICE DOOR TO REMAIN. (E) FINISHES TO REMAIN, TYP. — SCALE 1 /2"=1'-0" 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: a o0 U U U U Y Y U U .) Q L L Y Y U V) O O N 0) m E L .0 U y � 3 0 0 W co 3 ui -i n a o � LO O co O W c co _co LO Z .`nt Lo LO U ,- zT Lo 05 o Q 0 O U a LO O E Lo ca d' t�ULo Ln i� O N O C0 t` 4j STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREENV VVAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION b (E) TENANT z SEPARATION HALL _ J LEASE LINE SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE SHEET A000 REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE SHEET Al03 Z O Q W _! W 0 Z J J m 0 W Y U W U Y LANDLORD REVIEW & r:1J;jZIOPI-110 APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: 02020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 191127 1 )1 BUILDING REAR PLAN 1 /2"=1'-0" DRAWING NUMBER: A200a OWNER: o Exterior Sign Notes: 1. Tenant must provide shop drawings for separate review of sign, blade sign and awnings prior to fabrication or installation of sign. 2. Landlord approval of the sign does not release the Tenant from complying with the local requirements. The Tenant is responsible to obtain all necessary approvals/permits from the local governing authorities (building, zoning, etc.) "prior" to proceeding with the sign fabrication of installation after Landlord Approval. 3. We do not allow any sign on the roof. 4. Signs shall be limited to trade name and logo. No tag lines permitted. 5. All components of sign (fasteners, wiring, etc) must be concealed, caulked and weather resistant. 6. Tenant GC to provide smooth, clean transition on all vertical and horizontal connections to landlord structure and finishes. 7. Any sign within tenant premises must be connected to tenant's time clock and coincide with operating hours. 8. Tenant Contractor is to provide backer material for sign mounting. 9. Primary sign located within sign band, typically 14' to 20' AFF. 10. Tenants with primary storefronts more than 40' in width are allowed primary sign up to 60 % of overall storefront width and letter heights cannot exceed 36". 11, We do not allow sign or light fixtures on neutral piers. 12. Power for storefront sign must originate from within tenant space. 13. Any and all damage to landlord's building by tenant's general contractor to be repaired at tenant's expense. SIDEWALK NOTE: (E) CONCRETE SIDEWALK TO REMAIN. DO NOT DISTURB. G.C. TO VERIFY MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1/4"/FT AWAY FROM STOREFRONT. IF MINIMUM SLOPE DOES NOT EXIST, THEN G.C. MUST CONTACT J.JILLL PROJECT MANAGER AND ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR RESOLUTION AND DIRECTION ON HOW TO PROCEED. STOREFRONT GLAZING FRAME NOTE: STOREFRONT GLAZING FRAME TO REMAIN. G.C. TO BONDO HOLES AT (E) AWNING FRAME WHERE REMOVED. PAINT ME-1 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES ,TYP. G.G. TO REMOVE EXISTING PHENOLIC TRIM AND PANELS BACK TO (E) SHEATHING AND INSTALL NEW PLASTER FINSH. G.C. TO PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING SHEATHING AS REQUIRED. DO NOT DISTURB (E) WEATHER BARRIER MATERIAL, PATCH 4 REPAIR AS REQUIRED, TYP. RECESSED CAN LIGHTS TO BE MOUNTED IN (E) CEILING. G.C. TO EXTEND TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. 6" ABOVE ACT CEILING - IF NOT EXISTING — 11'-5" A.F.F. B.O. ENTRY CEILING 10-4" A.F.F. B.O. SALES CEILING tq'-5 1/4" A.F.F. B.O. (E) DISPLAY SOFFIT NEW WINDOW FILM - G.C. TO APPLY TO SECOND SURFACE WF-2 NEW WINDOW FILM - G.C. TO APPLY TO SECOND SURFACE WF-1 DISPLAY WALL BEYOND---- WINDOW FILM NOTE: G.C. TO REMOVE ANY EXISTING WINDOW FILM AND PREPARE SURFACE PER MANUFACTURES SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW WIDOW FILM - TYPICAL AT ALL EXISTING GLAZING G.C. TO FEATHER FLOOR AS REQUIRED 1/4"/FT TO OBTAIN LEVEL FLOOR AT DOOR 0' -011 FINISHED FLOOR (E) SLAB IF TENANT FLOORING EXISTING FIPON TRIM TO REMAIN, TYP. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND STRUCTURE TO REMAIN / A I VP-2P I PLAS I ER FIIVI�ti �� OVER 6/8" DENS GLASS OVER / — 4 VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER A202 BARRIER OVER 1/2"EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD OVER (E) EXTERIOR SUSTRATE OVER (E) METAL STUD FRAMING AND BATT INSULATION. G.G. TO PROVIDE / REPAIR INSULATION AS REQUIRED of ACTCC CIAII�L VP-IP OVER 5/5" DENS GLASS OVER VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD OVER (E) SUSTRATE OVER (E) METAL STUD FRAMING AND BATT INSULATION. G.C. TO PROVIDE / REPAIR INSULATION AS REQUIRED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED FACE-LIT/BACK LIT CHANNEL LETTER SIGN - REFER TO SIGN MFR SHOP DWGS G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL EXTERIOR BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO 3 MAINTAIN A SINGLE PLANE ACROSS A202 THE STOREFRONT ELEVATION PLASTER FINISH VP-2P OVER 5/5" DENS GLASS OVER VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD OVER (E) SUSTRATE OVER (E) METAL STUD FRAMING AND BATT INSULATION. G.G. TO PROVIDE74: / — — REPAIR INSULATION AS REQUIRED �1 12'-1 3/4" OL II T.O. (N)AWNING Ix 11'-511 A.F.F. OIL B.O. BULKHEAD 2 ----- A202 91M. AWNING BY AWNING MANUFACTURER AND SHOWN FOR DESIGN INTENT EXISTING 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED 8'-1 3/4" A.F.F. GLASS T.O. RECESSED ENTRY / B.O. (N) AWNING EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING FRAME TO BE PAINTED INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES , TYP. NEW WINDOW FILM - G.G. TO APPLY TO SECOND SURFACE WF-1 EXISTING 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS ENTRY DOORS AS SCHEDULED -LEASE LINE (N) TILE BASE (BEYOND)(E) OVER (E) SUBSTRATE OVER (E) METAL FRAMING FL-6 OVER EXISTING SLAB; CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY REQUIRED SLAB PENETRATION, SLOPES AND EXPANSION JOINT LOCATIONS, TO ACCOMMODATE NEW STORE ENTRY LOCATION, WITH LANDLORD AND WITH EXISTING- SITE CONDITIONS. VERIFY A MINIMUM 1/8" TO MAXIMUM 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE W/ POSITIVE PERIMETER DRAINAGE AWAY FROM STOREFRONT LEADING TO AN EXISTING DRAINAGE/SEWER. CONSULT ARCHITECT IF ACTUAL CONDITIONS DIFFER. ±10" A.F.F. h T.O. TILE BASE EXISTING CONCRETE SIDEWALK - G.C. TO VERIFY SLAB SLOPES AWAY FROM STOREFRONT (1/8" PER FOOT MIN./I/4") PER FOOT MAX.) This sign does not conform to the Criteria for the Center and is not approved. All sign submissions are under separate review and not approved for use in this set. SIDEWALK NOTE: (E) CONCRETE SIDEWALK TO REMAIN. DO NOT DISTURB. G.C. TO VERIFY MINIMUM SLOPE OF I/411/FT AWAY FROM STOREFRONT. IF I 1 11% 1 IVM SLOPE DYES INV I EXIST, THEN G.G. MUST CONTACT J.JILLL PROJECT MANAGER AND ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR RESOLUTION AND DIRECTION ON HOW TO PROCEED. STOREFRONT GLAZING FRAME NOTE: STOREFRONT GLAZING FRAME TO REMAIN. G.C. TO BONDO HOLES AT (E) AWNING FRAME WHERE REMOVED. PAINTO INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES ,TYP. G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING PHENOLIC TRIM AND PANELS BACK TO (E) SHEATHING AND INSTALL NEW PLASTER FINSH. G.C. TO PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING SHEATHING AS REQUIRED. DO NOT DISTURB (E) WEATHER BARRIER MATERIAL, PATCH * REPAIR AS REQUIRED, TYP. G.G. TO EXTEND TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. 6" ABOVE ACT CEILING - IF NOT EXISTING 11'-5" A.F.F. B.O. ENTRY CEILING 1 10'-4" A.F.F. 8.0. SALES CEILING tq'-5 1/4" A.F.F. Y B.O. (E) DISPLAY SOFFIT NEW WINDOW FILM - G.C. TO APPLY TO SECOND SURFACE W F-2 WINDOW FILM NOTE: G.C. TO REMOVE ANY EXISTING WINDOW FILM AND PREPARE SURFACE PER MANUFACTURES SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW WIDOW FILM - TYPICAL AT ALL EXISTING GLAZING DISPLAY WALL BEYOND (N) VINYL PLANK FLOORING ON EXISTING PLATFORM FINISHED FLOOR (E) SLAB TENANT FLOORING EXISTING FIPON TRIM TO REMAIN, TYP. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND STRUCTURE TO REMAIN VP-2P I IDI ASTER GIAIIC,LI I— ten., �_� OVER B/8" DENS GLASS OVER A202 VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD OVER (E) SUSTRATE OVER (E) METAL STUD FRAMING AND BATT INSULATION. G.C. TO PROVIDE / REPAIR INSULATION AS REQUIRED PLASTER FINISH VP-1P OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS OVER VAPOR• -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD OVER (E) SUSTRATE OVER (E) METAL STUD FRAMING AND BATT INSULATION. G.C. TO PROVIDE / REPAIR, INSULATION AS REQUIRED G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL EXTERIOR BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN A SINGLE PLANE ACROSS THE STOREFRONT ELEVATION PLASTER FINISH VP-2P OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS OVER VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD OVER (E) SUSTRATE OVER (E) METAL STUD FRAMING AND BATT INSULATION. G.C. TO PROVIDE / — — REPAIR: INSULATION AS REQUIRED t '-1 314,14 T.O. (N)AWNING 11'-5" A.F.F. B.O. BULKHEAD 2 — A202 AWNING BY AWNING MANUFACTURER AND SHOWN FOR DESIGN INTENT EXISTING 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED 8'-1 3/411 A.F.F. GLASS T.O. RECESSED ENTRY / B.D. (N) AWNING EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING FRAME TO BE PAINTED INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES ,TYP. NEW WINDOW FILM - G.C. TO APPLY TO SECOND SURFACE WF-1 EXISTING 1/2" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS LEASE LINE (N) TILE BASE ST-1 ON (E) SUBSTRATE OVER (E) METAL FRAMING ±10" A.F.F. T.O. TILE BASE EXISTING CONCRETE SIDEWALK - G.G. TO VERIFY SLAB SLOPES AWAY FROM STOREFRONT (1/8" PER FOOT MIN./1/4") PER FOOT MAX.) 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: y� oa U U 2 2 i i U U Y Y Q Q O O U U U 0 0 cq N E E 2 2 0 0 q 3 m 0 (0 U) 3 Wr -O T O U D E V LO O M 2 0 W co _co Z LO Mr d• Ui LO LO U T ai -,t Q «= Y :3O 0 aL6 O E Lo I-- cis -t• 00 Lo a) O Z U) D,yoO� STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S AA1Inlfl_qr)P r.T nAm4 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE ; INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION (n J W Q r) Z Q vJ Z O CU rW U) Z O LL W\`�iitlllt/rr, i �\`�.� OF CONNFC �. _ y �b. V ` ARG�\��` rrllllltti 2�Z1 l20 LANDLORD REVIEII 10 u Ono IS V & I APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: 02020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 191127 2 SECTION AT ENTRY SCALE O SECTION AT GLAZING SCALE r DRAWING NUMBER: A201 OWNER: J / EXISTING TENANT SEPARATION WALL 0 / TO REMAIN / (E) CONSTRUCTION / --LEASE LINE EXISTING TENANT TO RE "`IN / SEPARATION WALL 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK TO REMAIN EXISTING ADJACENT QUINCY, MA 02169 TENANT LEASE LINE � CONSTRUCTION (N.I.c) ARCHITECT /ENGINEER: (E) ADJACENT TENANT / S 1 OREFRONT(N.I .G.) / LEASE LINE / a Z o 0 V U U U f l Y Y O rn � / O O E N i= 1= H N .0 L 10 _ — 204 SIM.-- —— —-- -—— —--- I I. o REPLACE SEALANT AS REQUIRED / c c — — (E) STOREFRONT TEMP. GLAZING 10 � FRY REGLET L-TRIM I f _ : _. `_ _ 20 11 Lo TO REMAIN (N) WINDOW FILM (DRML-625) �^\ 51M. f - INSTALLED AT INTERIOR SIDE OF GLASS ;� �I! l= 1 1 r Ili A204 - REPLACE SEALANT SIM. U l AS REQUIRED l — — aLo i � PLASTER CORNER — (E) 3/4' X 3/4' BLACK BEAD/TRIM I I E METAL WINDOW FRAMING ME-1 - _ - - -- METAL REVEAL 1} FRY REGLET V-GROOVE TO REMAIN. TO BE PAINTED O FRY REGLET L-TRIM I L'_ _ _ _ -- -"_ - _ -"- - _ - - -- _ `- — �; — L) t3 1'-0" HOLD I CONTROL JOINT (DRMV-25) ON INTERIOIR AND EXTERIOR. (DRML-625) I , ` I Q fr, — VP-2P A204 ----------------------- FRY REGLET L-TRIM � cn PLASTER FINISH _` `" _. ° "° _.. J � o I OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS OVER OPP. r n — — I I — (DRML-625) " (E) CONSTRUCTION l / VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER I I I I q TO REMAIN PLASTER CORNER — (j � BARRIER OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE I I A204 LINE OF BULKHEAD ABOVE BEAD/TRIM 4 VP-1P (E) CONSTRUCTION PLASTER BEAD/TRIM E § � PLYWOOD OVER (E) SHEATHING OVER I I PLASTER FINISHIt (E) METAL STUD FRAMING I I I I PLASTER FINISH VP-1P A204 OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS OVER TO REMAIN o I I I I _ - PLASTER FINISH VP-1P OP.. VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER �\ n �T C° I I OVER -P DENMEA E ASSWE UVtK OVER 5/6" DENS GLASS OVER BARRIER OVER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE ' _0r+vLu .,� VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER OVER I VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER PLYWOOD OVER (E) SHEATHING OVER A204 I/2 EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD OVER (E) „ VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER I I I I SHEATHING OVER (E) METAL STUD FRAMING BARRIER OVER 1/2 EXTERIOR GRADE G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING PHENOLIC TRIM AND (E) METAL STUD FRAMING A2O4 BARRIER I I I I PLYWOOD OVER (E) SHEATHING OVER PANELS BACK TO (E) SHEATHING AND INSTALL (E) METAL STUD FRAMING NEW PLASTER FINISH, G.C. TO VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING PHENOLIC TRIM AND G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING PHENOLIC TRIM AND PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING SHEATHING BARRIER PANELS BACK TO (E) SHEATHING AND INSTALL I I PANELS BACK TO (E) SHEATHING AND INSTALL VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER AS REQUIRED. DO NOT DISTURB (E) WEATHER NEW PLASTER FINISH. G.C. TO YP-2P NEW BLADE SIGN ABOVE- I I NEW PLASTER FINSH. G.C. TO PLASTER FINISH REFER TO A203 I I BARRIER BARRIER MATERIAL, PATCH � REPAIR AS PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING SHEATHING OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS OVER PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING SHEATHING REQUIRED TYP. FRY REGLET V-GROOVE AS REQUIRED. DO NOT DISTURB (E) WEATHER VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER OVER o AS REQUIRED. DO NOT DISTURB (E) WEATHER CONTROL JOINT (DRMV-25) BARRIER MATERIAL, PATCH d- REPAIR AS 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD OVER (E) I I BARRIER MATERIAL, PATCH REPAIR AS REQUIRED, TYP. SHEATHING OVER (E) METAL STUD FRAMING I I REQUIRED. TYP. II II STORE NO: 3165 SECTION DETAIL SCALE T SECTION DETAIL SCALE � SECTION DETAIL SCALE PROJECT LOCATION: "'" 3"=1'-O" 3„=1, S„ THE PROMENADE SHOPS WALK AT EVERGREEN 415 EVERGREEN WAY G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING PHENOLIC TRIM AND SUITE #307 G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING PHENOLIC TRIM AND PANELS BACK TO (E) SHEATHING AND INSTALL S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 PANELS BACK TO (E) SHEATHING AND INSTALL G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING PHENOLIC TRIM AND NEW PLASTER FINSH. G.C. TO NEW PLASTER FINSH. G.C. TO PANELS BACK TO (E) SHEATHING AND INSTALL PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING SHEATHING NEW PLASTER FINSH. G.C. . TO AS REQUIRED. DO NOT DISTURB (E) WEATHER leneNl III— r ATrc. PA I c H/REPFIIR/REPLAC t EXISTING SHEATHING PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING SHEATHING BARRIER MATERIAL, PATCH t REPAIR AS IJJVC LJH I r-0 AS REQUIRED. DO NOT DISTURB (E) WEATHER REQUIRED TYP. BARRIER MATERIAL, PATCH 4 REPAIR AS AS REQUIRED. DO NOT DISTURB AI WEATHER NUM DESCRIPTION DATE REQUIRED, TYP. BARRIER MATERIAL, PATCH � REPAIR AS REQUIRED, TYP. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL EXTERIOR PLASTER FINISH BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN A ISSUED 02/14/2020 EXISTING FIPON TRIM TO O SINGLE PLANE ACROSS THE STOREFRONT 5/8" DENSGLASS SHEATHING I 5 REMAIN, TYP. ELEVATION 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING J A204 O I., VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND O VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER STRUCTURE TO REMAIN BARRIER FRY REGLET L-TRIM I 0 W av (DRML-625) VP-2P � z_ PLASTER FINISH O INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED Q CONTINUOUS SEALANT OVER 5/5" DENS GLASS OVER FACE-LIT/BACK LIT CHANNEL LETTER SIGN - N VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER OVER REFER TO SIGN MFR SHOP DWGS 11116 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD OVER (E) NEW TILE BASE ST-1 SHEATHING OVER E METAL STUD FRAMING () 2X6 FRT WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR �ONAFLUIID APPLIED WATERPQROOFINGI nn I y i SIGNAGE (COORDINATE WITH SWOP DRAWINGS) (, L_&N I IL.RL I L NI I-, w yw-i I LIB 4_j'hN1-'ltl Ll-, l/R r EQUAL) ON ADHESIVE COMPATIBLE WITH �—VAPOR-PERMEABLE WEATHER j WATERPROOFING ON 5/8" CEMENT 8 BARRIER BOARD OVER (E) SHEATHING OVER (E) �— PLASTER FINISH OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS OVER REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE w METAL STUD FRAMING WITH INSULATION A204 VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER OVER INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION FRY REGLET V-GROOVE 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD OVER (E) z I I SHEATHING OVER E METAL STUD FRAMING (E) FRAMING AND SUBSTATE TO REMAAN CONTROL JOINT (DRMV-25) I I I SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 3/8 MAX. JOINT I 1 E SIDEWALK - G.C. TO VERIFY SLAB SLOPES t, VP-1P I FRY REGLET V-GROOVE Lu J PLASTER FINISH O \ I I CONTROL JOINT (DRMV-25) N AWAY FROM STOREFRONT (1/8" PER FOOT MIN./1/4" I OVER 5/8 DENS GLASS OVER a 1/2'" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD OVER (E)VAPOR-PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER ER I I PER FOOT MAX.) SHEATHING OVER (E) METAL STUD FRAMING ., I COORDINATE ALL BLOCKING/ 14 8 ATTACHMENT REQUIREMENTS 744'1714417A204 WITH TENANT'S SIGNAGE VENDOR ' PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK /1 I' yr _J SCALE SCALE SCALE Q O SECTION DETAIL ® SECTION DETAIL . SECTION DETAIL 3"=1'-0" 311=1'-0" 311=1'-0" W 0 G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING PHENOLIC TRIM AND PANELS BACK TO (E) SHEATHING AND INSTALL O NEW PLASTER FINSH. G.C. TO PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING SHEATHING fy AS REQUIRED. DO NOT DISTURB (E) WEATHER BARRIER MATERIAL, PATCH 4 REPAIR AS U REQUIRED, TYP. W = NI EXISTING O1/2 EXTERIOR GRADE W PLYWOOD SHEATHING U Lu VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHERG._ BARRIER OF SEALANT WHER CONTINUOUS U FLOORING MEETS CLAD STOREFRONT i (E) STOREFRONT TEMP. BACK OF EXISTING PLASTER FINISH - \\�� SHOW WINDOW FRAME, COLOR TO MATCH GLAZING TO REMAIN. (N) � F CNN „ PARTITION (BEYOND) STOREFRONT METAL CLADDING WINDOW FILM INSTALLED AT �.`SH 5/8 DENSGLASS SHEATHING INTERIOR SIDE OF GLASS WF_1 f.P y�?�S;y.OG� Y 2X6 FRT BLOCKING AS BULLNOSE TO RETURN VINYL PLANK FLOORING A,.,�,,,,,. I OVER 3/8 FIRE REQUIRED FOR HNNING (COORDINATE WITH SHOP AT ENDS ON ITSELF RETARDANT PLYWOOD - � - OVER (E) SUBSTRATE (E) METAL WINDOW FRAMING -� DWGS), TYP. TO REMAIN. TO BE PAINTED Z ON INTERIOIR AND EXTERIORry .F• bG•f\�� Q R 204 � o :r REPLACE SEALANT AS REQUIRED NEW AWNING- SEE 2 1/2" LAYOUT POINT _ LANDLORD REVIEW & MANUFACTURER FULL BOARD INSTALL/REPLACE/REPAIR r SHOP DRAWINGS APPROVAL I (E) FLASHING AS REQUIRED i APPROVED 11'-5" A.F.F. WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED B.O. DISPLAY CEILING - FRY REGLET L-TRIM (DRML-625) G.C. TILE CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE EXISTING ❑ APPROVED AS O R BACKER ROD AND SEALANT FIN. FLOOR r ' Q L- D TILE BACK TO (E) SHEATHING AND INSTALL NOTED - - W/ WEEPS @ 16" O.C. (E) PLATFORM FRAMING f NEW CERAMIC TILE (ST-1). TILE CONTRACTOR AND SUBSTRATE TO TO PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING CONVENIENCE OUTLET, i 10 REMAIN. � SHEATHING AS REQUIRED. DO NOT DISTURB LL INITIALS: REFER TO SECTIONS 204 (E) WEATHER BARRIER MATERIAL, PATCH REPAIR AS REQUIRED. DATE: (E) METAL WINDOW FRAMING (E) CURB, SHEATHING SEALANT TO MATCH TILE (3/8" TO REMAIN. TO BE PAINTED �� AND WEATHER BARRIER MAX.JOINT) (E) GYP. BD. OVER METAL ON INTERIOIR AND EXTERIOR. ME-i MATERIAL TO REMAIN �► FRAMING TO REMAIN — METAL FLASHING f—(E) SLABS (E) SIDEWALK - G.C. TO VERIFY SLAB (N) LAYER OF 1/4" GYP. BD. (E) STOREFRONT TEMP. / SLOPES AWAY FROM STOREFRONT (I/8" PER OVER EXISTING GLAZING TO REMAIN. (N) FOOT MIN./i/4" PER FOOT MAX.) 02020 THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER ASSUMES NO ` i RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF W 1 NDON FILM INSTALLED AT THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN INTERIOR SIDE OF GLASS WF_1 j j ^� ED AND SIEALED OR SUFICALLY CHISPEC IC LOCATIONZED BY THEM AND IN STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. �SAI # 191127 EXISTING / / }fE DRAWING NUMBER: 2 SECTION DETAIL SCALE TDI SECTION DETAIL SCALE A202 3"=1'-0" OWNER: o 1. ALL SIGNAGE DRAWINGS AND DETAILS ARE UNDER: SEPERATE SUBMITTAL AND ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY - REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: U U 2 2 U U Q Q L L Y0 U 00 EE � U) 3 o; --i a a LO 0 co v O c c co a I�D LO Z LO o 4_j LO LO Lo io Q rn 0 %A Cn U In o GENERAL NOTES VINYL WINDOW LOGO -REVERSE IMAGE VINYL CUT LETTERS II I1 II FINISH: GERBER #220-20 WHITE -INSTALLED ON INSIDE FACE OF THE GLAZING (AFTER FILM ) ° I' N T USED SCALE 1 O NOT USED SCALE O NOT USED STORE NO: El ,,, loll 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: I.' $ 1 21I THE PROMENADE SHOPS j I AT EVERGREEN WALK i I EQ EQ. -- -- nar_ rXirnnnrrnf Infnv fF 10 C V CRlariCCIV VVM i SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE Exterior Sign Notes: 1. Tenant must provide shop drawings for separate review of sign, blade sign and awnings prior to fabrication or ISSUED 02/14/2020 inctallafinn of Ginn * .. ............. 2. Landlord approval of the sign does not release the Tenant from complying with the local requirements. The Tenant is responsible to obtain all necessary approvals/permits from the local governing authorities (building, zoning, etc.) "prior' - `9 to proceeding with the sign fabrication of installation after Landlord Approval. _ 3. We do not allow any sign on the roof. co 1 4. Signs shall be limited to trade name and logo. No tag lines permitted. m 5. All components of sign (fasteners, wiring, etc) must be concealed, caulked and weather resistant. ■ 6. Tenant GC to provide Smooth, clean transition on all vertical and horizontal connections to landlord structure and finishes. 7. Any sign within tenant premises must be connected to tenant's time clock and coincide with operating hours. 8. Tenant Contractor is to provide backer material for sign mounting. 9. Primary sign located within sign band, typically 14' to 20' AFF. 10. Tenants with primary storefronts more than 40' in width are allowed primary sign up to 60%of overall storefront width and letter heights cannot exceed 36". Sinn light neutral n i i 1AIn do not - allow or fixtures on 12. Power for storefront sign must originate from within tenant space. 13. Any and all damage to landlord's building by tenant's general contractor to be repaired at tenant's expense. FiE1=Elt TO I:DVEtt SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION $ N T USED SCALE . NOT USED SCALE O NOT USED SCALE O STOREFRONT VINYL LOGO ELEVATION 61cAL NOTE: CONTACT ARCHITECT FOR ALTERNATE ATTACHMENT IF EXISTING VERTICAL METAL This sign does not STUD SPACING EXCEEDS 1611 OR IF STUD GA. IS NOT AT LEAST 20 GA. (n conform to the I I Criteria for the Center and is not Q approved. All sign _-----2X6 F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR SIGNAGE JUtJlIIIJJIVIIJ alc under separate STUD WALL FRAMING. MINIMUM (COORDINATE WITH SHOP DRAWINGS) LLJ review and not (E) B" DEEP, 20 GA. @ 16" O.C. approved for use MAX _ in this set. 3-#10 TEK SCREWS —3" DEEP ALUMINUM LETTER RETURNS AND ALUMINUM FACE RING WELDED TOGETHER REFER TO STOREFRONT SHEETS PER EACH MEMBER WHERE SHOWN SIMPSON L30 TOP AND 3 REFER TO F/5I00 FOR BLOCKING BOTTOM EACH END SEE SHOPIDRAWINGS I —SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS WITH CLEAR EXTERIOR SILICONE ^ �JJ m A203 INFORMATION o G.C. TO FASTEN BLADE SIGN EQ. EQ. Y BOX BEAM W/ 362 5162-43 SECURELY TO WALL WITH REQUIRED FASTENERS 2 I MEMBERS AND 18 GA. i U TRACK TOP AND BOTTOM a #8 FLAT HEAD A203 SCREWS @ 6" A203 @�f�y j.SH1 s : O.C., TYP. I 0 I —WHITE LED ILLUMINATION _ fO� yp 5. =**_ Y } t � 1264�i�e` Z N I I BLADE SIG Q 1 f 1 l ►1A 2I Zt I C) to —_—_—_ _— _—_ _—_—_—_— _�_—_ —_—_ _ _—_—_ —_—� —LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY II a LANDLORD REVIEW & I APPROVAL W N 1 I ❑ —3/16" THICK ACRYLIC LETTER BACKS APPROVED 81-0" A.F.F.OLC3 B.O. BLADE SIGN (2) - #10 SCREWS, LU 1 � APPROVED AS I NOTED EACH LEG I —3/16 THICK ACRYLIC LETTER FACE 2 -11 ILL INITIALS: 3'-2 I/4" I —INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED FACE -LIT CHANNEL 11 LETTER SIGN DATE: 18 GA STUD BLOCK O i WITH L30 EACH END REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS FOR NOTE: BLADE SIGN SHOWN FOR BLADE SIGN DESIGN 311 REFERENCE ONLY - REFER TO ELEVATION AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EXACT TYPE OF BLADE SIGN (E) MALL FINISH —REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH MATERIAL ©2020 THE ARCHITECT I ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE A203 ® BLADE SIGN ELEVATION O BLADE SIGN BLOCKING DETAIL II1 II O CHANNEL ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE „_1-0III 11/2- O CHANNEL ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE II1 11 3-_1-0 1112°=1�-0�� 3-_1-0 OWNER: ALL REVEALS IN PLASTER TO BE PAINTED (BY PLASTER CONTRACTOR) TO MATCH ADJACENT PLASTER AS SHOWN BELOW: • REVEAL BETWEEN "SILVER DOLLAR" VP-1P AND "SILVER DOLLAR" VP-1P TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH "SILVER DOLLAR" VP-IP • REVEAL BETWEEN "SILVER DOLLAR" VP-1P AND "CINDER" E-2P TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH "SILVER DOLLAR" VP-IP • REVEAL BETWEEN "CINDER" VP-2P AND "CINDER" VP-3 TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH "CINDER" VP-2P REVEAL FINISH NOTES NO PLASTER IN THE GROOVES. PAINT ONLY. PAINTED WITH THE PLASTER COLOR BY THE PLASTER CONTRACTOR. )VE MUST ;REATE A I UP THE SIDE. NO PLASTER IN THE GROOVES; PAINT ONLY. PAINTED WITH THE PLASTER COLOR BY THE PLASTER CONTRACTOR. IT' INTERSECTION NO PLASTER IN THE GROOVES. PAINT ONLY. PAINTED WITH THE PLASTER COLOR BY THE PLASTER CONTRACTOR. OUTSIDE CORNER 121 V-GROOVE INTERSECTIONS AS FABRICATED IN THE FIELD LANDLORD NEUTRAL PIER CC WALL CONSTRUCTION; REFER TO STOREFRONT SECTIONS. 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER 5/5" DENSGLASS SHEATHING HARD POLISHED THIN PLASTER APPLICATION; REFER TO ELEVATIONS FRY REGLET L-TRIM (DRML• SET IN CONTINUOUS BEAD 01 POLYURETHANE ADHESIVE At INSTALLED WITH #8 FH PRIM EXTERIOR SCREWS, TYP. — SCREWS BELOW PLASTER SURFACE, TYP. 3/4" X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL; USE BLACK EXTERIOR GRADE SCREWS — INSIDE CORNER SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE F01_4�JELEVATION DETAIL AT WINDOW PLASTER COLOR CHANGE �3 V-GROOVE ELEVATION DETAIL 11/2"=1'-0" 11 NEUTRAL PIER PLAN DETAIL 1 6"=1'4' 4ALL CONSTRUCTION - REFER TO STOREFRONT SECTIONS /2" EXTERIOR GRADE 'LYNOOD SHEATHING 4POR-PERMEABLE EATHER BARRIER W8" DENSGLASS SHEATHING 4ARD POLISHED THIN >LASTER APPLICATION; ZEFER TO ELEVATIONS ;OUTS DENSGLASS TO INSTALL 'RY REGLET V-GROOVE ;ONTROL JOINT (DRMV-25) 5CRENS BELOW PLASTER SURFACE, TYP. FAINT V-GROOVE TO MATCH PLASTER PER REVEAL FINISH NOTES THIS SHEET 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER ROUTE DENSGLASS TO INSTALL FRY REGLET V-GROOVE CONTROL JOINT (DRMV-25) PAINT V-GROOVE TO MATCH PLASTER PER REVEAL FINISH NOTES THIS SHEET SCREWS BELOW PLASTER SURFACE, TYP. 5/6" DENSGLASS SHEATHING HARD POLISHED THIN PLASTER APPLICATION; REFER TO ELEVATIONS WALL CONSTRUCTION - REFER TO STOREFRONT SECTIONS GLAZING SYSTEM JAMB BACKER ROD * SEALANT ALIGN JAMB WITH PLASTER I /8" MAX. WALL CONSTRUCTION - REFER TO STOREFRONT DETAILS 0 a O WALL CONSTRUCTION - REFER TO SO" DETAILS I/2' TERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING VAPOR- RMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER 5/8" DENS ASS SHEATHING HARD POLISH THIN PLASTER APPLICATION; R R TO ELEVATIONS SCREWS BELOW PLA TER SURFACE, TYP. FRY REGLET L-TRIM (DR -625) SET IN CONTINUOUS BE POLYURETHANE ADHESIVE AN INSTALLED WITH #8 FH PRIMEGU D EXTERIOR SCREWS, TYP. 1 0))l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z l n SEE PHOTO 10 THIS DRAWING DENSGLASS OR GWB 18" MIN. STAGGERED JOINTS 12" MIN. z V-GROOVE-DENSGLASS OR GWB --- JOINT MUST BE 12" MIN. AWAY 9 V-GROOVE P LAN DETAIL scALE SCALE scA SCALE 6„=1'-0" $ V-GROOVE SECTION DETAIL 6"=1'-0" GLAZING JAMB PLAN DETAIL 6"=1'-0" © FACADE CONSTRUCTION V111 Exterior Notes: 1. All penetrations must be caulked and watertight. 2. Rear door painted to match exterior finish 3. Tenant GC to provide smooth, clean transition on all vertical and horizontal connections to landlord structure and finishes. 4. We do not allow signs or light fixtures on neutral piers. ER TO STOREFRONT SECTIONS FOR —5/VVEtAGL#6S SHEATHING KNEAD DETAILS -PERMEABLE ° z BARRIER ON 1/2" z R GRADE PLYWOOD X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL; USE I WALL CONSTRUCTION; I° E S RING CK EXTERIOR GRADE SCREWS 1 a o REFER TO PLANS I REGLET L-TRIM (DRML-625) SET IN I a4 0 5/5" DENSGLASS SHEATHING I HARD POLISHED THIN PLASTER TINUOUS BEAD OF POLYURETHANE I I APPLICATION; REFER TO ELEVATIONS ESIVE AND INSTALLED WITH #8 FH I o 'IEGUARD EXTERIOR SCREWS, TYP. 1 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING SCREWS BELOW PLASTER I o — — — — — — I SURFACE, TYP. ENS BELOW PLASTER SURFACE, TYP. VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER FRY REGLET L-TRIM (DRML-625) SET :D POLISHED THIN PLASTER APPLICATION; IN CONTINUOUS BEAD OF POLYURETHANE ER TO ELEVATIONS I ADHESIVE AND INSTALLED WITH #8 FH - - 4 - - - - - - HARD POLISHED THIN PRIMEGUARD EXTERIOR SCREWS, TYP. DENSGLASS SHEATHING Q 4 PLASTER APPLICATION; METAL FLASHING WITH DRIP. 4 REFER TO ELEVATIONS PAINT TO MATCH PLASTER 'OR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER; 'E-SEAL TO BULKHEAD CORNER BEAD ALIGN HEAD WITH PLASTER EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING BACKER ROD AND SEALANT ER TO STOREFRONT SECTIONS WALL CONSTRUCTION STO MESH CORNER BEAD USE FOR EXTERIOR CORNER BEADS STO CORP 3800 CAMP CREEK PARKWAY BUILDING 1400, SUITE 120 ATLANTA, GA 30331 1-800-221-23g7 W W W . STOCORP.COM DDDo00 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: �� o0 i U O Q Q E E O O U) N E E L L q 3 E 0 (1) W c 3 (6 -O T O O 0 Ln 0 co 2 O W W ccs a) Ln Z L? L0 ;� r I a Z, CLO U O E Lo = ca "h U) U � Ln i)0� 0 0 U)ti o STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION V ) I— W cr_ W ry cn 0 1 �CL W F_ = F— X Z W 0 � m o w LL U w W U ON`� Illllrril COI�M��i�i ry J. SH Y * m 0 12??•��\ Z I � LANDLORD REVIEW & D STO MESH CORNER BEAD SCALE APPROVAL APPROVED ❑ APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: FRY REGLET REVEAL AND MOLDING SHAPES AND NUMBERS FRY REGLET ARCHITECTURAL METALS ALPHARETA, GA SANTA FE SPRINGS, CA WWW.FRYREGLET.COM 800-237-9773 NOTE: REVEALS AND MOLDINGS ARE RARELY AVAILABLE LOCALLY AND SHOULD BE ORDERED IN A TIMELY MANNER. V-REVEAL DRMV-25 L-TRIM DRML-625 ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 5 BULKHEAD -REVEAL DETAIL SCALEAD 90° OUTSIDE CORNER PLAN DETAIL SCALE GLAZING HEAD SECTION DETAIL SCA CT)FRY REGLET MOLDING AND REVEALS SCALE 1 0 1 0 6 1 0 6 -1-0 -- W9 DRAWING NUMBER: A204 OWNER: o j � 1 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: �Z sie o0 U O U U U U Q Q L � Y E E 0 O O E N fLlJ C C N 3 0 5/5" DENSGLASS SHEATHING can cA a \ OVER VAPOR -PERMEABLE;; WEATHER BARRIER ON 1/2" 6 +. EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD = cs — — — — — SHEATHING a HARD POLISHED THIN PLASTER APPLICATION; REFER TO z L' 1 a Z ELEVATIONS 0 N �t 1 2 a SCREWS BELOW PLASTER SURFACE, TYP. FRY REGLET L-TRIM (DRML-(o25) SET < a IN CONTINUOUS BEAD OF POLYURETHANE ai ° ° ° ADHESIVE AND INSTALLED WITH #8 FH Lo - - - - - - - - - - - - -tr p ODIMC/'I IAL]T'1 CV'1"C'01/�D G/'O CI.IG "T'YD J f III I�%4Ut-1NL/ L-A I LI',I VIA JI..I�L-YVJ, 1 I F. �' U) O PLASTER FINISH TO RETURN AT '- Lo PLASTER FINISH; REFER TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT TO EDGE '_ a) !E 65 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN OF SEALANT o �- � 5/8" DENSGLASS SHEATHING FRY REGLET L-TRIM 1/Sn METAL FLASHING WITH DRIP. Q OTC OVER VAPOR -PERMEABLE (DRML-625 ) MAX. PAINT TO MATCH PLASTER co o WEATHER BARRIER ON I/2" BACKER ROD � SEALANTLo ULo O E GLAZING EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING " II 3/4 X 3/4 BLACK METAL rn co Lo SYSTEM HEAD REVEAL; USE BLACK 'r `° Ll EXTERIOR GRADE SCREWS HARD POLISHED THIN PLASTER 7q o APPLICATION; REFER TO ELEVATIONS �! V) SCREWS BELOW PLASTER SURFACE, TYP. FRY REGLET L-TRIM (DRML-625) SET IN CONTINUOUS BEAD OF POLYURETHANE ADHESIVE AND INSTALLED WITH #8 FH PRIMEGUARD EXTERIOR SCREWS, TYP. BACKER ROD AND SEALANT 0 STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: 12 NOT USED SCALE 1 NOT USED SCALE 10 POP -OUT GLAZING HEAD SECTION DETAIL SCALE ' ENTRANCE - CEILING SECTION DETAIL SCALE THE PROMENADE SHOPS 6"=1'-011 AT EVERGREEN WALK 6"=1'-0" 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 & X/ r ------------ REFS TO FRONT SECTIONS FOR BUL D D AILS r /4" 3/ BLACK METAL REVEAL; USE IA C TERIOR GRADE SCREWS Y EGLET L-TRIM (DRML-625) SET IN _ r \ I C TINUOUS BEAD OF POLYURETHANE ° HARD POLISHED THIN \ DHESIVE AND INSTALLED WITH #8 FH REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION - x ° ° a r r PLASTER APPLICATION; I PRIMEGUARD EXTERIOR SCREWS, TYP. i - - - - - - - - - - HARD POLISHED REFER TO ELEVATIONS I S EWS BELOW PLASTER SURFACE, TYP. LWALL THIN PLASTER APPLICATION; REFER INTERSECTION TO BE C AN, � I 1 WAR OLISHED THIN PLASTER APPLICATION; BACKER ROD # SEALANT, TYP. CONSTRUCTION - REFER TO O ELEVATIONS CRISP STRAIGHT AN PLUMB , REFER ELEVATIONS 5/8 DENS ASS SHEATHING GLAZING SYSTEM JAMB STOREFRONT DETAILS IN SECTION TO BE 5/8" DENSGLASS EATHING I II 1/2 EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING CLEA CRISP STRAIGHT AND PL B VAPOR -PERMS LE I VAPOR -PERM BLE WEATHER BARRIER; TAPE -SEAL TO LKHEAD VAPOR -PERMEABLE WEATHER BARRIER NOTE 5/8" DENS SS SHEATHING WEATHER B RIER �� 1/2 EXTERIOR GRA PLYWOOD SHEATHING 8" DENSGLASS SHEATHING MITER EDGES OF HE SUBSTRATE S ATHING VAPOR -PERMS LE 1/2" EX T [OR GRADE PLYW D SHEATHING REFER TO STOREFRON SECTIONS �^ V J HA R POLISHED THIN PLASTER AT AN ANGL TO INSURE WEATHER BARRI FOR WALL CONSTRUCTIO J APPLI TION; REFER TO ELEVATIONS CONTINUO U BONDING OF 1/2" EXTERIOR GRA LL CONSTRUCTION; SCREWS LOW PLASTER PANELS T SEAM. INSTA ATION OF THE PLYWOOD SHEATHING REFER TO PLANS SURFACE RE [RED POLYURETHANE WALL CONSTRUCTION; FRY REGLET L- RIM (DRML-625) S LANT ON THE CUT REFER TO PLANS NOTE SET IN CONTINUO BEAD OF DGES IS CRITICAL FOR MITER EDGES OF THE SUBSTRATE SHEATHING ' 1 I POLYURETHANE AD SIVE AND THIS INSTALLATION. AT AN ANGLE TO INSURE CONTINUOUS BONDING W INSTALLED WITH #8 F PRIMEGUARD OF PANELS AT SEAM. INSTALLATION OF THE Q EXTERIOR SCREWS, TYP. REQUIRED POLYURETHANE SEALANT ON THE CUT EDGES IS CRITICAL FOR THIS INSTALLATION. W �\ VJ O scA scA scA sc= ADJACENT TENANT GLAZING JAMB PLAN DETAIL OUTSIDE CORNER PLAN DETAIL INSIDE CORNER PLAN DETAIL BULKHEAD - REVEAL DETAIL 6-1-0 6-1-0 6-1-0 1-0-1-0 W n x z LLl � 0 � m o w LL 0 U REWORK (E) LL CONSTRUCTION TO ACCEPT w W _ (N) METAL FLASHING AND TENANT FINISHES. U P.T./F.R.T. BLOCKING AS REQ'D .. .. Z ICE AAND RWATER SH ELDRESISTANTRADE WALL CONSTRUCTION - REFER TO STOREFRONT SECTIONS COh/ )i ` y, SH/J- t \ i " �` ,-' ' 0 BRAKE -FORMED ME MODIFIED COPING I/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING �/05W.... -s Y SRMEABLE ET RECONTINUOUS BEADOF- V<- WEATHERVAPOR-PBARRIER Z YURETHANE ADHESIVE AND I INSTALLED WITH #8 FH PRIMEGUARD EXTERIOR SCREWS, TYP. I I ° 5/8" DENSGLASS SHEATHING , S �� `� /)) D RG\`�` i i Q a HARD POLISHED THIN I HARD POLISHED THIN 2 21,2� � HEMMED EDGE AND PLASTER APPLICATION; � 4 � I PLASTER APPLICATION; - - - - - ° NAILER STRIP REFER TO ELEVATIONS REFER TO ELEVATIONS LANDLORD REVIEW & - - _ a 5/8 DENSGLASS SHEATHING I I I ROUTE DENSGLASS TO INSTALL FRY REGLET V-GROOVE APPROVAL VAPOR -PERMEABLE CONTROL JOINT (DRMV-25) _ i SCREWS BELOW PLASTER WEATHER BARRIER - -a < - - - - - - - I _ - LINE OF AWNING. AWNING TO APPROVED I SURFACE TYP. I BE INSTALLED TIGHT TO 1 I V-GROOVE CONTROL JOINT APPROVED AS � i a 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE ° NOTED FRAMING - REFER TO PLYWOOD SHEATHING STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS I LL INITIALS: FULL THICKNESS BATT. WALL CONSTRUCTION; REFER TO PLANS I I ° I INSULATION (R-13 MIN.) I I DATE: I XTERIOR GRADE I I° a PLYW SHEATHING I Ia VAPOR-PERMEAB WEATHER ° BARRIER; TAPE -SEAL BULKHEAD p PAINT V -GROOVE TO MATCH HARD POLISHED THIN PLANT H PLASTER PER REVEAL FINISH NOTES THIS SHEET 02020 THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER ASSUMES NO ° APPLICATION; REFER TO ELEVATI RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF I 5/8" DENSGLASS SHEATHING SCREWS BELOW PLASTER SURFACE, TYP. THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: SCA SCALE a OP OUT SECTION DETAIL 900 INSIDE CORNER PLAN DETAIL AWNING SECTION DETAIL 1'-0"ALE 61CALE 6,I=1'-0" `-1 3/411 '-11 1/4" (E) DOOR HEAD CONSTRUCTION (BRICK VENEER VER MTL. EXISTING STUD FRAMIN TO REMAIN V.I.F. R-lq FRICTION FIT _ (E) ME AL DOOR AND FRAME BATT INSULATION _ TO B ELIDED SHUT REFER TO _ GYP. BD. COLUMN CON RUCTION PLAN vX ENCLOSURES TO 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. _ /--� /--� RECEIVE METAL NON -SALES EXTERIOR OPENIN SIZE - T CORNER BEADS - N SPACKLE * SAND TO GRACE PERM -A-BARRIER' MAKE SMOOTH (TYP.) 3 5/8 METAL STUDS @ V.P. AIR BARRIER 16" O.C. EXTEND TO _ METAL STUDS OR UNDERSIDE OF OPENING. 5/8" EXTERIOR WATER METAL CLIP PROVIDE STANDARD RESISTANT GYP. BD. FASTENERS, SECURE Q TO COLUMN � 0.157" DIA. POWDER -r" GRACE ICE +� WATER SHIELD � z> MALL STRUCTURAL ACTUATED FASTENERS MEMBRANE FLASHING COLUMN -REFER TO X-U OR EQUIVALENT ( ) - W/ END DAMS J_��HILTI I C CHANNEL CONSTRUCTION PLAN @ 16" O.C. MAX. 2" FROM _'°" - CO"'T. 3 5/8" (OR 6") X REINFORCING RY OHAPFRSE EAGH END" 20 GA METAL TRACK W/ PLAN G.C. AROUND (E) CONCRETE SLAB 1) #8 SCREW AT EACH OPENING TO REI`51AIN N, ANGE OF EACH STUD 24" X 24" ACCESS PO T IN MOUNTING SCREW 4L LAYER OF 5/8" TYPE ,Z� LAY -IN TRIM RING OR FIELD INSTALLED 'X' GYP. BD. FROM (N) S LANT ACCESS WITHOUT EED FOR DRYWALL CEILING FLOOR SLAB TO 6" BLDG. STRUCTU E REMOVAL BOVE CLG. TITUS DEVICE MS OR 350RL IF POWDER A/0TUATED FASTENERS ' ARE NOT AVLONED BY LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL, HEN REPLACE WITH 1/411 DIA. HI I KWIK NUS-EZ CONCRETE SCREWS TITUS TMS OR 350 RL DEVICE LINE nF FRAME BEYOND SERVICE DOOR INFILL SCAL ACCESS POINT VIA AIR DEVICE 3/411=1'-0" NOT USED • REMOVE MUD GUARD AND DISCA IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALL O RECESSED STANDARDS. • INSERT BACKER ROD IN PL E OF MUD GUARD. • INSTALL MASKING TAPE OWN FACE OF GARCY. FOLD TAPE 0 R STANDARD BEFORE IN5TALLATI OF GYP. BD. • FINISH OVER GAR C , PULL TIGHT TO MASKING TAPE. • RAZO UT IN DE THROAT OF INSERT AFT P IM COAT IS APPLIED BY PAAA1 ST GUARD 0 R 5/8" METAL STUD SYSTEM L /-REMOVE MUD GUARD NOTE: READ ALL MFR 2 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO OF GYP. BD. REFER TO START OF CONSTRUCTION 00 INSTRUCTIONS ABOVE. 5/5" GYP. BD. TYPE 'X' BUGLE HEAD 1/4" LONG U.S.G. D YHALL SCREWS RECESSED STANDARD SCAL 3" =1'-0" NOTE: -AT TOILET ROOMS INSTALL WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. -PLUMBING PARTITIONS TO USE 6" METAL STUDS FOR PIPE CHASES V-11 3/8" A.F.F.i� TOP OF DECK lJ 8'-0" A.F.F. B.O. CEILING A. METAL STUDS @ - O _ 1F I SLAB TOINDICATED 6\ (1) LA R 5/8" GYP. BD. EACH SIDE FRO SLAB TO INDICATED HEIGHT. SOUND ATTENUAT N INSULATION AS REQUIRED 10 A300 PARTITION TYPE 'D' SCAL 1/2" =1' SECTION WAIL ■��■ Jv"� 1�15))� NOT USED MOUNTING _,,,--3/4" F.R.T. PLYW00 DECK 1 X 4 WOOD RIM OTE: A E CEILING PLATFORM TO ON FOR INSTALLATION OF UOR LIGHT FIXTURE G.C. TO FRAME STORAGE DECK ABOVE TOILET ROOM AS �1 INDICATED PER THIS DETAIL, IN THE SHORT SPAN TO ACHIEVE \ MAX. CAPACITY OF q0 PSF. G.C. TO POST CAPACITY AFTER uu-I-IDLE T IVN. COORDINATE THIS \ WITH THE BUILDING INSPECTOR " 16 GA. JOISTS @ 1'-411 O.C. �C I ST S.r.^: TO TRAC @ 1'-4" O.C. 3 5/8" 16 METAL STUD PARTITION - ALIGN STUDS DIRECTLY UN R JOIST (TYP.) N.T.S. COLUMN DETAIL 311 1I-o QUM SECTION = STRUCTURE 14 A300 DIAGONAL BRACE PER DETAIL 1/A306 FIN. CEILING VARIES REFER TO CLG PLAN O M MTL STUD FRAMING, TYP. SEE WALL LEGEND ON ARCH DRAWINGS, DETAIL 13/A300 FOR STUE) MATRIX 2" x 2" x 16 GA CHANNEL CLIP ANGLE 1/4" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH, TYP. - ATTACH AT EVERY STUD W1TH (4) 9GREI�15 AT LOCATIONS WHERE VERTICAL STUD SPACING IS TIGHT, (MAKING INSTALLATION OF ANGLES DIFFICULT AFTER STUDS ARE IN PLACE), ATTACH ANGLES TO STUDS BEFORE INSTALLING STUDS. NOTE: FOR THE FULL HEIGHT AND WALL LENGTH OF WALL, METAL STUDS SHALL BE BRACED WITH STANDARD BRIDGING @ 4'-0" O.C. HOWEVER, BRIDGING IS NOT REQUIRED ALONG ANY PORTION OF VERTICAL WALL WHERE SHEATHING (GYP. BOARD, PLYWOOD, CEMENT BOARD, ETC.) IS ATTACHED TO BOTH FACES OF THE WALL 1 1/2" WIDE x 1/2" DP x 16 GA COLD -ROLLED CHANNEL - LOCATE AT 4'-0" O.C. MAX VERTICAL-6� 171 BRIDGING DETAIL IS GA DEEP LEG TRACK WITH 2" FLANGE. (DEPTH TO MATCH VERTICAL STUD DEPTH) ATTACH TO STRUCTURE W/ (2) #12 SCREWS AT 16" O.C. 3/4" SCALE SEE SCHEDULES LL FOR FINISHES ^w AND STUD SIZES 1^!STALL SLIrD-r,?ACK AKID -_ FIRE- FIREMATERIALS PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD TRACK W/ RECOMMENDATIONS TO (1) #8 WAFERHEAD ACHIEVE ONE HOUR FIRE SCREW IN EACH FLANGE RATING OF EACH VERT STUD __A NON -RATED ONE HOUR FIRE -RATED NOTE: CONSTRUCT WALL PER UL ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES A & B SCALE ■ ■ DETAIL METAL STUDS PER PARTITION TYPES #8 SCREWS EA. SIDE OF STUD TO TRACK (TYP.) STUD TRACK FIN. FLOOR AT CONCRETE SLAB: 0.177 DIA. HILTI POWDER ACTUATED FASTENER W/ 3/4'" EMBEDMENT AT 16" O.C. MAXIMUM AT WOOD SUB FLOORS: #8 SCREW @ 16" O.C. MAXIMUM SCALE 311 =1'-0" _ STRUCTUREik DIAGONAL BRACE PER DETAIL I /A30(o FIN. CEILING VARIES REFER TO CLG PLAN #4 x 2'-6 LG DOi• v'r:l EPDXY GROUT 6" INTO EXIST WALL #4 VERT REINF N MASONRY INFIL . GROUTED�� SOLID TVI- iJr C/ I� CONCRETE FOOTING #4 VERT -MASONRY INFILL /L-REMOVE INSIDE FACE SHELLS OF CMU AS REQ'D TO INSTALL REBAR. CMU IN -FILL CONTINUOUS TRACK (GAUGE TO MATCH WALL STUD, EXCEPT USE 20 GAUGE MIN. TRACK) REFER TO DETAIL 3/A306 FOR TRACK SPLICE CONNECT TRACK TO VERTICAL STUDS W/ (1) #8 SCREW IN EACH FLANGE OF EACH STUD, EXCEPT INSTALL (2) #6 SCREWS IN EACH FLANGE AT VERTICAL STUDS WITH LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING -CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE MIL. THICKNESS - GAUGE NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE 25 GA. ------ IS MIL 22 GA. ------ 27 MIL 16 GA. ------ 54 MIL 20 GA. ------ 33 MIL 14 GA. ------ 68 MIL 18 GA. ------ 43 MIL 12 GA. ------ 97 MIL EXAMPLE CROSS-REFERENCE: 3 5/8", 18 GA STRUCTURAL METAL S�362 S - 43 METAL STUD 162 STUD (S=STUD) FLANGE STUD DEPTH (T=TRACK) WIDTH THICKNESS =3.625"=1.625" =43 MIL (18 GA.) =3 5/8" =1 5/81, TYPICAL STRUCTURAL STUDS AND TRACKS 2 1/2", 20 GA. STUD w/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 2505162-33 2 1/2", 18 GA. STUD w/ 1 5/6" FLANGE 2505162-43 3 5/8"1 20 GA. STUD Lu/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 3625162-33 3 5/8", 18 GA. STUD w/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 3625162-43 / ll 7n P_A rTI In ..I/ I r, All FI Amr-;: v , cv �=1r.. a . v wi c,nnslc,�_�� 6", 18 GA. STUD w/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 6005162-43 8", 18 GA. STUD w/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 5005162-43 8" 16 GA. STUD w/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 800SI62-54 10", 18 GA. STUD w/ 1 5/B" FLANGE 10005162-43 Intl IL, r_A gTIIn .../ I 5/All FI DNr.F 10005162-54 12", 16 GA. STUD w/ 1 5/5" FLANGE 12005162-54 12", 12 GA. STUD w/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 12005162-97 1 5/8", 22 GA. TRACK w/ 1 1/4" LEG 162T125-27 1 5/8", 20 GA. TRACK w/ 1 1/4" LEG 162TI25-33 2 1/2", 20 GA. TRACK w/ 1 1/4" LEG 250 T 125-BB 2 1/2", 20 GA. TRACK w/ 2" LEG 25OT200-33 2 1/2", 18 GA. TRACK w/ 1 1/4" LEG 250TI25-43 2 1/2", 18 GA. TRACK w/ 2" LEG 25OT200-43 3 5/6", 20 GA. TRACK w/ 1 1/4" LEG 362TI25-33 3 5/5", 20 GA. TRACK w/ 2" LEG 362T200-33 3 5/811, 18 GA. TRACK w/ 1 1/4" LEG 362T125-43 3 5/8", 18 GA. TRACK w/ 2" LEG 362T200-43 6", 20 GA. TRACK w/ 1 1/4" LEG 600T125-33 6", 20 GA. TRACK w/ 2" LEG 60OT200-33 6", 18 GA. TRACK w/ 1 1/4" LEG 600T125-43 6", 18 GA. TRACK w/ 2" LEG 600T200-43 TYPICAL HAT (FURRING) CHANNELS 7/8", 25 GA. FURRING CHANNEL 087F125-IS 7/5"1 22 GA. FURRING CHANNEL 067F125-27 LIGH I (3AUUt FKAIVIING SI:KEVV UU NINtU I IOINS UNLESS NOTED, LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE USING #8 SCREWS. SEE DETAIL 1/A306 FOR DIAGONAL BRACING CONNECTIONS. AT LOCATIONS WHERE SHEATHING MATERIAL IS PLACED AGAINST THE SCREW HEADS OF LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING CONNECTIONS, PANCAKE HEAD SCREWS SHALL BE USED 50 THAT THE SHEATHING MATERIAL REMAINS STRAIGHT AND SMOOTH. SEI )1y11% DESIGIV� Cam^-�-1 EGyRiES �A, c�7c B LIMITING HEIGHTS FOR INTERIOR METAL STUD PARTITIONS SALES PARTITIONS WITHOUT SHELVING ATTACHED NON -SALES PARTITIONS WITHOUT SHELVING ATTACHED ALL SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES STUD STUD FLANGE STUD STUD MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT OR MAXIMUM HEIGHT TO DIAGONAL UtSIGIVA-I ION DEPTH vvIu I H GAUGt SPACiivG BRACE 3625162-33 3 5/81, 1 5/8" 20 10 17'-611 3625162-43 3 5/8" 1 5/81, 18 16" 191-011 362SI62-54 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 16 16" 20'-6" 6005162-33 6" 1 5/81, 20 16" 26'-6" 6005162-43 6" 1 5/8" 18 10 28'411 6005162-54 611 15/8" 16 101 30'-0" LIMITING HEIGHTS FOR INTERIOR METAL STUD PARTITIONS SALES PARTITIONS WITH SHELVING ATTACHED SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES A AND B STUD DESIGNATION STUD DEPTH FLANGE WIDTH STUD GAUGE STUD SPACING MAXIMUM HEIGHT TO DIAGONAL BRACE vncl/n _nn J'OGJIIOG -:J:J J U/O I U/ V LV If0 Ici nil I:J -V 3625162-43 3 5/5" 1 5/8" 18 16" 1it 6'-0 3625162-54 3 5/8" 1 5/81, 16 10 LIMITING HEIGHTS FOR INTERIOR METAL STUD PARTITIONS NON-SAILES PARTITIONS WITH SHELVING ATTACHED SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES A AND B STUD DESIGNATION STUD DEPTW FLANGE %AIIDTI I STUD GAUGE STUD cPAr LNG MAXIMUM HEIGHT TO nlA(.,QNAI RRA(.F 362SI62-33 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 20 16" 15'-011 3625162-43 3 5/8" 1 5/81, 18 1 16'-011 3625162-54 3 5/8" 1 5/S" 16 16" 17'-011 NOTE: AT LOCATIONS WHERE. A STUD WALL SUPPORTS BOTH SALES AND NON -SALES SHELVING, THE STUDS SHOWN IN THE TABLE BELOW SHALL BE "DOUBLED UP" AS FOLLOWS: #8 SCREWS @ 8" O.C. DBL STUD --f IN ADDITION, THE SPACING OF THE TOP AND BOTTOM WALL TRACK CONNECTIONS TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURE SHALL BE REDUCED TO G" O.C. MAX., AND DIAGONAL SPACING SHALL BE REDUCED TO 32" O.C. NOTES OWNER: o 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: y Z o 0 U U UU QQ U U -0 0t EE 22 cnU) �co U) U) c 3 U5 -i -U T s 6 c� V It Lo 0 m 2 0 c W c c>s aa) Lo Z `n ro v U ,n �r iv - to ) Q r • lec� U a� O E Lo UULLo Ll ELo a) 0 L o m o STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: T HE PROIVIE VADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 1. DESIGN BASED ON ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION OF 1-/360. ISSUE DATES 2. DESIGN BASED ON FY = 33 KSI FOR 3 5/8" 4 6" STUDS LESS THAN 16 GAUGE. FY = 50 KSI FOR 3 5/8", 16 GAUGE $ 6", 16 GAUGE STUDS. NUM DESCRIPTION DATE J.-NVVIVL "I-11NILVI1THL UICIIJIA'IVIX t- 4'-V" V.V. MHn PLN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMEI`lDAT10N'S. 4. DESIGN BASED ON MINIMUM 5 PSF LATERAL LOAD, OR LATERAL SEISMIC LOAD, WHICHEVER CONTROLS. 5. TABLE IS VALID FOR (1) LAYER OF GYPSUM BOARD EACH FACE. ISSUED 02/14/2020 6. FOR STUD DESIGNATIONS REFER TO LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING - GROSS REFERENCE GUIDE ON A300 1 �rnl F 1�1 1 SCALE 3"=1'-011 METAL FRAMING STUD DESIGNATIONS & METAL STUD MA I RIX N.T.S. #4 DOWEL 32" 14 O.C. EPDXY GROUT 300 G" INTO EXIST. CMU OR (E) FLOOR DECK / STRUCTU ET PROVIDE FIRE SAFING t FIRE CAULKING AS EQD Tt�^-fT REFER TO STUD MATRIX: 13/A3VV y EXISTING O all CMU WALL REFER TO CLG PLAN B.O. CEILING #4x2'-6 LG DOWEL. LINE OF E OCCURS. REFER EPDXY TO CEILIN PL S. GROUT 6" INTO EXIST 5/8" TYPE ' YP. BD. SHEATHING, BOTH SIDES OVER CONCRETE METAL 5 D FR MING. REFER TO STRUCTURAL II II DRAWIN S FOR G GE REQUIREMENTS. NOTE: THIS DETAIL MAY BE USED FOR A FIRE PARTITION NEW WHERE REQUIRED, INCLUDING ,(-MASONRY INFILL TENANT SEPARATION WALLS, CnNT MTI TRACK 12 FI12F BARRIER AS FILL FOR EXISTING A LICABLE M ONRY SHEAR WALL (E) SLAB ON GRADE OR FIRE-RES TANCE _ RATED FLOOR/CEILING ASSEMBLY I 01 _ Olt FINISH FLOOR CAULK AT WALL PERIMETER ON 10 BOTH SIDES A300 NOTE: CONSTRUCT PER U.L. DESIGN # U-465 111 1 011 PARTITION TYPE IF' SCAL CONTINUOUS TRACK (GAUGE STRUCTURE TO MATCH WALL STUD, STRUCTURE ik EXCEPT USE 20 GAUGE MIN. TRACK) REFER TO DETAIL 3/A306 FOR TRACK SPLICE CONNECT TRACK TO VERTICAL - DIAGONAL BRACE PER DETAIL STUDS ( SCREW IN EACH FLAANGEE OFF EACH STUD DIAGONAL BRACE PER DETAIL I/A306 I/A306 EXCEPT INSTALL (2) #6 FIN. CEILING VARIES4 SCREWS IN EACH FLANGE AT FIN. CEILING VARIES REFER TO CLG PLANT VERTICAL STUDS WITH REFER TO CLG PLAN CONTIN0QU5 TRACK (GAUGE -o MAT/'. I.. A I I CTI IPl I V I I1•A I l.t't YkTR J I V V, EXCEPT US GAUGE MIN. TRACK) REFTO DETAIL 3/A306 FOR CK SPLICE - REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION REFEX MATRIX: 13/A300 DIAGONAL BRACE PER DETAIL VA306 ' I s FINISHED CEILING (WHERE OCCURS) 5/8" GYP. BD. SALES SIDE nNji Y REFER TO PARTITION TYPES W FLOOR FINISHES. (SEE FINISH PLAN AND O SCHEDULE) _ U SCAL 1" - 1'-011 0 `��Illllrrrr/ c � / !'� OF O NAIFC LAB TIGHT =FG E)EGK ES OF SONISTRUIST-16H • `s 212�� WALL PANEL SYSTEM EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN PATCH AND METAL STUDS AT 1611 O.C. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR STUD SIZE AND WALL �E��'�' it 3VATA RI IGl►1 Jul WE CONT. MTL TRACK. (MATC VERT STUD THICKNESS) SECURE TO SLAB PER / V ETP1Y 1 1� A3(`vn (E) FLOOR SL 1 PARTITION TYPE 'E' TO 8'-0" AFF REPAIR AS REVD. TO MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE a iL 8'-011 A.F.F. a RATING, IF APPLICABLE. PROTECT DURING ALL T.O. WALL PANEL SYSTEM 3/4 PANEL FROM FLOOR TO PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION (REFER TO PLAN) V-0" ON WALL PANEL SYSTEM. FILL SCREW HOLES EXISTING PARTITION SAND, AND PAINT. A3 " METAL STUDS 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 1 O.C. FROM SLAB TO @ 16" O.C. FROM SLAB TO @ 16" O.C. FROM SLAB TIGHT WALL PANEL SYSTEM U ERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE TO 12" ABOVE FIN. CLG STANDARDS FROM FLOOR TO 8 0 AFF. SEE DETAILS THIS EXISTING MASONRY PARTITION TO REMAIN SHEET AND SHEET A300a. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQ'D TO ACHIEVE / LAY 5/8" GYP. BD. TO 6" ABOVE 0 LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. TO 6" ABOVE 1" VERTICAL FURRING STUD MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING, AS APPLICABLE CEILI ON SALES SIDE CEILING ON SALES SIDE FURNISHED BY WALL PANEL SYSTEM VENDOR PROTECT DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION (1) LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. LAYER 5/5" YP. BD. TO DECK ABOVE LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. TO DECK ABOVE (1) LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. EACH SIDE FROM SLAB TO 6" ABOVE 1" X 4" HORIZONTAL WOOD EXISTING MASONRY ON NON -SAL SIDE ON NON -SALES SIDE FROM SLAB TO FIN. CEILING OR TO CEILING ON ONE OR BOTH BLOCKING STRIPS. SEE A2 PARTITION BOTTOM OF DECK WHERE NO CEILING SIDES, AS APPLICABL SHEET A300a FOR SPACING EXISTS 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. FROM SLAB TIGHT EXISTING FULL HEIGHT TENANT SEPARATION TO 12" ABOVE FIN. CLG PARTITION TO REMAIN. a 10 a 10 10 2'-011 A.F.F. A300 A300 A300 STD BOTTOM 10 PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQ'D TO ACHIEVE / MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING (1 HR). A300 PROTECT DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION REFER TO STUD ( REFER TO STUD ( REFER TO STUD ( i REFER TO STUD MATRIX: 13/A300 MATRIX: 13/A300 I MATRIX: 13/A300 MATRIX: 13/A300 AI EXISTING TENANT SEPARATION PARTITION IH PARTITION TYPE 'C' SCAL CCZOpi PARTITION TYPE 'B2' 112 -1 VEV SCALE . PARTITION TYPE 'B11/2 -10' SCALE O PARTITION TYPE 'B1' 1/2 -1 0 - WALL PANEL SCALE CT) PARTITION TYPE 'A' 1/2, 12 1 0 0 ' Y I Y m Z Q LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: 02020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAL# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: SCALE A300 2" = 11-011 OWNER: o i 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: VERTICAL FURRING INSTRUCTIONS: STUD FUBYISHED CON.. `�� 6 E 0 1. Layout and secure wood blocking against existing wall. -__ 2 2q 2. Layout and secure bottom track ("J" Metal) against VERTICAL RECESSED ` - Q Q L E U o0 existing wall. STANDARD W/ 2" X 1"SLOTTING �� N N g FURNISHED BY ICON. �' 3 0 3. Shim wall with flat strap horizontally across the middle portion _2' METAL 3 I I Ut, I hAUN m i of the wall if needed. 1 ° x 4" HORIZONTAL ' 4. Plumb and Install furring studs vertically Into bottom track. WOOD BLOCKING 5. Install top track ("Z" Metal) horizontally across top STRIPS BY G.C. un LO of furring stud SHIM WALL WITHco 1 /4" x 2-1/4" CROWN To 6. Place recessed standard in the furring stud. Level _STRAPS TO MAKE _ BE NAILED BY G.C. -'"/ PANEL SYSTEM slots with adjacent standards. Secure recessed standard PLUMB IF NEEDED. with screws in the pre -punched holes �/' 3 100 7. Attach panels, Drive #8 self -drilling screws through c'sunk panel holes, It Lo LO recessed standard and into furringstudZ . �) co 8. Filled panel holes with RONDO and sand smooth, ready to paint. Q=— U Qo o E Lo PANELS '` r can 0 Lo I ELO Ln v) I� 1" X 6" HORIZONTAL WOOD BLOCKING STRIPS BY G.C. f/ STORE NO: 3165 ' PROJECT LOCATION: - "JII METAL THE PROMENADE SHOPS r ALL SCREWS TO BE C'SUNK, BOTTOM TRACK AT EVERGREEN WALK '1 HOLIES AND NAIL HOLES TO BE 415 EVERGREEN WAY j 1" X 4" BASE TO FILLED WITH BONDO SUITE #307 BE NAILED BY G.C. AND SANDED SMOOTH, READY S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 FOR FINAL PAINT. ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 i "FOR REFERENCE" WALL PANEL SYSTEM AND STANDARDS TO GO FROM FLOOR TO 8'-0" AFF SCA LODE 0 O WALL PANEL SYSTEM INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SCALE NONE END PANEL VERTICAL RECESSED SCRIBE ON REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE EXISITNG WALL STANDARD W/ 2" X 1 " SLOTTING _ FIELD. TYP. INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION BY G.C. FURNISHED BY ICON. - - - 1" X 4" HORIZONTAL WOOD BLOCKING STRIPS BY G.C. T CON - VERTICAL FURRING STUD FURNISHED BY ICON. #8 SELF -DRILLING D ~ D f• C D D V. D ' a o ++ �+ +� +t. ++ 6X45.00" Chamfer o p _ BLOCKING FILL BEVEL EDGE WITHOUT PRIMER WITH BONDO. EDGE TO BE SANDED SMOOTH AND PAINTED THE ALL EXPOSED MDF AND N SAME COLOR AS THE WALL PANEL SYSTEM ALL SCREWS TO BE C'SUNK TRIMS ARE PRIMED. HOLES AND NAILS NO PRIMER ON BEVEL / �I TO BE FILLED WITH RONDO RAW EDGE. READY AND SANDED SMOOTH, \ }' FOR FINAL PAINT. ALL EXPOSED MDF AND W TRIMS ARE PRIMED. ALL SCREWS TO BE C'SUNK AND HOPANELS LES TO BE FILLED WITH BONDO W PFH SCREWS BY ICON. PROVIDED BY ICON. SECTION A A PANELS AND SANDED SMOOTH, READY r I — SCALE 1 /2 BY ICON. FOR FINAL PAINT. (n I'L' METAL 1" & 81114 j VARIES 232II VARIES _ B BE NAILED BY G.CROWN TO TOP TRACK ry -- --- -- I I Z81 o _ U -- w T 1 /4" X 2-1 /4' CROWN TO BE NAILED BY G.C. c - orei vlv F >, N 1 " X 4" HORIZONTALS IN � o,..•.•••••• . 4 i WOOD BLOCKING , STRIPS BY G.C. 24" I ff EXISITNG WALL. m STANDARDS ALL SCREWS TO BE C'SUNK AND 4 = BY G.C. F �' 12 N HOLES TO BE FILLED WITH BONDO AND SANDED SMOOTH, READY J -� o I FOR FINAL PAINT. W p "�4, CO - -- -- ---- - a _ r�� '�' - • -- - - ---- _ - - `� z LANDLORD REVIEW & cop APPROVAL J ISOMETRIC ��i APPROVED w v 20 / N , 1" X 4" HORIZONTAL SCALE 1 � � i APPROVED AS WOOD BLOCKING . ❑NOTED w - ` S T RIPS BY G.3 i LL INITIALS: "--- -- 1" X 6" HORIZONTAL WOOD BLOCKING DATE: STRIPS BY G.C. zo 1" X 6" HORIZONTAL WOOD BLOCKING STRIPS BY G.C. I �. -� — - --''�� — -- '1�• 02020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED • , AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN 1 " X 4" BASE TO BE 1 " X 4" BASE TO BE 1" AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. P ELEVATION NAILED BY G.C. NAILED BY G.C. B-B "0" METAL SAI # 191127 SCALE 1 / 20 SECTION BOTTOM TRACK DRAWING NUMBER: SCALE 1 /4 SCALE A300c WALL PANEL SYSTEM ELEVATIONS/DETAILS NONE CAI CC ADC. _I-RFA17 V/9LL.V f111 Ll1 --' '- 2x F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING / 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. 1" X 1-1/4" F.R.T. WOOD STOP, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISH DISPLAY AREA 11000 BLIND DOOR DETAIL FA TI JAMB DETAIL SUSPENDED 5/5" GYP. BD. N N N LINE OF WALNUT FRAME JAMB BEYOND WITH CONCEALED MAGNETIC STRIP LOCATED TOWARDS INTERIOR OF CLOSET. REFER TO MANUFACTURER SHOP DRAWINGS AND LABELS ON FRAME CLOSET INTERIOR Q 2 l� N INVISIBLE HINGE -- - -.- \ - --- - �� SWING OPE TION-ALLOW FOR RADIUS vGE OF DOOR. G.C. TO FIEL UT (MINIMUM GAP) ENSURE THAT FACE OF DOOR AND FACE OF FINISH ARE ALIGNED ONCE INSTALLED. GYP. BD. ETAL FRAMING -OCK I NG _... _.. _ . GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" METAL FRAMING I" I. 4 7/5" I.111 2 1/4" 6 7/8" EXISTING CONDITION SERVICE DOOR METAL THRESHOLD VINYL COMPOSITE TILE 1" X 6" (CUT TO FIT) F.R.T. WOOD STOP, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISH 5/8" MDF OVER RIPPED 2x6 F.R.T. WOOD FRAME - FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISH 3"=1' DOOR FRAME HARDWARE OWNER: REMARKS NO. LOCATION ELEV SIZE (NOMINAL) RATING DOOR TYPE THICKNESS HEAD JAMB GROUP (E) ENTRY 14A (2) 31-011 X 81-011 N/A METAL/WOOD - EXIST. EXIST. A (E) DOOR TO REMAIN, REPLACE HARDWARE AS REQ'D. NEW BRANCH PULLS O 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. B I I DBL 3 5/8" MET L STUD LINTEL. + FITTING ROOM VESTIBULE 14F 41-011 X V_oll N/A N/A - 10b/A301 17/A301 N/A 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK O FITTING ROOM 14P 3'-011 X ql-GII N/A N/A - 8/A302 16/A301 N/A QUINCY, MA 02169 GAT S M AS REQUIRED. O ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM 14W 31-011 X 9'-611 N/A N/A = 8/A302 16/A301 N/A �� rIYTIt, Ii- r-��nn i-I �t'rT er nI /III �/ al /'III I,I/A NI/A — 1(1../n�/11 1/_/A�/11 NI/A ..-r ir�►,rrr�_ U rI I I ING:r ROCA 1 1. Ubf- 1 1/ t- J -V n v -V IV//� IN/ r-� vcv r, wl VJ/ r�wl v/ r, ARCHI T tl.I / CIVhIIVCCK: TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. + FITTING ROOM TO HALLWAY 14C 3'-0" X 8'-0" N/A HM 1 3/4" 7/A3o1 8/A301 C + (E) TOILET ROOM 14D 31-011 X 7'-01' N/A NM 1 3/4" 7/A301 6/A301 D (E) DOOR TO REMAIN, REPLACE HARDWARE AS REQ'D. (E) SERVICE DOOR 14B 31-011 X 71-011 90 MIN HM 1 3/4" EXIST. EXIST. B (E) DOOR TO REMAIN, REPLACE HARDWARE AS REQ'D.. GC TO PAINT EACH SIDE OF DOOR TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES ENSURE THAT FACE OF DOOR a1 0 0 AND FACE OF WALL ARE ' ' ' " NI /A" � . o ALIGNED ONCE INSTALLED. Q ¢ LO °c I DOOR SCHEDULE SCALE u 8 MDF OVER RIPPED 2x6 I V Y E E O E O L L 2 2 F. T. WOOD FRAME - FINISH ^ E E TO TCH ADJACENT WALL -n -f 3 FINIS HARDWARE GROUP "A" (EXTERIOR) HARDWARE GROUP "B" HARDWARE GROUP I'D" `� `� 3 a T ATTACH H D w/ (2) QTY. ITEM / CATALOG # MANUFACTURER FINISH QTY. ITEM / CATALOG # MANUFACTURER FINISH QTY. ITEM / CATALOG # MANUFACTURER FINISH #6 x 2 1/2" L NG WOOD To PR. (PER LEAF) FBB168 4 1/2"X4 1/2" H.D. BUTT HINGES 3 HINGE - TA2314 NRP 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" MCKINNEY U532D 3 HINGE - TA2714 4-1/2" X 4-'1/211 MCKINNEY US26D METAL SCREW @ 16" O.C. 2 STANLEY US10B W/ N.R. PINS ALARMED EXIT DEVICE - ADVANTEX 10 SERIES STANLEY 1 DETEX US32D 1 CYLINDRICAL LOCK (PRIVACY) gK30L 16C 626 Ln SURFACE MOUNTED CLOSER - 4040XP W/ PARALLEL ARM DARK BRONZE F-10-Og-D-630-LD-EA-630-36-EC1 SECURITY o 2 ON PUSH SIDE AND EXTRA DUTY ARM LCN (BHMA 6q5) I DOOR CLOSER - 261 P10 SARGENT EN 1 DOOR STOP - 471 ROC-KWOOD US26D 1 4" FULL SADDLE THRESHOLD, 80" LENGTH PEMKO D O 1 tCIC 1C rLATE - Ki050 iu"+� x r' Lt55 I �+tily uuuK Wii'T1-t ROCKWOOD US32D 3 SILENCER - 608 ROCKWOOD - DOOR SWEEP - BRUSH GASKETING 180 ALUMINUM B4E CSK BLIND DOOR DETAIL SCAL 2 RETAINER / 18061DNB PEMKO D SIGNAGE -BARRIER FREE 1 DOOR STOP - 471 EXP ROCKWOOD US26D 1 BFM687 (MEN) OR BFM688 ('WOMEN) ROCKWOOD - �j Q "- ' A J A MO TIS ASTRA AL MEETIN STYLE "' Lo DOOR RAIL LOivG THROW LOCK % 7775E - BOTTOM CRL a c FITTING ROOM VESTIBULE I STEEL F.O. 1" 1 WEATHERPROOF PUSH BUTTON QUANTOMETRIX BRUSHED 3 HINGE - TA2714 4-1/ 4-1/2" M EY US26D 0 E Lo VARIES 1 MORTISE DEADLOCK / M518525 - #4-10-313 ADAMS RITE 313 FLUSH MOUNT - WPP-IF ALUMINUM cn v Lo PLASTIC SIGN - WHITE LETTERS - SEE NOTES FOR 1 ROLLER LATCH - 5947� ROCKWOOD U526D E Lo WOOD BASE 1 DEADLOCK STRIKE / 4001-012-313 ADAMS RITE 313 1 DETAILS ROCKWOOD - T � o(o I CVI-r IA11-)1r A-r/'1D / Ae)CL0-n1'1-InI AT-)AMc. QI'T1- tL1 min 1 OA II /'DID a c/all /-15/1 r`]/l/'vv Tv4/111AITA IAI WI -I fn I- I I L-^l I IIXL/I\iY1 I -/I\ I. ICI I � NOTES: i rVLL — ICNIL 1zr1-11I-/ a—�/u -" lXLl01 I�lJl.i� I I IVVIV I H11V VV1 1Li WALNUT FRAME q MORTISE CYLINDER / 1E74-C181-RP3 BEST 613 1. SIGNAGE TO READ: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING 15 OCCUPIED". 1.5" HIGH X 36" W, HELVETICA BOLD CAPS. 1 DOORSTOP - 471 WOOD US26D F.R.T. WOOD 2 THUMB TURN CYLINDER / 1E6A4-C181-RPE BEST 613 2, NO HARDWARE MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR OF DOOR BLOCKING ROCKY MOUNTAIN I SILENCER - ROCKWOOD - - - 2 BRANCH DOOR PULLS / G610 IHAKUNAKt HARDWARE GROUP IICII r (1) LAYER OF NOTES: PULLS GYP. BD. OVER 1. SIGNAGE TO READ: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED". 1.5" HIGH X QTY. ITEM / CATALOG # MANUFACTURER FINISH13 3 5/8" METAL FRAMING 36" W, HELVETICA BOLD CAPS. 3 HINGE - TA2714 NRP 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" MCKINNEY U532D P 'IF11 WOOD BASE 1 DOOR CLOSER - 1431 O SARGENT EN ITEM /CATALOG # MANUFA R FINISH STORE NO: t n NOTES' 3165 WALNUT FRAME TO BE INSTALLED SO THAT CONCEALED MAGNETIC STRIP LOCATED ON UPPER VERTICAL PORTION OF JAMB IS ON INTERIOR SIDE OF FITTING ROOM. REFER TO MANUFACTURER SHOP DRAWINGS AND LABELS ON FRAMES. SCALE JAMB DETAIL DIAGONAL BRACE PER DETAIL 1/A306 3 5/8" METAL STUDS FIN. CEILINGi REFER TO PLAN SUSPENDED 5/8" GYP. BD. (1) LAYER OF GYP. BD OVER 3 5/5" METAL FRAMING WALNUT FRAME CASED OPENING HEAD REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING DRAPE ROD - PROVIDE NON -COMB BLOCKING AS REQ'D (WHERE APPLICABLE) FITTING ROOM VESTIBULE X Q N II I/2 CONCEALED OR EFFORT 1 ROLLER LATCH RL30 WITH STRIKE IVES 626 218 (MIN. O NGE PER EVE O SS U526D 1. ALL DOORS TO BE OPERABLE WITHOUT SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE 1/2"STR PETIC 2. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS WITH CLOSER SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS. I PULL PLATE/PULL HANDLE 110 X 70C X RC ROCKWOOD 630 PROJECT LOCATION: THIS MAY IN! RFL�SF To 15 PnllNil��_ FnR FIi2F i2ATFi� DOORS. - DL2111, 626 AMOUNT AT 3 ON , „r n,,, n„��, I,t l „n-„_,, TLIC DD(1t\ACAlAfIC C!J(1DC FITTING ROOM INTERIOR 3. ALL DOORS TO~PAVE LEVER TYPE PUSH/ PULL HARDWARE UNLESS OTHERWISE 1 PUSH PLATE 70C X RC (4" X 10 ROCKWOOD US32D I SALES SIDE �.vr<olly I�V�.7 YVIIV V7LOLl 1 ItL I- VI 1LJ 1— a7[ 1\!] tJ AT EVERGREEN WALK 4. SPECIFIED TO BE KEYED ALIKE. 1 KICK PLATE - K1050 10"H x 2" LESS THAN DOOR WIDTH ROCKWOOD US32D I FLUSH PULL - 2201 B26 NT AT 42" A.F.F.) S NM 415 EVERGREEN WAY 5. REFER TO SHEET A000 FOR REQUIRED CLEARANCES AT ALL ACCESSIBLE DOORS. 54E CSK SUITE #307 1 DOOR STOP - 471 ROCKWOOD U526D 1 ROLLER CAT - 336, 26D IVES U526D S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 3 SILENCER - 608 ROCKWOOD - 1 R STOP - WS402-B26D IVES - SCALE SCALE ISSUE DATES All II All + DOOR HARDWARE GROUPS 3 1 -U � NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ` ISSUED 02/14/2020' it A202 I III 5/5" GYP. OVER �35/5/5" M AL FRAMING �.RJr. OOD BLOCKING O SALES AREA CLOSET METAL EDGE BEAD, TYP. BOTH SIDES SINGLE RABBET POPLAR DOOR FRAME I " QUIRK COU ER SINK FASTENERS, FILL H WOOD PUTTY 4 7/6" DOOR - R ER TO DOOR 1/4" SCHEDULE JAMB DETAIL DOOR HEADER- DOUBLE 3 5/8", 20 GA. STUDS WITH 20 GA. TRACK TOP AND BOTTOM. AT DOOR JAMBS, HEADER SHALL BEAR ON "JACK STUD", AND SHALL ALSO BE CONNECTED TO FULL HEIGHT "KING STUD" WITH STANDARD FRAMING CLIP. (FOR OPENINGS 4'-0" OR LESS, FOR WIDER OPENINGS, CONTACT ARCHITECT FOR HEADER SIZE.) FITTING ROOM VESTIBULE SCALE 311=1'-pII HEAD DETAIL OPENING FE TILE -TOLD FE TILE u c FRAME 2' 11 3/4" 2'-11 3/4" " 1' 11 3/411 " " 1'-11 3/4" " I I � ° > C ) 0 ,% 14) co CL. � R TEM CLEAfVTEM 1 GLASS PAN L GLA5S PAN L CID 'IT 21 � 14A ELEVATION EXISTING ENTRY DOOR SCAL(BI DOOR ELEVATIONS 3r8"=1'-0" DIAGONAL BRACE PER DETAIL A/SI01 �3 5/5" METAL STUDS + +) + I FIN. CEILING \ +I REFER TO PLAN \J SUSPENDED ACT CEILING GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" uu METAL FRAMING FRT WOOD BLOCKING i SALES AREA WALNUT FRAME REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE AND DETAIL 12/A301 BRUSHED ALUM. TERRAZZO STRIP SCHLUTER SCHIENE AE125 FLASH PATCH (MIN. 36") FOR SMOOTH AND FLUSH TRANSITION VINYL COMPOSITE TILE E ALUM. ATE ON LES SIDE 14B ELEVATION SERVICE DOOR INSTALL A SINGLE VINYL PLANK IN LINE WITH FLOOR TRANSITION WHEN FLOOR TRANSITION OCCURS PERPENDICULAR TO THE WOOD FIELD -REFER TO FINISH PLAN FOR LOCATIONS VINYL FLOORING PERPENDICULAR TO STOREFRONT WITH FINISHED EDGE AT CHANGE IN DIRECTION BUTT JOINT AT FINISHED EDGE r VINYL FLOORING PARALLEL TO 1 STOREFRONT SCALE 3"=1'-0" O TRANSITION DETAIL INSTALL A SINGLE VINYL PLANK IN LINE WITH FLOOR TRANSITION WHEN FLOOR TRANSITION OCCURS PERPENDICULAR TO THE VINYL FIELD -REFER TO FINISH PLAN FOR LOCATIONS JAMB BEYOND CARPET (NNNIs\ VINYL COMPOSITE TILE 4C ELEVATION h. C I DE ALUM. LATE -ES SIDE 4D ELEVATION SCALE .JAMB DETAIL INSTALL A SINGLE VINYL PLANK IN LINE WITH FLOOR TRANSITION WHEN FLOOR TRANSITION OCCURS PERPENDICULAR TO THE VINYL FIELD -REFER TO FINISH PLAN FOR LOCATIONS JAMB BEYOND VINYL PLANK VINYL FLOORING SCALE SCALE SCALE SC 6 TRANSITION DETAIL 3"=1'-oll TRANSITION DETAIL 6"=11-0" ® TRANSITION DETAIL 6"=1'-o" TRANSITION DETAIL 611=1'-0" 2 TRANSITION DETAIL AL DOOR '1 E :R SET OF -I AS =DULED - JAMB N Lu OO fr- w0 u_ �- w_ �W Q IL 8" MTL STUDS CREWS THREE (3) PER JAMB 14F ELEVATION SCALE 3"=1'-0" HEAD DETAIL EXISTI lq A301 20 A301 ELEVATION le REFER TO PARTITION TYPES 8 A302 16 A301 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION 14H ELEVATION w SCALE _I 06 Q W� Z W p U~ �U I.IL O� 0� Q Z O DOUBLE 3 5/6" MTL STUDS i�•ry,' SH co 10 HOLLOW MTL FRAME HEAD DOOR AS SCHEDULED o b ZI2ll2o SCALE LANDLORD REVIEW 3"=1'-0" APPROVAL APPROVED Fi APPROVED AS 4" ADA FULL NOTED SADDLE THRESHOLD ILL INITIALS: ■ THROW -DOWN BRUSHED ALUM. FACE OF CASED OPENING WALK -OFF MAT TERRAZZO DATE: JAMB (BEYOND) STRIP SCHLUTER (E) MALL SCHIENE AE125 SIDEWALK VINYL PLANK VINYL PLANK FLOORING EXPANSION VINYL FLOORING TENANT ENTRY JOINT BY FLOOR FINISH LANDLORD G.C. TO FLOAT FLOOR (I/4" MIN. THICKNESS) A MINIMUM OF 6'-0" 02020 THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF FROM FACE OF CASED ... THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN OPENING TO ALIGN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE VINYL FLOORING TO n - `^ STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE CARPET FLOORING SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 SLOPE DRAWING NUMBER: — (E) SUBSTRATE SCALE 6 O TRANSITION DETAIL SCALE OWNER: 1. REFER TO SHEET A/104 FOR FIXTURE PLAN 2. REFER TO SHEET A/103 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE 3. APPLY A BEAD OF CLEAR SILICONE BETWEEN GYP. BD. WALL AND MILLWORK FITTING ROOM DOOR FRAMES, ° MIRROR FRAMES, BENCHES, ETC. PAINTABLE ILICONE CAULK 1/2" BEA IX 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 GYP. BD. GYP. BD. ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: PAINTABLE SILICONE CAULK PAINTABLE SILICONE CAULK 1 X 4 WOOD BASE TRIM 1/2" BEAD MIX 1/2" BEAD MIX SCRIBED TO FLOOR (TYP) METAL STUD FLANGE LEG TO BE CLIPPED AT i X 4 WOOD BASE TRIM i X 4 WOOD BASE TRIM 16 t5 o f SCRIBED TO FLOOR (TYP) PAINTABLE SILICONE CAULK LOCATIONOF BLOCKING U U U U Y Y U U Q Q C C FINISHED FLOOR (CARPET) PAINTABLE SILICONE CAULK o o E E E E co co 0 FINISHED FLOOR 0 ui a T FINIS FLOOR o STUD FRAMING, G, TYP METAL c7 REFER FINISH PLAN � FOR BDA DIRECTION PLYWOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN NOTE: STUDS G.C. TO USE FRT PLYWOOD OR Lo #8 SCREWS @ 16" O.C. MAX. OR MEDITE AS REQUIRED BY CODE. m (2) SCREWS PER SIDE MINIMUM, AS APPLICABLE. _ O FLOORING TRANSITION ALIGN WITH FACE OF NA L W c c>s BASE a 0�Lo O13 BASE DETAIL SCALE 12 BASE DETAIL SCALE AXON DETAIL scA 1 FULL IN -WALL BLOCKING DETAIL SCALE GENERAL NOTES � o 3 1 0 O 3 1 0 N.T.S. 6 -1 0 � T Lo GYP. BD. V) � � � a� 1/4" DIAMETER THRU BOLT W/ 1 c o TOGGLE (TYP. OF 2) a O E L`oo Lo T.O.I' PANEL PAN HIEABLOCKING O CREWS TO SECURE N o STRAP 0 FIN. CEI IN 3/4" X 2" POPLAR PLYWOOD C I REFER TO PLAN TRIM SCREWED TO 2 x 4 PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING AS REQ'D. REFER TO 10/A302 MIRROR I i 1,_6u 6" DIA. PVC TUBE FASTEN TO PANEL I I ACT-1 CEILING FASTEN BENCH TO WALL I I W/#8 SCREWS MIN. (1) AT REFER TO FIXTURE MF i I PLAN SECTION METAL STRAP (TYP. OF 2) FOR SHOP DRAWING I BENCH CUSI-IION 2'-0" EACH METAL STUD G.C. TO INSTALL OGK MDF j INSTALL VELCRO AT UNDERSIDE LOOSE PVC TO FILL S 0 BOTH SIDES i OF CUSHION TO SECURE TO BENCH TOP CAP BENCH CUSHIONINSTALL � IDE FITTING ROOM TRIM OF CUSHION LTO SECURE TOCRO AT BENCH O CASING BEYOND TO DIE AT CEILING STORE NO: NOTE: UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, 3165 s MILLWORK BENCH GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST RUN A NEW BLUEPRINT SET FOR THE COMPLETED _- VA REFER TO FIXTURE MFR SHOP DWGS `" 6 - - - PROJECT LOCATION: ING ROOM PARTITION ( I x STORE DRAWINGS (ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL) AND Y I MILLWORK BENCH THE PROMENADE SHOPS I - CONCEALED BRACING AS REQUIRED 0 PLACE BLUEPRINTS INTO THE TUBE HOLDER. REFER TO FIXTURE MFR SHOP DINGS AT EVERGREEN WALK s REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN FOR LOCATION. x FITTING I FITTING ROOM -' = METAL LEVELERS WITH 415 EVERGREEN WAY ROOM I I VESTIBULE PLASTIC SLIDERS _ _ CONCEALED BRACING AS REQUIRED SUITE #307 z I _� METAL LEVELERS FIN. FLOOR = WITH PLASTIC SLIDERS S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 2 1/4" - LABEL ' i m �j n FIN. FLOOR 3 ISSUE DATES T.O.CURTAIN TAI A.F.F. CAP GLUEDPVC NUM DESCRIPTION DATE . CURTAIN ROD WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED n IN PLACE 115 I I i I DRAPE ROD - PROVIDE N FINISHED FLOOR i i NON -COMB BLOCKING AS 0 PROVIDE AND ATTACH A LABEL ISSUED 02/14/2020 � � ! REQ'D (WHERE APPLICABLE) (WITH CLEAR TAPE) STATING: INSTALL TOWARDS FITTING in THIS TUBE CONTAINS STORE DRAWINGS ROOM INTERIOR SIDE OF AND IS NOT TO BE REMOVED WITHOUT 6 7/8 WALNUT CASED OPENING THE CONSENT OF THE STORE MANAGER. ELEVATION THANK YOU SCAL SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE SECTION 1 1/2"=1'-0 8 SECTION 1-1/2"=1'-0" 7 FITTING ROOM BENCH 1 1/2"=1'-0" 6 DRAWING TUBE 1 1l2"=1�-0�� 0 ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM BENCH 1 1/2"=1'-0" 6" ib A301 M-2 LEANING MIRROR 7 PLRYWOOD EA OF 1BLOCKING — I PROVIDE FRT 8 WG-I A303 7 INSTALLED � OF DOOR WG-� M2 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE IN -WALL BLOCKING A3� WG-� A303 BETWEEN STUDS. AND FRAME _C_OA_T INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION AS REQ'D TYP, -I Yp WG-1 SEE DETAIL 10/A302 I TMP r--- - HOOK -- --- q'-6" A.F.F. q'-6" A.F.F. TYP. q'-6" A.F.F. I MIRROR I B.O. CEILING B.O. CEILING q'-6" A.F.F. B.O. CEILING i G3 J � 8.0. CEILING --------- a = FITTING RM HANGBAR WALNUT FRAME TO \ / OF FRAME WALNUT FRAME TO I cry � AND OPENING BE INSTALLED W/ MIRROR MOUNTING MIRROR MOUNTING BE INSTALLED WITH I MAGNETIC STRIP BRACKET TO BE MAGNETIC STRIP BRACKET TO BE AT INTERIOR OF FASTENED TO BLOCKING FASTENED TO BLOCKING AT INTERIOR OF ( I 1 %% ITT��T ' - FITTING ROOM. II T Tj�T/-�/ % % / T T TTl-/-/-/ i i i FITTING ROOM AREA OF 1/2" FRT MAGNETIC STRIPS M2 LEANING MIRROR -�-/- / / - / / / / / / / / / / // I I PLYWOOD BLOCKING ONLY AT UPPER PICTURE ` INSTALLED BETWEEN I / / - -_ - / -- -- - / / / / / / FRAME 48 -i- i STUDS.SEE DETAIL 10/A302 PORTIONS OF / / / / - - / / // // // / / WALNUT FRAME.--- ------- I _ 4A 3 4c I A3o1 o/// I 4D // / / / // 7-/�—� M2LEANING MIRROR / COAT // /////////// //// // // DRAPERY /--------------� OPEN TO FITTING I / / j / AREA OF I/2 FRT / / / HOOK p // / // / / / / / / / / / / / / / / j j / j j / / 05 - " / /////////////////// / / // ACCESSIBLE M2 / I ROOM VESTIBULE / / / / p / / / / / / / / / FITTING PLYWOOD BLOCKING / /6„ //////////////////// /// /// / ROOM BENCH Q / INSTALLED / z / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / 06 LL p i / / SEE DETAIL 10/A302 / / / � a, ��7" f f f �-/ L L / / /��1 C BETWEEN STUDS. < ow II II 1 1� A3o2 'z I 0 LL ,I Q / / / / / / / / / /) �o MIRROR THIS DETAIL IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY w AREA OF I/2 FRT +- 4'-0" / / 36" I- PLYWOOD BLOCKING O 2'-0° - oz / \ _ INSTALLED BETWEEN _ - HANGBARS THESE PLANS ARE FOR FIXTURE ILLUSTRATIONS; FOR O �i U _ STUDS. SEE DETAIL o xQ `9 / / / / 5 / / / / /(2) HB2 EXACT ROOM SIZES, CONFIGURATIONS AND DOOR m i \ m 10/A302 i m WB-1 SWINGS - REFER TO THE "CONSTRUCTION PLAN". l YP. F.R. BENCH z � WB-1 m / / /R' N % TYP. r TYP. TYP. \ WB-1 v U %�/ I 2'-0" G.C. TO ENSURE ADEQUATE F.R.T. IN WALL BLOCKING TYPL FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. z _ M2 I REFER TO PLAN � � � M2 NOTE APPLY A BEAD OF CLEAR SILICONE BETWEEN GYP. BD. WALL AND MILLWORK, FITTING ROOM DOOR L m FRAMES, MIRROR FRAMES, BENCHES ETC. I� p W SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE V" v 4D ELEVATION 1/2„=1,_0„ 4C ELEVATION 46 ELEVATION ® ELEVATION 1/2��=1'-0�� 1/2'�=1'-0'� 1/2°=11-011 � ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM PLAN 1/2„=1,_0„ z 0 000 CLOF FRAME �.`� Off._. IV4Lt�,�'i,� WC-1 AND OPENING : A� SHRE;�`,, /� 8 EQ 7 EQ 16 3i12" 16 �y -0 %l�Y A302 WG-1 WG-1 A303 TYP. WG-1 A3o1 R.O. TYP. CL OF HANGBAR 1YP, A301 A.F.F. II TYP. q'-6" A.F.F. q'-6" A.F.F. OPP. DR-4 1 �� ? B.O. CEILING q -6 A.F.F. B.O. CEILING B.O. CEILING :, Ft+�.` Z '.ti �� z l AR�+� •• B.O. CEILING FITTING RM HANGBARS OF FRAME AND m ! I I it 11 ry MIRROR MOUNTING z WALNUT FRAME TO BE INSTALLED \ O AREA OF I/2" FRT OPENING ON -� 24" HANG ARS cv WITH MAGNETIC STRIP AT PLYWOOD BLOCKING OPPOSITE WALL BRACKET TO BE N II / II % 7 T TT T STUDS. EDETAEL 10/A302 / / / / / / / / �� / / / BLOCKING FASTENED TO 2D INTERIOR OF FITTING ROOM C / / / / / 411/ / / PICTURE FRAME / - % Q 2C 30 2A LANDLORDAPPROVAL EVII & /i i / /i / / /i / /i / / / // / / - --- — — / / M2 LEANING MIRROR c� APPROVED / / / / / / / / / / / I � APPROVED AS BE INSTALLED W/ / // / / / / / / / / / / LL m MIRROR WALNUT FRAME TO / / / / / / / /Lu ATGNETIC STRIPINTERIOR OF II / // j1�81�/ / / / / KBI/ / o CL / / / / / // / of _ / / AREA OF I/2 FRT N 04 / / INSTALLED BETWEEN II II / / / / I / / / / / / NOTED FITTING ROOM. ;' / / / /, / / / / / / / / / / / /// // `r /// / / / /� p v EQ. EQ. MAGNETIC STRIPS OPEN TO FITTING / / / / / / / // / / / / / / / / / / / / O / / / / STUDS. SEE DETAIL 10/A302 I ONLY AT UPPER II ROOM VESTIBULE II / / / / / / I�/ / // / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / - LL INITIALS: PORTION OF / / z G3 `9 WALNUT FRAME I U / / / / / / / _ / / / / / / / / / / / / i AREA OF 1/2" FRT Q / / / COAT HOOK a / / / / / / / DATE: / W H1 / / / / / / / / // PLYWOOD BLOCKING � / / / COAT HOOK PICTURE L L / / / . i- -_ INSTALLED BETWEEN u / / U \ o w c - A302 STUDS. SEE DETAIL 10/A302 O // / FRAME 'z_ < I �, H REFER TO PLAN LL L / \ o EQ. 3' 6" EQ. - o Qx THIS DETAIL IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY �z v -1 r 04 m o THESE PLANS ARE FOR FIXTURE ILLUSTRATIONS; FOR 04 ' EXACT ROOM SIZES CONFIGURATIONS AND DOOR ©ESPONE RESPONSIBILITY R LIABILITY FENGINEER TH ASSUMES F WB-1 � WB- � m i RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF \ 5 F.R. BENCH SWINGS - REFER TO THE "CONSTRUCTION PLAN". THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN WB-1 u TYP. F.R. BENCH TYP. a SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED WB— 1 AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE M2 TYP. G.C. TO ENSURE ADEQUATE F.R.T. IN WALL BLOCKING SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. yy DR-4 NOTE APPLY A BEAD OF CLEAR SILICONE BETWEEN SAI # 191127 DRAPERY GYP. BD. WALL AND MILLWORK, FITTING ROOM DOOR DRAWING NUMBER: FRAMES, MIRROR FRAMES, BENCHES ETC. SCALE SCALE SCALE 1/2��=1�-0�� © ELEVATION 1/2��=1�-0° © ELEVATION 1/2„=1�-0" � ELEVATION 1 SCALE O TYPICAL FITTING ROOM PLAN 1 �CALO ELEVATION BUMP-OU BEYOND BACKWRL SURFACE CASHWRAP SIDE SECTION 1051 CASHWRAP ELEVATION BOL s 20 A303 SIM. r(Uj)j CASHWRAP/BACKWRAP PLAN STRUCTURE CONTINUOUS TRACK (GAUGE MATCH WALL STUD, EXCEPT USE 20 GAUGE MIN. TRACK) REFER TO DETAIL trTO 3/A306 FOR TRACK SPLICE REFERTO OIL CEILING PLAN CONNECT TRACK TO VERTICAL STUDS W/ (1) #6 SCREW IN EACH FLANGE OF EACH STUD, EXCEPT INSTALL (2) #8 SCREWS IN EACH FLANGE AT VERTICAL STUDS WITH DIAGONALS. 2" DIAGONAL BRACE PER DETAIL 1/A306 a MIRROR TO FASTEN TO A MINIMUM OF (2) STUDS. IF STUD LAYOUT DOES NOT MEET THIS, PROVIDE FRT IN -WALL BLOCKING (TYP.) FRENCH CLEAT, ATTACHED TO MIRROR MIRROR, REFER TO FIXTURE MFR FOR SHOP DRAWINGS CAI 7 SECTION 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/5" METAL FRAMING FRENCH CLEAT, ATTACHED TO MIRROR r WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED FINISHED FLOOR G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH J.JILL CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR LOCATION OF CUTOUTS NFFi)FT7) AT BACKWRAP FOR ELECTRICAL/DATA K+ 2 3/4" SCALE © SECTION BOR E32 STRUCTURE CONTINUOUS TRACK (GAUGE TO MATCH WALL STUD, EXCEPT USE 20 GAUGE MIN. TRACK) REFER TO DETAIL 3/A306 FOR TRACK SPLICE DIAGONAL BRACE PER DETAI A/5101 REFER TO CEILING PLAN 5/8" GYP. BD. WALL 5/8" FRT PLYWOOD BLOCKING, REFER TO 10/A302 THREE WAY MIRROR. REFER TO FIXTURE MFR FOR SHOP DRAWINGS f� WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED lj r-- FINISHED FLOOR SCALE 112"=1'-0" SCALE 1/2"=1'-011 FOR REFERENCE ONLY REFER TO PLAN FOR EXACT LAYOUT PALME "QWIKSET MIRRO-MASTIC"; PALMER PIWDUCTS CORP. (502) 893-3668 OR (800) 431- 51 / FAX (502) 5q5-g253 I I ALI'9 A / /rm.. r%I \ ��CM13L Y DETAIL SCALE I FITTING ROOM MIRROR 1 /2"=l'-0" STRUCTURE DIAGONAL BRACE PER DETAIL I� I/A306 _ _ f+ + REFERTO ik CEILING PLAN CONTINUOUS TRACK (GAUGE TO MATCH WALL STUD, EXCEPT USE 20 GAUGE MIN. TRACK) REFER TO DETAIL 3/A306 FOR TRACK SPLICE WALL PANEL SYSTEM TO 8'-0" AFF 3/4" PANEL FROM FLOOR TO 8'-0" ON WALL PANEL SYSTEM. FILL SCREW HOLES, SAND, AND PAINT. WALL PANEL SYSTEM STANDARDS FROM FLOOR TO V-0" AFF. SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET AND SHEET A3000. I" VERTICAL FURRING STUD FURNISHED BY WALL PANEL SYSTEM VENDOR I" X 4" HORIZONTAL WOOD BLOCKING STRIPS. SEE SHEET A300a FOR SPACING SCALE SECTION GABLE (BEYOND) 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" METAL FRAMING WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED FINISHED FLOOR DRYWALL AND PLYWOOD PRIMER-'AINTED WOOD KILLZ ORIGINAL (OIL BASED IMER); B E (BELOW) �Z MASTERC14EM INDUSTRIES INC. c i - 866 774-6371 OR APP OVED EQUAL. SUP I EE AND INSTA ED BY G.G. "J" CHANNEL TR ; C.R. AXED RNER LAURENCE D P OR EQ TDIM cllo_ Irn 11\II I - JVI I ILL #10 x 2" ONG PHILLIPS PANCAKE HEAD VE TENANT VENDOR AND SCR S @ 18" O.C. MAX. (MIN. 2) INSTALLED BY G.C. 4"x4" F.R.T. BLOCKING 1/4" CLEAR MIRROR 5/8" GYP. BD. _ TOP TRIM OVER 3 5/8" METAL FRAMING \� MIRROR MASTIC ON DRYWALL, PRIMED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF MIRROR - SEE NOTE ON THIS SHEET FOR MASTIC t 1/4" CLEAR PLATE PRIMER SPECS GLASS MIRROR NEOPRENE SETTING BLOCK OVER GYP. BD. (SUPPLLIEIE D AND INSTALLED BY G.C.) coz MIRROR RESTS ON WOOD BASE TRIM, "J" G NEL TRIM; G.R. LAURENCE SEE DETAIL Iq/A303 D636P 0 QUAL #10 x 2" LON PHILLIPS PANCAKE HEAD WALL BASE (B LOW) SCREWS @ 18" 0. MAX. (MIN. 2) SUPPLIED BY TENANT V DOR AND 3/4"x4" F.R.T. BLOC G INSTALL BY G.C. BO _ _ OM TRIM LE DETAIL 611 0 NOTE: BACK OF WALL TO BE: WG-2 THREE-;:IAY MIRROR REFER TO FIXTURE MFR SHOP DWGS 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER 5/8" FRT PLYWOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN 3 6/8" METAL FRAMING STUDS 14))l SECTION VARIES n" /1?FFFP Tn PI Ar , ) 2" HOLE WITH GROMMET 2" ACCESS HOLE 4X4 JUNCTION BOXES BEYOND 2" WIRE CHASE 17" ACCESS PANEL YSTEM WALL STAND, %50 GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/811 M AL FRAMING I" X 4" HORIZONTAL WOOD BLOCKING STRIPS. " VERTICAL FURRING STUD F RNISHED BY WALL PANEL SY TEM VENDOR kRD ELEVATION USE 3 EQUALLY SPACED #12 x 2" LONG STEEL TEK SCREWS. COUNTER ' IX4, #2 WHITE PINE I SINK SCREWS FURRING IN/ MINIMUM i � I FLUSH W/ FURRING. KNOTS NO CLOSER I ALIGN SCREWS W/ THAN IS" APART I WALL STUDS W/ MAX. SPACING OF 16'I O.C. (DRYWALL SINK SCREWS FLUSH I SCREWS ARE NOT WITH BUT NOT ACCEPTABLE) LOWER THAN THE I SURFACE OF THE FURRING. INSTALL I USE #14 FLATHEAD IAASHERS AT STEEL WOOD SCREW SCREWS WHERE 2" LONG IN EA. HOLE FURRING IS SOFT THAT ALIGNS WITH _ . _ , _ __„__ A RUN OF FURRING (TYPICALLY 6 IX4 FURRING (USE SCREWS PER FIRE RETARDANT STANDARD FURRING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE) PLAN WALL STANDARDS ON WALL FURRING DETAIL 34C o' =111' 34CALE0'I SCALE 3�I SECTION \ `-3/4" PAf4EL FROM FLOOR TO CL VII YY ALL PANICI SYSTEM. FILL SCREW OLES, SAND, AND PAINT. SECURE MOUNT, CLEAT W/ PIN NAILS TO GYP. BD. PARTITION AS REQ' D SECURE WALL BOX GAB TO MOUNTING CLEAT W/ IN NAILS REFER TO FIXTURE MFR SHOP DINGS BASE (BEYOND) - -- - - D SCALE �I PLAN SECTION SCAL 1 1/2 —1-0 3 =1-0 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE 'I CONTINUOUS TRACK (GAUGE T C TINUOUS TRACK (GA GE TO MATCH WALL MATCH WALL STUD, EXCEPT STU EXCEPT USE 20'1 USE 20 GAUGE MIN. TRACK) GAUG MIN. TRACK) REFER TO DETAIL 3/A306 F R REFER TO DETAIL 3/A306 TRACK SPLICE FOR TR CK SPLICE + + + + + + + + REFE TO DIAGONAL BRACE PER TAIL GEILIN PLAN /I /A306 ++ FINISHED CE l+ + ++ + + + + 3 5/8" X 20 + + + + FRAMING @ 1 u XAE / EXISTING TENANT 10 SEPARATION WALL A303 TO REMAIN CLEAR SILICONE ULK GYP. BD. WALL (BEYOND) WALNUT WALL BAS SUPPLIED BY TENANT, INSTALLED Y G.C. WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED J-MOLD CLEAR ANODIZ D ALUMINUM FINISHED FLOOR SCALE 4 SECTION SCAL 3/4"=1'-011 3 SECTION /4"=1'-0" FINISHED SECTION ✓"LC II=1'-011 2 SECTION I" HOLE WITH GROMMET I" ACCESS HOLE 4 1/2" WIRE CHASE 4X4 JUNCTION BOXES BEYOND 2" WIRE CHASE 17" ACCESS PANEL WALL, AS SCHEDULED PAINTABLE SILICONE AULK I/ " BEAD MIX WALL BOX GABLE I" X 4" WOOD BASE TRIM SCRIBED TO FLOOR (TYP. ) AXON DETAIL FFINISHED CEI SCRIBE H01 SCALE 'SECTION 314"=1'-0" WALL PANEL SYSTEM STANDARDS FROM FLOOR TO 8'-0" AFF. 3/4" PANEL FROM FLOOR TO 8'-0" ON WALL PANEL SYSTEM. FILL SCREW HOLES, SAND, AND PAINT. I" VERTICAL FURRING STUD FURNISHED BY WALL PANEL SYSTEM VENDOR GABLE BE D� I III v A I.Innn I /� 7-I\ IJRY I L YYVVV O I S. SEE SHEET A3 FO PACING g A3c " YP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" TAI FRAMING (V i f 0 0' 0 uI 0 Oin 4"SCRIBE BASE TO FLOOR L-J REFER TO CEILING PLAN gANT SEPARATION `1AIN \ME: -0" W. �. ON 1/2" F.R.T. ER PLAN FOR ;7NAL INCLUDING MOUNTING OWNER: o 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: U E E a a; 0 0 U U Y i i Q Q 0 0 �L u 00 E E U) w .c 0 co c 3 U5 -i a T V SCA Lo 3"co O W_ 3: Lo z Lo It (o Lo Lo U T Lo Lo ai d� Y � QL U O E Ln fA (n0Lo O d � ti STORE NO: SC 3165 11/2"=1'-0 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 E`,fERuREE1vI v^vAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 1 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR T ABLE ' INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION STRUCTURE 71 CONTINUOUS TRACK (GAUGE IrI TO MATCH WALL STUD, Q EXCEPT USE 20 GAUGE MI . �+ TRACK) REFER TO DETA ** 3/A306 FOR TRACK SPL E — — — — — DIAGONAL BRACE PER DETAIL n (� l I/A306 I I R FER TO I� ------ I GE I PLAN r 1 1 / 12 `JD 2 A303 00 WALL BOX EAD. REFER TO 0 FIXTURE R FOR SHOP �%� w DRAWING `'') U WALL P NEL SYSTEM TO w8'-0" FF O U 3/4" ANEL FROM FLOOR TO r 1'%i colvN�i�� 81- 1ON WALL PANEL ,`Q,�, �.SHI�F'C�i SY TEN. LL SCREW HOLES, 1 Q f �l C) ND, AND PAINT. _ WALL PANEL SYSTEM STANDARDS FROM FLOOR TO V-0" AFF. SEE DETAILS b�,� 00 THIS SHEET AND SHEET �i� s+ �� Z A300a. �i ARC' �.�� II11''�` Q I" VERTICAL FURRING STUD 0!� FURNISHED BY WALL PANEL Zr2 ( 20 SYSTEM VENDOR 1" X 4" HORIZONTAL WOOD LANDLORD REVIEW &APPROVAL BLOCKING STRIPS. SEE SHEET A300a FOR SPACING Q [:] APPROVED G BLE (BEYOND) APPROVED AS / NOTED 5/6" YP. BD. OVER 3 5/5" METAL FRAMING LL INITIALS: WALL BO BASE. REFER TO DATE: FIXTURE R FOR SHOP DRAW 1 NGS 8 A303 02020 THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED FOR — — — — AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE / \ STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN - I AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: SCALE � � SCALE A303 3/4"=1'-0" SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" IXTURE. REFER MFR SHOP DWGS i � 1 Q a- _ a LL - - 0 �Q (No SIC OWNER' 12" DEEP X 3/4" THICK 13 WHITE LAMINATED DIAGONAL BRACE PER A304 SHELVES W/ LAMINATED ++ DETAIL 1/A306 EDGES - ALL EDGES TO BACK OF WORK ++ 11'-0" A.F.F. HOLD BEFINISHED -- ---- SURFACE PlumbingNotes: otes: TOP OF STANDARD j WORK SURFACE 2„ DIA. HOLE AND ---A--------------A---------------A-- --- I DIA.FT 1 A PR a 1. All floor drains must have trap primers. �— I"X4" WOOD BLOCKING-O" AT MANAGER'S DESK 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK a 2. If required, Tenant shall install a Remote Reader located at START @ 24" O.C. ° ° ° QUINCY, MA 02169 VERTICALLY tenant's rear service door. 3. NO PLUMBING (lines of any type) ALLOWED IN ANY DEMISING REFER TO PARTITION I"X4" NOOD z m o WALLS. N TYPES ° ° ° BLOCKING i ARCHITECT ENGINEER: SURFACE MOUNTED WALL CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 1- ° ° ° - - ----- ------ 4. if saw cuts are required, make sure Tenants contractor verifies STANDARD 10' LENGTHS ___ _________ _______________ _ ___ FOR TACTILE SIGNAGE _ w — HEAVT DUIT ,L location of all conduit prior to saw cut. I enant's C3C to coordinate any W_ C SIGN CLEARANCE w Q 1" SLOTS @ 2" O.C.------- ----------------------------- -- V slab cut with property management to ensure neighboring tenants are Q z _ SIGNAGE NOTES: not disturbed. 12" DEEP X 3/4" THICK 12 0 0 0 ° ° SHELVES AND „ 5. Ceramic Tile or FRP Panels are required on all restroom walls to N - WHITE LAMINATED ° ° u BRACKETS 1. LETTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32 1 minimum height of 48" a SHELVES To BE FINISHED ° ° ° UPPER CASE , SANS SERIF OR SIMPLE SERIF TYPE Q a r 3 SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED WITH GRADE 2 BRAILLE. O o SHELF BRACKETS WITH RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST 5/8" HIGH, to = BUT NO HIGHER THAN 2". PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE o �+ SHELF CLIPS CUSHIONS ______ ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL r------- ----------------------------- - -I cncn _ — I--___-- ° ° ° J I DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE -; I 4'-0" MIN. FRP NOTE: ° -------------- °--------------- ° ------- PICTOGRAMS. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THEco ' a L - THESE STUDS SHALL BE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE 6" MIN. IN HEIGHT. SIZED PER 13/A300 - SURFACE -MOUNTED FRONT ELEVATION S PARTITIONS 1 6 PLAN VIEW SCALE WITH WITH SHELVING ATTACHED STANDARDS 2. WHERE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION IS PROVIDED FOR ° ROOMS AND SPACES, SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON O 311=1-0 11 0 THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE V) LO 8 NOELVES ARE TO BE ° DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE TO THE o 3 WALLS co SECURED TO CLIPS WITH r------- ------------------------------------� SIDE OF THE DOOR, INCLUDING AT THE DOUBLE LEAF d SCREWS AT ALL I I DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST = OCCURENCES L----------------------------------------------_1 NOTE: ADJACENT WALL. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 60" j HEX NUT FLAT O 1'-6 7/8" SHELVES ARE TO BE A.F.F. TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. MOUNTING / WASHER MTG. PLAT c SERVICE FAUCET SECURED TO CLIPS WITH LOCATION FOR SUCH SIGNAGE SHALL BE SO THAT A — SCREWS AT ALL REFER TO PLUMBING OCCURENCES PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF SIGNAGE 18' PLANS WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR 12 G. X 3" X 3" STL. a) Lin �MIN1 SHIPPING STATION �� SHIPPING STATION - STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF THE DOOR. ANCHOR PLATE z LO SECURE TO WALL " r- o LO OD W/#e SCREWS MIN. (1) I /2 MOUNTING PLATE U LO AT EACH METAL STUD S. TOILET ROOM DOOR SIGNAGE SHOULD BE INLo MOP SINK CONTRASTING COLOR TO SIGN BACKGROUND COVER PLATE r— - 0 NOTE: - 1 1/2" DIA. GRAB BAR i - THESE STUDS SHALL BE Q C — 51:ED PER 13/A300 - I cn v It :. — _ o SECURE TO WALL W/#8 NON -SALES PARTITIONS Q O O - j U Q o APPLY SILICONE SEALANT o � -1 z SCREWS MIN. (1) AT WITH SHELVING ATTACHED --- -------------------------- LO BETWEEN SINK AND EACH METAL STUDCz u7 ULo h V ADJACENT SURFACES REFER TO POWER PLAN N Lo 8 m N FOR POWER AND SIGNAL TR M WOMEN MEN �� O MIN REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING RES 00 -U LOCATION AND MOUNTING :.•.•:.:.:. .::• :.•.• � \\ - � I1" _I Z HEIGHTS ........ ....... ....... ! Cn TAL NALL BASE 16EGA. MIN., TO N v MIN. AS SCHEDULED 6 SIGNAGE SIGIOORIGN /ELEVA LION METAL FRAMING BEHIND A B NEW GYP. BD. FINISHED FLOOR ' 2-0" REFER TO PARTITION TYPES 5TAIL FER TO 17/A303 FOR 5TAIL FER TO 17/A303 FOR PROTRUDING OBSTRUCTION FURRIN\ / ISOMETRIC SIDE ELEVATION G ATTACHMENT 4'-0' FURRING ATTACHMENT SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE STORE NO: 15 DRINKING FOUNTAIN „_ ,_ " 14 MOP SINK ELEVATION „_ ,_ „ 13 SECTION SHIPPING STATION ,_ „ 1 Z ELEVATION SHIPPING STATION 314"=1'-0" 11 TOILET ROOM SIGNAGE I T,s nio GRAB BAR 3"=1'-0" 3165 3/4 1 0 O 314 1 0 • 314 1 0 O � COMPONENT MANUFACTURER/ NO. LIGHT GAUGE HEADER FOR PLATFORM IS' 18"X18" CLEAR FLOOR PROJECT LOCATION: CLRNG. SPACE AT CLOSURE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT (IF APPLICABLE). G.G. _ _ SIDE OF DOOR FOR THE PROMENADE SHOPS (D PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER RUBBERMAID 2364 TO USE (2) 6 16 GA. STUDS WITH WEB STIFFENERS AT EACH END (6005I62-54) AND �j q�� SIGNAGE AT EVERGREEN WALK 3-5/5" 16 GA. TRACK (362TI62-54) TOP AND z MAX. I 415 EVERGREEN WAY TOILET ROOM HC SIGNAGE - O TOILET PAPER DISPENSER BOBRICK B 6857 BOTTOM -U I REFER TO DETAIL SUITE #307 �L 11/A304 S 111/11\If1CC)R C`.T nAn7A ® GRAB BARS BOBRICK B 5806A9 COAT HOOK ISSUE DATES ® MIRROR (24" X 36") BOBRICK B 2q0 2436 C LAV/MIRRC"Z NUM DESCRIPTION DATE OSANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL BOBRICK B 270 ® COAT HOOK IVES 574-1326D C OWALL CABINET REFER TO NOTE D ® WAINSCOTING PANEL W/ MOLDING REFER TO NOTE C. Q IL O A. PROVIDE IN -WALL NON -COMB. BLOCKING AS REQ'D. w FOR ALL SCHEDULED ACCESSORIES ILIA B.. INSTALL ACCESSORIES PER MFR INSTRUCTIONS. o C. WAINSCOTING PANELS: SUPPLY AND INSTALL F.R.P. PANELS TO 4'-0" A.F.F. W/TOP IQ < EDGE VERTICAL MOLDINGS AS READ. REFER TO FINI5I-1 PLAN AND SCHEDULE. D. 30" X 36" X 12.5"D CABINET W/ WHITE MELAMINE FINISH - 2 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES t PULL HARDWARE ON DOORS. HOME DEPOT (ONLINE ONLY)- MODEL #W3630.W.ALEXA MOP SINK ISSUED 02/14/2020 36" MAX. 14 10 8 /I ` Z u� \, \\ A504 / 16" MIN._ A304 " v — —�/ — — qD IS AX. 2'-0" 1 8 S TYP. 3% f `4i — —. - - O U I A30 I' -6 1 /4" O A304 Q 0�_ 1'-3" MIN. I A304LU / m b �5 77I X� \\ II z z:,, C) z �5- 7 Z' ri TO 'OVER SHEET FOR T-1 E m d m m _ z p I I r 6 INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION U I - v- w m� m� s 5 _ v w a- m o LL - mm mm I m —� — -� J I� I LU - I- LL _ THESE DETAILS ARE FOR (N LU 000 I REFERENCE ONLY THESE PLANS ARE FOR FIXTURE AND GRAB BAR ILLUSTRATIONS; FOR 12 1/4" CLEAR AREA UNDER 12" 24" EXACT ROOM SIZES, CONFIGURATIONS (o" MIN LAVATORY 56" MIN. MIN MIN. AND DOOR SWINGS - REFER TO THE i u I -6 "CONSTRUCTION PLAN" 60" MIN. NOTE: G.C. TO INSTALL ANY/ALL REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN ITEMS THAT ARE NOT EXISTING PER DETAIL SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE U) TOILET ROOM ACCESSORY LEGEND 9D ELEVATION „_ ,_ „(&-ELEVATION „=I_„ 9B ELEVATION „=1,_„ ELEVATION 112"=1'-0" TOILET ROOM PLAN 112"=1'-0"112 1 0 112 0 J NOTE: SHELVES ARE TO BE NOTE: SECURED TO CLIPS WITH SHELVES ARE TO BE NOTE: NOTE: SCREWS AT ALL SECURED TO CLIPS WITH 12" DEEP X 3/4" THICK THESE STUDS SHALL BE CORNER DETAIL CLIP CORNER (TYP., ALL OUTSIDE ENDS) SCREWS AT ALL SIZED PER 13/A300 AND PAINT ALL - OGCURENCES OCCURENCES WHITE LAMINATED NON -SALES PARTITIONS N.T.S. cJ UU DIAGONAL BRACE PER —DIAGONAL BRACE PER TO TO ADD CORNERS -PAINT DETAIL I/A306 DIAGONAL BRACE PER 4 SHELVES W/ LAMINATED WITH SHELVING ATTACHED 2 TO MATCH SHELF COLOR DIAGONAL BRACE PER G EDGES - ALL EDGES TO ++ ++ DETAIL 1/A306 ++ DETAIL I/A306 ++ DETAIL I/A306 A304 BE FINISHE ++ DETAIL AI/A306GE PER A304 2 N II'-0" A.F.F. HOLDS 11'-0" A.F.F. HOL 11'-0" A.F.F. HOLD II'-0" A.F.F. HOLDS -------------- --------------- -- ---- II'-0" A.F.F. HOLDi�--------------- --------------- ________----__ --------- z TOP OF STANDARD TOP OF STANDA TOP OF STANDARD TOP OF STANDARD I I TOP OF STANDARD i I I"X4" WOOD BLOCKING L IX4 WOOD BLOCKING 12" DEEP X 3/4" THICK _ ----J L--------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ----------I START @ 24" O.C. START @ 24" O.C. WHITE LAMINATED SHELVES I"X4" WOOD BLOCKING I"X4" WOOD BLOCKING I"X4" WOOD BLOCKING VERTICALLY START @ 24" O.C. START @ 24" O.C. START @ 24" O.G. VERTICALLY W/ LAMINATED EDGES - o VERTICALLY VERTICALLY VERTICALLY SURFACE -MOUNTED LA L EDGES TO BE FINISHED r , < REFER TO PARTITION �+ z _ REFER TO PARTITION REFER TO PARTITION 1"X4" WOOD _ LENGTHSNALL HEAVYDUTY IX4 WOOD BLOCKING `•J = Cl �v TYPES <v �t TYPES N �� " Q ' q'- " A F F I TYPES I BLOCKING , I SLOTS @ 2 O.C. _________ ______________ ----------------------------- SURFACE-MOUNTED WALL - NOTE: N NOTE: STANDARD 10' LENGTHS r------- ---- - - - - - - - - - - --------------- - ------I THESE STUDS SHALL BE L — — — — — — — — — ------------------------------------------ —--------J m -t THESE STUDS SHALL BE Q HEAVY DUTY SIZED PER 13/A300 - SIZED PER 13/A300 -rz " u ___-- NON -SALES PARTITIONS W Q Q I SLOTS @ 2 O.C.------- ----------------------------- -- WITH SHELVING ATTACHED 3 SURFACE -MOUNTED WITHS SHELVING PARTITIONS Ea SHELVES AND BRACKETS Z W WALL STANDARD 10' WITH SHELVING ATTACHED Q (� o N REFER TO P RTITION " " (Y NOTE: LENGTHS HEAVY DUTY TYPES -' N _I 12 DEEP X 3/4 THICK SHELVES AND < SCREW SHELVES TO U I" SLOTS @ 2" O.C. o NOTE: WHITE LAMINATED BRACKETS z 0 I SCREW SHELVES TO J SHELF BRACKETS AT ALL SHELVES TO BE FINISHED Q LOCATIONS. INSTALL ALL �p 1 NOTE: QV OTHERS WITH PROVIDED ' cv SHELF BRACKETS AT ALL In ��"'CCC"`� GLl SHELVES A E TO BE LOCATIONS. INSTALL ALL SHELF BRACKETS WITH SHELF CLIPS WITH SURFACE -MOUNTED �� STANDARDS r--------- ;� „ „ OTHERS WITH PROVIDED O SHELF CLIPS 4 CUSHIONS ` SHfa `''• / .' S ED O CLIPS WITH SHELF CLIPS WITH I - Q CUSHIONS 'I � IX4 WOOD STRINGER RE TALL - - ------------------------------------------- -- ------ � ;•''y �• >�� ••. G9 7'-011 A.F.F. CUR ES �v - cv 12 DEEP X 3/4 THICK Q , �°`�': �� = Y I CUSHIONS �9 t NOTE: 3 I I I T.O. HANGERTIGHT ` 0 - S ZED PERTHESE DS 13/A300LL BE I I o SHELVES W/ LAMINATED r------- ------------------------------------� = WHITE LAMINATED L_------------------------------------------------------------� - va O O. FIXTURE a S F GE -MOUNTED WALL Q NON -SALES PARTITIONS ------------------------------------J EDGES - ALL EDGES NOTE: zz ST DARD 10' LENGTHS Q WITH SHELVING ATTACHED TO BE FINISHED `4 ' `� co SHELVES ARE TO BE Q Q SURFACE -MOUNTED WALL SURFACE -MOUNTED SOUND SYSTE LIGHT FIXTURE Y DUTY SECURED TO CLIPS WITH N „ „ N _ STANDARD 10' LENGTHS _ NOTE: STANDARDS _ REFER TO PARTITION 0 SCREWS AT ALL LOTS @ 2 O.C. SCREW SHELVES TO 6 MOUNTED TO era OCCURENCES J -1 HEAVY DUTY N SHELF BRACKETS AT ALL TYPES , �t pR Q 1" SLOTS @ 2" O.C. = LOCATIONS. INSTALL ALL NOTE: -� 9) � a UNDERSIDE OF SHELF �� t I I t I I L�� HANGER MANAGEMENT 3 3 - OTHERS WITH PROVIDED SHELVES ARE TO BE SHELF BRACKETS WITH ______ _2l2l I&Q o SYSTEM -INSTALL - - SHELF CLIPS WITH SECURED TO CLIPS WITH SHELF CLIPS 4 CUSHIONS r -' PER MFR INSTRUCTIONS CUSHIONS r------- ------------------------------------, SCREWS AT ALL OGGURENGES LIGHT FIXTURE ---------------------------------------------------- • 0 5'-0" A.F.F. o WHITE LAMINATED SURFACE I 1 NOTE: LANDLORD REVIEW & ANSI All7.1-2009 COMPLIANCE: = ANSI AI17.1-200q COMPLIANCE: WITH LAMINATED EDGES - ALL L - - - - - - - - - - - -------------------- - ' = WHITE LAMINATED WORK SHELVES ARE TO BE 305.5-PARALLEL APPROACH N 305.5-PARALLEL APPROACH WIRE HOLE N SECURED TO CLIPS WITH APPROVAL PROVIDED -' PROVIDED EDGES TO BE FINISHED REFER TO DETAIL -' SURFACE WITH SCREWS AT ALL 308.3.1-UN05STRUCTED HIGH - 308.3.1-UNOBSTRUCTED HIGH SHELF BRACKET 16/A304 - LAMINATED EDGES OCCURENCES SIDE REACH: 48 MAX. SIDE REACH: 48 MAX. ALL EDGES TO BE _____ APPROVED — — (BEYOND) — — — 48"LINE UNOBSTRUCTED r--------------------------------------------- ----- - ---� _ _ _ _ _ _ NOTE: _ _r_ _ _ _ _ _WSB-1824-WH rr FINISHED CO THESES UDS SHALL BE 1:4 — — -- — — - - — — — — — — r— SIDE REACH (SHOWN L _________FOR REFERENCE)SIZED PE 13/A300 - T OUTWATERPLASTICS �� WIRE HOLE � APPROVED AS ___WORK STATION BRACKET _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _INDUSTRIES ING © 000 -- --- REFER TO DETAIL 16/A304 r — — — — — — — — — — — — — — THESE 5 PARTITIONS N I I I I000l IISURF FOR - BEYOND WSB-1824-WH ANSI AIRONT0A GOMPCIAIQG — — NOT D n I-800-835-4400 o WHITE LAMINATED ( ) g02.2-FRONT APPROACH�_48 LINE UNOBSTRUCTED WITH SHEL NG ATTACHED = 8 LINE UNOBSTRUCTED L IG12QO��LEJ LL J ST DING INDIVIDU I OUTWATER PLASTICS " SURFACE WITH - PROVIDED 44 LINE OBSTRUCTED WHITE LAMINATED SURFACE SIDE REACH (SHOWN SIDE REACH (SHOWN MICROWAVE LAMINATED EDGES - ALL - INDUSTRIES INC 308.2.2-05STRUCTED HIGH _ _ _ _ _ — — FORWARD REACH (SHOWN WITH LAMINATED EDGES LL INITIALS: FOR REFERENCE) FOR REFERENCE) (SHOWN DASHED) -------------------------- EDGES TO BE FINISHED 1-800-835-4400 FORWARD REACH: 44" MAX. (SURFACE FOR 1 FOR REFERENCE) - ALL EDGES TO BE NOTE: FINISHED NOTE: SCREW SHELVE TO 12" DEEP X 3/4" THICK v — — — — — ------------------------ I KNEE AND TOE SEATED INDIVIDUALS DATE: SCREW SHELVES TO BRACKETS AT S ELF ANSI Ail7.1-200q COMPLIANCE: WHITE LAMINATED SHELVES o I REFRIGERATOR 305.5-PARALLEL APPROACH CLEARANCE AS PER NOTE: SHELF BRACKETS AT ALL SECTION ENDS 0 Y. cV I — — — — AND CABINET PROVIDED __ _ ANSI AI17.1-200q THESE STUDS SHALL BE LOCATIONS. INSTALL ALL INSTALL ALL OTH S I TO BE FINISHED LO L> ------------------------- ------------------ - _ -1 2'-0" I SHOWN DASHED 308.3.1-UNOBSTRUCTED HIGH r SEC. 306 I I SIZED PER 13/A300 - OTHERS WITH PROVIDED WITH PROVIDED SH LF W ( ) _ ________________________ SHELF CLIPS WITH CLIPS WITH CUSHIO SHELF BRACKETS WITH I I I ------ - - - - - --- - - - - - - SIDE REACH: 48" MAX. 0 1 cusHloNs SHELF CLIPS CUSHIONS I - I - = o V' W SHELVES ARE TO BE J NON -SALES PARTITIONS ----------------- - �; I I I I N 1 NOTE: z� UPS WITH SHELVING ATTACHED ----_ ----- ---------- MMQ 1 SECURED TO CLIPS WITHU p �� WALL BASE AS REFER TO POWER PLAN 1i1 NOTE: m Q a I I I"X1'1 WOOD BLOCKING FOR POWER AND SIGNAL = 2 -0 SCREWS AT ALL r Z THESE STUDS SHALL BE �Q. REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING co N I OCCURENCES Q ----------N----------- - -------------- - -I SCHEDULED a SIZED PER 1PARTI - I I WA� L BASE - 1 I 0' I I tY LOCATION AND MOUNTING (N LU I I Q J NON -SALES PARTITIONS © - —------------------------ — ---------- — 02020 THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER ASSUMES NO U cv w REFER TO POWER PLAN WITH SHELVING ATTACHED WALL BASE _ WALL BASE I I AS I �CHEDULED HEIGHTS C'3 I I CPU RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE AOF N Q 1 I - FOR POWER AND SIGNAL AS SCHEDULED I AS SCHEDULED z WAL4 BASE U THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN I I I WALL BASE Q 3'-2 5/8" 30" MIN. REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING SPECIFICALLY SEALED FOR SPECIFIC AND LOCATION H I "X4" WOOD STRINGER - - I AS JCNEDULED ' w ( LOCATION AND MOUNTING AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION N THE O O I I I� � AS SCHEDULED I � Z KNEE CLEARANCE WIDTH) HEIGHTS STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE FINISHED FLOOR - FINISHED FLOOR FIN HED FLOOR I SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN FINISHED -LOOR I FINISHED FLOOR SAFE AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA - - FILE GAB. REFRIGERATOR I 1 L L---- _____J SAI # 191127 _. REFER TO 17/A303 FOR REFER TO 17/A303 FOR REFER TO 17/A303 FOR REFER TO 17/A303 FOR REFER TO 17/A303 FOR REFER TO 17/A303 FOR REFER TO 17/A303 FOR FURRING ATTACHMENT FURRING ATTACHMENT FURRING ATTACHMENT FURRING ATTACHMENT 4'-0" FURRING ATTACHMENT FURRING ATTACHMENT FURRING ATTACHMENT DRAWING NUMBER: DETAIL DETAIL DETAIL DETAIL DETAIL DETAIL DETAIL A 3 7 SECTION SCALE 6 SECTION SCALE SCALE • SCALE SCALE SCALE SCALE ELEVATION MICROWAVE SHELF „- , „ u 314 =1 0 314"=1'-0" 5 SECTION 314"=1'-0" 4 SECTION MICROWAVE SHELF 314"=1'-0" 3 314 -1-0 2 SECTION EMPLOYEE DESK 314"=1'-0" 1 ELEVATION EMPLOYEE DESK 3/4"=1'-0" n OWNER: UNITS WILL BE 10' HIGH WITH UNITS WILL BE 10' HIGH WITH 7 SHELVES; 6 OPENINGS 4 SHELVES 2 HANG LEVELS. FLOOR LEVELING NOTES SHELVING UNIT PARTS: SHELVING UNIT PARTS: PROVIDE LEVEL FLOOR FOR PIPP SYSTEM INSTALLATION t A u u ` U3- _�mU& L FLOOR LEVEL TO BE NO GREATER THAN $' LEVEL CHANGE PER 10'-0" e.4 BATTERYMARCH PARK 1 / OF FLOOR RUN 'L' UPRIGHT _r UPRIGHT DOUBLE RIVET DOUBLE RIVET DOUBLE RIVET HANGBAR SHELF MATERIAL "L' UPRIGHT ^T' UPRIGHT DOUBLE RIVET DOUBLE RIVET DOUBLE RIVET HANGBAR SHELF MATERIAL ,rQ U I N CY MA 02169 UPSIDEDOWN LOW PROFILE (WIREGRID) UPSIDEDOWN LOW PROFILE (,nnaeGRID) SHIM TRACK AS PER MANUFACTURE RECOMMENDATION ' HANGBAR . ' HANGBAR INSTALLATIaN INSTALLATION 'IT" POST "L" POST LEVEL FLOOR AT PIPP TRACK ONLY. ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: A A "L" POST ` t E I C ti NOTE: UNITS WITP DIAGONAL LINE THROUGH CENTER � � 0 0 _ •_ = EJ DESIGNATE FIXED UNIT EACH LEVE E G F aQ r� .: -) Qik 0 0 co E = CORNER PLATE y Y N 0 0 E E N 1 a> a> q 3 E E co c/) (1) C 3 1; a > i, Lo N 1 1/4" LONG /;_ `m E TEK SCREW U Q - Q - Q = [Q F. •` , , ` I O � � ; , ry ;�• c0 co c0 c0 co c0 X X X X X X X TEK SCREW `� I— L`fc> N a € € 3B LONG co co >- �o >- >_ co co }- co >_ Ln O co i< O CENTER PLATE 1 1/4" LONG `` i = Q= Q- Q- Q- Q- Q - Q- [q I ,€ ! 1 1 co cJJ c0 c0 c0 c0 � , W W W W W W W W — O I ii :i as TEK SCREW co CO co >_ Go )_ co >_ co >_ co � � Q CORNER PLATE CARRIAGE �t �t �T �t �t �t �t z l - — — — ' i (V X i ii is � In to d' O Lo I O- ! ;; Lo Oj SCREW (1) 3" TEK SCREW THROUGH EACH CENTER PLATE Q V r 1 C Q f, C INTO 'IT" UPRIGHT POST W - Q co Q c0 Q co co Q co c0 't C C O PLATE NSCREN iTO °L'4 UPRIGHT POSTS ROUGH EACH CORNER m co Go >_ Go >_ co >_ co >_ 'co >- co ?- � Q X� XL X� X� Xw X� XLu XW U cTo C s C 4— 1- E- a- — �� G EACH LEVEL PLEASE NOTE: NOT ALL UNITS WILL HAVE 'IT" POSTS. IF THIS IS ` o C 5; 0� C tit 0¢ G 4 LEVELS THE CASE DISREGARD STEP 1, AND PROCEED DIRECTLY TO STEP O E Lo 2 U) 0 cz Lo r FLAT ELEVATION - TYPE B HANG ELEVATION - TYPE A ELEVATIONS SCALE SCALE (U�) s/s"=1'-011 O SHELVING TO CARRIAGES DIAGRAM ITI PARTIAL PLAN -PIPP SYSTEM SCALE N.T.S. 1/4"=1'-0" INSTALL BOTTOM ROW OF SUPPORT BEAMS INTO UPRIGHTS (IN MOST CASES THESE WILL BE HIGH PROFILE 'IDA" SHELVING SUPPORT OO PLACE SHELF DECKING ON BOTTOM ROW OF SUPPORT BEAMS UPRIGHT BOLTING DETAILS ASSEMBLE UPRIGHTS - BOLT UPRIGHTS AT TOP, MIDDLE AND BOTTOM TOGETHER USING THE o BEAMS) INSTALL 2ND ROW OF END SUPPORT BEAMS INTO UPRIGHTS 5TH SLOT FROM THE 2ND ROW END SUPPORT 1 1/4" STOP ' L" POST i C � (IN MOST CASES THESE WILL BE LOW PROFILE DV SHELVING BEAM O TOP AND BOTTOM OF DETAIL 1 -ANCHORING STATIONARY SHELVING TO NUT UPRIGHTS, AND IN FLOOR �% STORE NO: SUPPORT BEAMS) 'F 2ND ROW END UPRIGHT THE MIDDLE OF THE C C '+ SUPPORT BEAM F II B I. " " II UPRIGHTS. STEP I a+ •G � L POST T POST L POST (1) FLAT WASHER • as a a (1) FLAT USE ONE FOOT PLATE PER "L"POST AND TWO FOOT `' 3165 UPRIGHT s c G WASHER PLATES PER 'IT" POST. "L" UPRIGHT "T" UPRIGHT HIGH PROFILE MEDIUM PROFILE SUPPORT LOW PROFILE UPRIGHT `s G s Fa a 1 HEX HEAD :c UPRIGHT / ca STARTER ADDER (1) SPACER O STEP 2 PROJECT LOCATION. SUPPORT "Z BEAM" SUPPORT ? MACHINE SCREW 11411 "DA BEAM" "DV BEAM" c f} ev "L" POST 20 X I" LONG ATTACH FOOT PLATE TO UPRIGHT USING 1/4 0 TEK THE PROMENADE SHOPS II s; SCREW AT EVERGREEN WALK T POST 1/4 "4 TEK c e� SHELF DECKING MIDDLE OF UPRIGHT ASSEMBLY SCREW 2" NAIL -IN OR ca ca T POST 1 11 STEP 3 3/6 X 3 ANCHOR (SEISMIC) 415 EVERGREEN WAY BOTTOM OF BOTTOM OFPOST ANCHOR FOOT PLATE TO FLOOR USING 21 NAIL -IN, SUITE #307 SUPPORT BEAM INSTALLATION IL]--/ =IAM SI1PPn12T RPAM STARTER ADDER IN NON -SEISMIC AREA OR 3/S " X 3" HILTI TZ ANCHOR e� / wrrvlcl UCNI I "• "0 POST /L" POST _ _ - -.- ._ „ IN SEISMIC AREAS (1) 1/4 STOP NUT EYELET EYELET G) PLACE 2ND ROW OF SUPPORT BEAMS INTO UPRIGHTS (IN MOST CASES ® PLACE SHELF DECKING ON 2ND ROW OF SUPPORT BEAMS 'IT" POST THESE WILL BE HIGH PROFILE "DV" SHELVING SUPPORT BEAMS) (I) FLAT WASHER SHIN MOST ELF SHELF INSTALL 3RD ROW OF END SUPPORT BEAMS INTO UPRIGHTS O FLAT WASHER ISSUE DATES ( 1 DETAIL 2 ANCHORING STATIONARY BEAN BEAM - CASES THESE WILL BE LOW PROFIL VING SUPPORT 4 SHELVING TO WALL (I) SPACER BEAMS) 4 c ��(1) HEX HEAD WALL NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ( a ae MACHINE SCREW I/4 STUDS NOTE: ATTACHMENT METHOD AND TYPE OF FASTENERS TO BE BEAM c' F F L y F UPRIGHT 20 X 1" LONG RIVETS e c'a is INCORRECT BACK TO BACK L POST SUPPLIED BY INSTALLER. ISSUED 02/14/2020 3RD ROW END UPRIGHT PLACEMENT (RECOMMENDED 1/4" X 2" TEK SCREW.) c ce e SUPPORT BEAM F iv m BEAM RIVETS e �° DO NOT USE _ __ _ DO NOT USE I_ I' I RnrrnM nG Ilnolr_ur AacFMRIY TYPICAL ATTACHMENT: DRYWALL OVER METAL FRAMING STUDS 'IT" POST HERE "T" POST HERE . UPRIGHT � � I v, I I TEK SCREWS STEP 1 + 47 2ND ROW END e se SHELF DECKING 7REMOVE SHELF FROM SECOND TO TOP SHELF LEVEL. c ca SUPPORT BEAM c (1) 1/4" STOP NUT STEP 2 ca 1 ea 2ND ROW END USING TWO TEK SCREWS DRILL THROUGH LOW PROFILE BEAM SUPPORT BEAM (1) FLAT WASHER TAP THE SHELF BEAM WITH A RUBBER MALLET r c ii INTO METAL STUD. 2 FASTENERS PER SHELVING UNIT. SLIDE BOTH RIVETS OF SUPPORT BEAM UNTIL BEAM RIVETS ARE SEATED IN THE `' (1) FLAT WASNER—/ THROUGH THE LARGE OPENING OF THE 1 NARROW END OF THE UPRIGHT EYELET—(1) HEX HEAD s= UPRIGHT EYELET MACHINE SCREW EOREPEAT STEPS 3 AND 4 UNTIL UNIT HAS BEEN PLEASE NOTE: SHELVING CONFIGURATIONS, SHELVING BEAM TYPES, AND (1) SPACER 1/4" 20 X 1" LONG COMPLETELY ASSEMBLED DECKING MATERIAL MAY VARY. PLEASE REFER TO JOB SPECIFIC SHELVING ASSEMBLING RIVET SHELVING ELEVATIONS TO DETERMINE HOW SPECIFIC SHELVING UNITS ARE TO BE BACK TO BACK CONFIGURATIONS ATOP OF SSEMBLY RIGHT ANCHORING STATIONARY SHELVING ASSEMBLING RIVET SHELVING BUILT. WWI s__ REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE crnl � SHELVING DIAGRAMS ' N.T,S. INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION STEP HILTI II - STEP 1 REFER TO TRACK LAYOUT SHEET (PROVIDED WITH HILTI II - 1/4-20 X 3 1/4 1/4-20 X 3 1/4 ASSEMBLE ONE STATIONARY UNIT AT THE END OF ORDER) FOR PLACEMENT OF EACH TRACK AND WASHER HILTI SLEEVE ANCHOR 1/4" X 2" WASHER THE TRACK RUN PER LAYOUT. USE STATIONARY TRACK TYPE BEFORE STARTING INSTALLATION. END STOP 3/8 X 3/4 END STOP STEP 1 SHELVING TO ASSIST IN ALIGNING TRACK AND STEEL INSER ONCE FIRST TRACK IS SECURE THE REMAINING TRACKS MAY BE SET INTO PLACE. USE CARRIAGES MOBILE CARRIAGE. STEP 2O B Fl e AS A GUIDE FOR TRACK PLACEMENT. MEASURE TO STEP 2 CONFIRM TRACK IS PARALLEL TO THE WALL. USE EACH END STEEL HOLE WITHOUT ENSURE TRACKS ARE TRULY PARALLEL. LAYOUT ALL TRACKS (USE CARRIAGE TO AFFIRM THE HILTI DRILL BIT ( 1/4 " DIA.) FOR SECURING TYP, ALL TRACK INSERT COUNTERSINK TRACK SPACING BY ROLLING CARRIAGE ON LOOSE TRACK. THE TRACK HAS BEEN PRE -DRILLED. START STEP 2 TRACK ). THE TRACK CLOSEST TO THE WALL WILL BY PLACING ALL THE 96" PIECES OF ALUMINUM ALUM TRACK SLIDE ONE CARRIAGE ON THE TRACK TO DETERMINE BE NO LESS THAN 1 1/2" FROM THE REAR EDGE OF FOLLOWED BY ANY 73" PIECES ENDING WITH A MISC NOTE: STAG ARD SPLIT JOINTS SPACING. VERIFY CARRIAGE WHEELS ARE CENTERED 1. REMOVE THE COVER (FIG E) FROM THE RESPONSIVE DRIVE BOX. TRACK TO THE WALL. PIECE. THEN PLACE THE STEEL IN THE ALUMINUM IN THE CHANNELS AND IN THE TRACK. 2. LIDE THE RESPONSIVE DRIVE BOX USING TOP TWO MOUNTING HOLES OVER THE TWO '/0 - 13 BOLTS (FIGS) STARTING WITH I - 48" OF STEEL, FOLLOWED BY LOOT _ STEP 3 NOTE: CONFIRM PLUMB OF BACK WALL TO ENSURE ALL 96" PIECES THEN THE 73" PIECES ENDING WITH I _ EXTENDING FROM THE CENTER OF THE CARRIAGE. THESE BOLTS ARE HELD IN PLACE BY (4) JAM NUTS (FIG 2" SPACING THAT ONCE SHELVING IS ON CARRIAGE THERE WILL PIECE WTHE TRACKS MUST BE PARALLEL AND SQUARE TO WITH A NON -COUNTERSUNK HOLE AT THE END. 2" SPACING A) WHICH ARE LEFT IN POSITION. FROM WALL BE NO RUBBING BE SURE THE HOLES IN THE STEEL INSERT AND THE ` - EACH OTHER TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION. FROM WALL MEASURE EACH SET OF TRACKS AND THE ENTIRE ( 3. WHEN THE RESPONSIVE DRIVE BOX IS SEATED AGAINST THE JAM NUTS FIG A INSTALL WASHHOLES IN THE ALUMINUM TRACK LINE USING THE 11 - )� LL '%ERS STEP 3 TRACK AS A GUIDE DRILL THROUGH THE STEEL LIGN STEEL TO ALUMINUM SYSTEM, CORNER TO CORNER, TO VERIFY THAT (FIG C) AND TIGHTEN THE TWO /: 13 NYLON NUTS (FIG D), WHICH ARE IN THE ACCESSORIES BAG. VERIFY YOU WILL END UP WITH 1 1/2" WALL AND ALUMINUM IN THE FLOOR. CAREFULLY CLEAN TRACK USE 1/4" HILTI DRILL EACH DISTANCE IS THE SAME. CLEARANCE ON THE TRACK RUN WHEN SYSTEM OUT THE HOLE. HAMMER IN THE HILTI 114 " X 2" DRILL 2 3/4 MIN DEPTH +� 4. ATTACH CHAIN TO MIDDLE SPROCKETS ASSEMBLY, TO THE BOTTOM SPROCKET ASSEMBLY (FRONT DRIVE STEP 4 COMPLETE AND THAT CARRIAGES WILL ROLL CHANNEL) AND AROUND THE CHAIN IDLER. ONLY USE MASTER LINK. (HALF LINK NOT REQUIRED SLEEVE ANCHORS AND TIGHTEN TO THE SPECIFIED IN FLOOR INSTALL ALL END STOPS NEAREST THE SMOOTHLY. TORQUE (2.2 FT-LBS MAX). NOTE: HEADS OF SCREWS MUST BE BELOW RUNNING STATIONARY SHELVING AND INSTALL THE BALANCE 5. ASSEMBLE THE END -SHELVING UNIT. THIS CAN BE DONE AFTER THE RESPONSIVE DRIVE BOX ASSEMBLY HAS STEP O SURFACE OF TRACK. FILE HEADS OF SCREWS IF OF THE CARRIAGES. SHELVING END ONLY. BEGUN. THE TYPE OF SHELVING USED WILL DETERMINE HOW THE RESPONSIVE DRIVE IS FASTENED TO THE NECESSARY TO ENSURE SMOOTH SURFACE. SHELVING. tl INSTALL END STOP USING THE 3 1/4" LONG, 1/4" DIA, STEP5 5 TRACK HARDWARE KIT INSTALL REMAINING TRACK ANCHORS. HILTI KB3 ANCHOR. ONE PER EACH END OF TRACK. (PER RUN OF TRACK) uj TRACK NOTE: 45" PIECE WILL NEED TO BE DRILLED OUT TO STEP 6 Q ACCOMMODATE HILTI KB3 FASTENER. PART DESCRIPTION TRACK SLIDE THE REMAINING CARRIAGES ON THE TRACK, NUMBER VERIFY SMOOTH OPERATION. INSTALL THE _ TRA311 1/4 X 2" o REMAINING END STOPS. TRACK PLACED TOUCHING FLAT HEAD P14ILLIPS TRACK STATIONARY SHELVING SLEEVE ANCHOR e ^^ co NOTE: HOLE DEPTH FOR HILTI KWIK BOLT MUST BE Q TRACK {.!. 0 CONSISTENT TO PREVENT TRIPPING HAZARD. TRA302 HILTI TZ, W SEISM INSTALLATION OF FIRST TRACK ANCHORING FLAT TRACK 3/SX3IC PLACING CARRIAGE ON TRACK w U O MOBILE CARRIAGES INSTALL DIAGRAMS SCALE of ci N.T.S. NFc Aic,'� (A 6. AT THIS TIME SECURE THE DRIVE BOX AT THE TOP, AS WELL AS THE BOTTOM. MAKE SURE THE RESPONSIVE DRIVE BOX IS SQUARE AND PARALLEL TO THE SHELVING. USING THE HARDWARE PROVIDED (2 BOLTS, 4 WASHERS,AND 2 NYLOCK NUTS) FASTEN THE DRIVE BOX TO THE SHELVING. PLACE THE PROVIDED WIDE PROFILE BEAM (IF RIVET SHELVING) SO IT COVERS THE SLOTS ON THE BACK OF THE DRIVE BOX. USING A '/<" ,,. DRILL, DRILL 2 HOLES THROUGH THE SLOTS AND THE WIDE PROFILE BEAM. PLACE A WASHER ON THE BOLT 0 co RUN IT THROUGH ONE OF THE SLOTS IN THE BACK OF THE DRIVE BOX.REPEAT FOR THE OTHER BOLT. J ' z WHEN THE UPPER SCREWS ARE SECURE AND THE RESPONSIVE DRIVE IS PROPERLY POSITIONED, YOU MAY N TIGHTEN THE TWO /: NUTS AT THE BOTTOM (FIG D). O rrrllil++ I � 7. INSTALL THE COVER (FIG E) USING THE SIX SHEET METAL SCREWS PROVIDED (FIG F) ATTACH E-CLIP TO K ZIP 0 HANDLE SHAFT. (j` S. INSERT SQUARE KEY INTO KEY SLOT ON HANDLE SHAFT. I l L M LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL 9. ATTACH 3/4" E-CLIP (FIG P) OVER SQUARE KEY IN SLOT ON SHAFT. NOTE: THE TAB ON THE INTERIOR OF E-CLIP SHOULD REST NEXT AND NOT ON TOP OF SQUARE KEY, SO THAT E-CLIP SNAPS FIRMLY INTO PLACE APPROVED ON SHAFT. 10. INSTALL (FIG N, FIG 0), DETENT LOCKING PLATE, USING TWO %-20 C' SINK SKEWS. APPROVED AS - FIGURE QTY. DESCRIPTION NOTED 11. INSTALL THE HANDLE (FIG K) USING THE 3/16" X 3/16" X '/V SQUARE KEY (FIG J). INSTALL THE 1-1/16" JAM h NUT (FIG Q. TIGHTEN THE JAM NUT (FIG L) WITH THE 1-1/16" THIN WALL SOCKET (NOT PROVIDED) BE SURE A 4 I/2-13 NUT (INSTALLED ON CARRIAGE) LL INITIALS: BACK OF HANDLE IS SEATED AGAINST THE E-CLIP ON THE SHAFT. INSTALL THE BLACK DOME PLUG (FIG M). B 2 1/2-13 HEX BOLT (INSTALLED ON CARRIAGE) NOTE: THE BLACK DOME PLUG (FIG M) IS NOTCHED SO THAT IT WILL ONLY FIT ONE WAY INTO HANDLE. LINE ° c 2 1/2 INCH FLAT WASHER DATE: UP BLACK DOME CUT AWAY WITH DETENT IN HANDLE. DO NOT FORCE BLACK DOME INTO PLACE. D 2 1/2-13 NYLOCK NUT 12. THE RESPONSIVE DRIVE INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE AND YOU MAY NOW INSTALL THE REMAINDER OF THE 0 E 1 COVER SHELVING p 6 COLOR COORDINATED S/M SCREW C G 2 CHAIN TENSIONER I i MECHANICAL A55IST WOU5ING D J I 3/I6" SQUARE KEY FOR HANDLE 02020 THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER ASSUMES NO K I HANDLE ASSEMBLY RESPONSIBILITY R LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN BY THEM AND L 1 3/4 INCH NYLOCK NUT AND FICALLY SIEALED OR SUCCH'ZED SPECIFIC LOCATION'GNED N THE DOME PLUG STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE M I SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN N 1 DETENT LOCKING PLATE AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. 0 2 1/4-20 CSINK SCREWS I # 191127 INSTALLATION OF DRIVE BOX P 1 3/4" E—CLIP DRAWING NUMBER: T DRIVE BOX DIAGRAM scALE N.T.S. A305 F-k OWNER: o 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: 00 .i= U U Y 0 Q Q 0 UL L 0 .Y N O E 2(0 N L C E E 3 0 co CO 3 I 1 C6 LEFRE INSTALLING ANCHORS, o I I TRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH MALL 0 E AGEMENT TWAT ATTACHMENT SHOWNCCEPTABLE. Ln LO `r o -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- co CONNECTION AT o EXIST BEAM (6)-#12 SCREWS AT EACH EXIST MTL DECK OR COMP51 EXIST JOIST CHORD OR ATTACH 1 TO EXIST EXIST MTL DECK OR COMP ATTACH 1 TO EXIST ATTACHMENT CONC SLAB Uj c BEAM FLG 4 B_ STL W/(3)-#12 SCREWS CONC SLAB j — — — — — — — 1 STL W/(3 -I SCREWS Q �- a)LO I I LO z� �r ALL, r � °'CD Q Cc � EXIST. METAL 2B 2 DIAGONAL BRACE 1 2 - - 1 1 O E Lo ROOF DECK 2 c�i� U t ++ ++ Lo 1 7 E EXIST JOIST CHORD OR 1 DIAGONAL BRACE i° + + 3 + + I MAX BEAM FLG o co CONTINUOUS + + 2 DIAGONAL BRACE 2 #12 SCREWS, L7 1 MAX L_ I TYP 45 VIEW 4A VIEW 4B VIEW 4C ' VERT. STUD N3 5/8", 16 GA MTL STUD INFILL WALL EA SIDE. CONNECT TO JOIST CHORD, EA END W/(2)-#12 SELF EXIST BAR JOISTS OR o VIEW 2A ++ ++ TAPPING SCREWS OR STEEL BEAMS @ 0-0" O.C. W/(2)-0.14511 DIA X-EDNI EXIST BAR JOISTS OR MAX VIEW 2B POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS BY STEEL BEAMS @ 0-0" O.C. #12 SCREWS �B TYPICAL DBL 6" DP BEAM TO HILTI. MAX STORE NO: TYP 4 2 EXISTING JOIST 4D FRAMING OCLIPSI2 GA 3165 CONNECTION TF.-- 2 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS ��` 1 AT EVERGREEN WALK 1/2� 4 vz" + + 1 #12 scREws (TYP) _ 415 EVERGREEN WAY MAX MAX + L A + �I 5 #12 SCREWS, SEE VIEW 2B FOR oQ SUITE #307 VERT. STUD TYP + (2)-#12 SCREWS @ 12" (2)-#12 SCREW AT EACH WALL + CONNECTION �, 4A DIAGONAL S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 FLANGE OF EACH STUD l 1 BRACING O.C. 8 VERT. STUD 46L J4B WALL DIAGONAL ISSUE DATES VIEW 2D 1 I BRACING VERT. STUD SEE VIEW 4B FOR WALL VIEW 2E VIEW 4D NUM DESCRIPTION DATE DIAGONAL PARALLEL TO CONNECTION TYPICAL BUILT-UP BEAM TO EXIST BAR JOISTS OR STANDARD BUILT-UP BEAM CONNECTION STEEL BEAMS DIAGONAL PERPENDICULAR RPlrl/�I NI/� PER � = EXISTING JOIST TO EXIST BAR JOISTS OR ISSUED 02/14/2020 BRERID ING I ER STUD MANUF EXIST BAR PARTIAL PLAN VIEW STEEL BEAMS L 24C a REQUIREMENTS JOISTS @ 6'-8" 4C VIEW 2C L 2 O.G. MAX CODED NOTES DIAGONALS PARALLEL TO P JIj ID Oi EXISTING JOIST OR BEAM EXIST BAR JOISTS OR STEEL OVERT STUD // CONTINUOUS I 1 WALL PARALLEL AD 2O DBL 6" DP, 16 GA BEAM WITH 3 BEAMS ALTERNATE DIAGONAL BRACING EXIST BAR JOISTS @ TO EXIST J01S75 2D 2E 5/8", 18 GA TRACK TOP #12 SCREWS, 6'-8" O.C. MAX --i BOTTOM TYP CODED NOTES: ATTACHMENT TO EXISTING �J 2B O AT ALL VERT STUDS WITH DIAGONAL STUD Ol 611 16 GA MTL STUD WITH 611 16 GA v SEE VIEW 4B FOR — ATTACHED BELOW, ADD MIN 2"XI4 GA STRAP m CONNECTION STRUCTURE DIAGONAL VERT STUD WALL 2E r DEEP LEG TRACK. PERPENDICULAR TO EACH SIDE OF STUD AS SHOWN. N PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST EXIST JOISTS 2 B•- ® 2 X 2 X 12 GA X 6" LG FRAMING CLIP,EACN PARTIAL PLAN VIEW 2C,__ 2a 2 SIDE OF DBL JOIST W/(3)-#12 SCREWS EACH nI A r+f-%nI A I C% r)cor3E7KInIf-%I II A o -rn I I o LEG. 412 " "�i� VI/`1VVIV/'iLJ I -GI rCIVVIVVL/-�R I V 2C 2AL 2C 16 GA DEEP LEG TRACK EXIST BAR JOISTS OR STEEL SCREWS @ 6ACH 11 O.C. MAX REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE 2C 2 28 AND 2" FROM EEND BEAMS INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION O2 2 x 2 x 12 GA x 6" LG FRAMING CLIP, PARTIAL ROOF PLAN VIEW WALLS PARTIAL ROOF PLAN VIEW WALLS ONE SIDE OF DIAL, W/(3)-#12 SCREWS PERPENDICULAR TO EXIST JOIST PARALLEL TO EXIST JOIST EACH LEG. REFER TO DETAIL 5/A30Go IF JOIST OR BEArl SPACING EXCEEDS 61-011 Cn J O5 TYPICAL HAGNING STUD CONNECTION ATTACHMENT (EXISING BAR JOIST) 10 ® TYPICAL DIAGONAL BRACING ATTACHMENT TO (E) BAR JOIST OR STEEEL BEAM SCALE Q 311 1 011 I 3 2 W 1/2" 1/2" MAX fMAX -1 .; + + 2 4 + -'i + + Wall Sections: r 1. Lateral bracing to landlord structure acceptable via the "bolt -on" method only, no welding allowed. z II \� (2)-#12 SCREW AT EACH Pi- #8 SCREWS, TYP �2C-#12 SCREWS @ 12 #12 SCREWS, + FLANGE OF EACH STUD VERT. STUD lie TOP TRACK WALL 8 VERT. STUD + DIAGONAL BRACING OPTIONS Q o VERT. STUD WALL Uj WALL 20 GA. DIAGONAL BRACE OPTIONS: LL 0 STANDARD VIEW 2C VIEW 2D z LU VIEW 2B BRIDGING PER DIAGONAL LENGTH- DIAGONAL LENGTH- U STUD MANUF TYPICAL BUILT-UP BEAM UP TO 14-0" 14'-1" TO 20-0" METAL STUD X 1'-0" REQUIREMENTS EXIST. METAL CONNECT TO EXISTING TO BUILT-UP BEAM DECK 1 STRUCTURE PER SINGLE 3 5/8% DBL 3 5/6"1 20 GA. STUDS ��.�\OF COryAfF CONNECTION DETAIL 4/A306 20 GA. DIAGONAL WITH 1 5/8" WIDE FLANGES ;��, "'j SHRF chi'% W SECTION (3)-#12 SCREWS 'G� 3A N.T.S. EXIST. !F� x (2)-#12 SCREWS BEAM #8 SCREWS (2)-#12 SCREWS + 2 0 12 C/C (3)-#12 SCREWS + �9 VIEW 1 A VIEW 1 B + 2X2X12GA x 6" SPACING OF DIAGONAL BRACING *CONTACT ARCHITECT FOR LENGTHS #8 SCREWS, TYP " VERTICAL STUD @ LONG FRAMING #12 SCREWS, TYP. + 1 11 1 _ II Z ZL Zt� 3A VERTICAL WALL 2X2X12GA x 6 INTERIOR PARTITIONS - 72 O.C. MAX LONGER THAN 20 0 . A3o6 STUD LONG FRAMING 16„ O.C. CLIP + STOREFRONT FRAMING - 48" O.C. MAX LANDLORD REVIEW & CLIP VERT. STUD APPROVAL WALL VERTICAL STUD EXIST. APPROVED BEAM 2"x2`x0'-611 LG, U CONNECTION TO EXISTING * CONTINUOUS TRACK (GAUGE 12 GA FRAMING CLIP BOTTOM BEAM FLANGE VIEW 2A MATCH WALL STUD, EXCEPT USE W/(3)-#8 SCREWS EA APPROVED AS TOP TRACK SPLICE EXIST. BEAMS VIEWS IA 1B 20 GAUGE MIN TRACK) LEG NOTED (CENTERED BETWEEN VERT STUDS) VERT STUD WALL PARALLEL TO BEAMS I CONTINUOUS TRACK LL INITIALS: CENTER DIAGONAL NOTE: FOR DOUBLE STUD (GAUGE TO MATCH CODED NOTES CONNECT TRACK TO VERT STUDS OVER VERTICAL STUD WALL STUD/ EXCEPT DATE: W/(I)-#8 SCREW IN EACH FLANGE USE 20 GAUGE MIN 2C 2D DIAGONALS, SECOND STUD OF EACH STUD, EXCEPT INSTALL TRACK) I SHALL END AS CLOSE AS (2)-#8 SCREWS IN EACH FLANGE AT EXIST BEAMS '; C. O DBL 6 DP, 16 GA BEAM WITH 3 POSSIBLE TO END CONNECTION, VERT STUDS WITH DIAGONALS AT DIAGONAL, 5/8 , 18 GA TRACK TOP #12 SCREWS, TOP BOTTOM. ATTACH TRACK TO BOTTOM TYP STUD VERTICAL WALL VERT STUD WALL 1 2U O AT ALL VERT STUDS WITH DIAGONAL STUD (4)-#8 SCREWS w/(2)-#8 SCREWS WALLS WHERE DIAGONAL IS ATTACHED TO STUD METAL STUD x I -0 PERPENDICULAR TO , EACH SIDE. TOP OF WALL � �� EXIST JOISTS ATTACHED BELOW ADD MIN 2 Xi4 GA STRAP GAUGE TO MATCH GAUGE OF TRACK EACH SIDE OF STUD AS SHOWN. ©2020 THEARCHITECT/ ENGINEER ASSUMES NO ( ) 2B WALL OR STOREFRONT STUD. 1 RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF 2 X 2 X 12 GA X 6" LG FRAMING CLIP, EACH THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN 28 �' SIDE OF DBL JOIST W/(3)-#12 SCREWS EACH SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED j LATION IN LEG. STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITIO Y SHOWN ON T EE 4-SEAL. �2A AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. ® 16 GA DEEP LEG TRACK SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN SAI# 191127 PARTIAL ROOF PLAN VIEW WALLS PARTIAL ROOF PLAN VIEW WALLS DRAWING NUMBER: PERPENDICULAR TO EXIST BEAMS PARALLEL TO EXIST BEAMS O SCALE O TYPICAL HAGNING STUD CONNECTION ATTACHMENT EXISING STEEL BEAM SCALE O TYPICAL DIAGONAL BRACING - SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY B SCALE A306 TOP TRACK SPLIC E N.T.S. ( ) 111=1'-0'I 1 II=1'-011 nmr OWNER: 1. WALL BASE IS DELIVERED IN 10' LENGTHS W/ PRIMER COAT. CUT TO PROPER LENGTHS W/ MITER JOINTS (EXCEPT AT INSIDE CORNERS). PAINT FINISH: P-2 IN -WALL 1/2" OR 5/8" FRT PLYWOOD BLOCKING. REFER AREA OF 1/2 2 �i// TO DETAIL 10/A302 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK FRT PLYWOOD / QUINCY, MA 02169 BLOCKING INSTALL BETWEEN STUDS. SEE DETAIL 10/A302 WC-2 3. IN WALL 2X6 FRT BLOCKING ARCHITECT ENGINEER: POSTER WITH WALNUT FRAME U U i Q Q O O OPEN TO � (\\�J�®■ FIT. RM. ui - VESTIBULE ' CID G2 c� E I m L0 o TYP. z � r U o Ln r [— C5 d' 13 NOT USED SCALE 12 NOT USED SCALE SCALE 11 ELEVATION 1 Q ELEVATION SCALE SCALE � 114 -1-0 O 114"=1'-0" O 114"=1'-0" O 114"=1'-0" % E L E VAT I O N 114"=1'-0" GENERAL NOTES Q Z)o fA �ULo It Ln o -t co - - C/) r� AREA OF 1/9" AREA OF 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD FRT WG-2 BLOCKING INSTALL WG-2 WG-2 WC-2 WG-2 WG-2 BLOCKING INSTALL N TALL WC-2 � BETWEEN STUDS. WALNUT BETWEEN STUDS. WALNUT SEE DETAIL 10/A302 CASED SEE DETAIL 10/A302 CASED OPENING OPENING STORE NO: 3165 GB2 BEYOND // /H ow 'o c>- 0 1104 1p V1M5 4 j/�/� _ j//., 77 / , P \ I s CLOSET�IITHIN OF %'Lz J/2z /�//Z—/ I ' V \ \ \ \ OP OF OP OP OP FI FI FI FI FI C E TO T \ \ \ PROJECT LOCATION: 7��,77� ``, ;` : THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY ///// - SUITE #307 OPEN TO S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 SALES i •. ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 WB-1 WB-1 DR-4 WB-1 DR-4 WB-1 DR-4 DR-4 DR-4 DR-4 DR-4 WB-1 WB-1 TYP. TYP. DRAPERY TYP. DRAPERY TYP. DRAPERY DRAPERY DRAPERY DRAPERY DRAPERY TYP. TYP. DOOR AND FRAME PAINT t'. ® ELEVATION SCALE JU07 ELEVATION SCALE CAL 114"=1'-0" 114"=1'-0" © ELEVATION L "=l 14o CAL ® ELEVATION 14o11 i REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION LINE OF WALL PANEL SYSTE"I AREA OF FULL WALL 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD BLOCKING PT-3 C� 8 -0 A.F.F. WALL SALE AREA STANDARDS PT-3 PT-8 PT-7 PT-8 PT-3 PT-3 PT-8 PT-3 WALNUT PT-8 PT-8 5'-0" HIGH. THIS AREA ONLY LINE OF WALL PT-8 LINE OF WALL LINE OF WALL EQ Fa,-0" EQ PANEL SYSTEM PANEL SYSTEM CASED @ 8 -0 A.F.F. CABINET @ g -0 A.F.F. OPENING @Ag'EO" A.F.F. �- 7�� ' S,I .E ' ,I ENAB� /' N , I S41 I I S2 I I S41 I i \ / , , , ,� ,LL\\ W4 W2 W4 \\ W4 W2 W4 W2 W4 W4 7 W2 I I I I I I I I '','', /''/'','� 'r-ri rri �t r r'' \ I I I I I I I I \ I I I I I I I I OPEN TO I I I I I I Tl I I I I o I I I I I I I I I I FITTING �- I I I I I I ROOM I I I I I I I I I I W BOTTOM OF BOR38 W WB-1 GRAPHIC FRAME WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 �NE3-1 NB-1 SHOWN ONANGL O it co m W W SCALE SCALE v ® ELEVATION ELEVATION II_ 1 II 11_ I II Z = 114 -1-0 114 -1-0 _ v �. SHFp��s OrG c/) z 1111110 Orf PT-3 PT-3 PT-3 Zht j� p WALL WALL WALL f PT-8 PT-8 PT-8 PT-3 PT-3 LINE OF WALL PT-8 PT-3 PT-8 PT-3 LINE OF WALL PT-8 PT-3 LANDLORD REVIEW & PANEL SYSTEM CABINET CABINET PANEL SYSTEM CABINET APPROVAL @ 8'-0" A.F.F. @ 6'-0" A.F.F. 71 APPROVED W4 W2 W4 // W4 W2 W4 i W4 W2 W4 % W4 W2 W4 w /I I / v c� u~i � i i v. L o� I I I I I I I ; I I I I I I I I ; I I I I I I I I I I I I I I _ o `�' ' APPROVED AS NOTED ILL INITIALS: DATE: 02020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN BOL38 BOL38 BOL38 M1 SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED 1 1 1 AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 WB-1 SEAL THIS OBUILDING USE SON YAPPVINCE OR TERRITORY LCABLEON IIN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER. ELEVATION SCALE ELEVATION SCALE A400 114"=1'-0" 114"=1'-0" o� DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT: 1. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, STANDARD FORM A-201, CURRENT EDITION, OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS ARE HEREBY MADE PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION THE_ SAME AS IF ROUND IIFREIN, 2. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, INCLUDING MODIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS HEREIN SHALL BECOME A PART OF THE CONTRACT AND SHALL APPLY TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. 3. THE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS t GENERAL CONDITIONS ARE HEREBY MADE A PART OF AND SHALL APPLY TO THE WORK OF EVERY SECTION OR SUB -SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. B. SCOPE: 1. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL TENANT SPACE 2. INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FINISHES, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND FIRE PROTECTION. 3. WORK OF THE CONTRACT INCLUDES FURNISHING OF ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, APPLIANCES, TRANSPORTATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED FOR SATISFACTORY CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. 4. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT AFFECT ALL ALTERATIONS ADJUSTMENTS, ETC. TO DELIVER A COMPLET J HA ED PRO ECT T CON O M H T F R S TO T E CONTRACT DRAWIN S G SPECIFICATIONS AND CODE COMPLIANCE. 5. VERIFY SETBACKS, AND/OR EASEMENTS, EXISTING UTILITIES, AND ANY UNDERGROUND OR SURFACE STRUCTURE OR CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING THE WORK. C. SCHEDULING AND COORDINATION: 1. OBTAIN A COPY OF THE TENANT CONTRACTOR GUIDELINES HANDBOOK AND COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS NO IN A TE P R ICU A H IN T L R T E SURANC QUI M N S E RE RE E T UTILITY LOCATIONS, CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES, TEMPORARY BARRICADE WALLS, CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL STORAGE, HAUL OFF AND PERMIT INFORMATION. 2. COORDINATE WORK WITH WORK OF OTHER TRADES, THE LANDLORD'S FORCES, OTHER TENANT CONTRACTORS, AND TENANT STORE OPERATIONS IN ORDER TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND EXPEDITE THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. 3. FURNISH LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL ITEMS FURNISHED BY OTHERS. 4. COORDINATE ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND WITH PROJECT DESIGN INTENT - CLARIFY INTENT WITH TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. ALL LIFE SAFETY DEVICE LOCATIONS ARE TO BE REVIEWED WITH TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR DESIGN INTENT, BUT FINAL LOCATIONS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH INSPECTOR OR OTHER AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 5. REPORT ALL CONFLICTS IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS TO TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY. 6. VISIT THE SITE AND VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. BRING ANY DEVIATIONS TO THE ATTENTION OF THE TENANT'S PROJECT MANAGER. 7. ANY WORK REQUIRED TO BE COMPLETED DURING NON -BUSINESS HOURS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. 8. COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE ALL NON -BUSINESS HOUR WORK WITH LOCAL JURISDICTION AND/OR BUILDING MANAGER q. REFER TO THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE TO CLARIFY RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SPECIFIED WORK. D. SUPERVISION: 1. PROVIDE A FULL TIME QUALIFIE SU I D DERV SOR ON THE JOB SITE. 2. PROVIDE A JOB SITE TELEPHONE AND FAX MACHINE DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. NOTIFY TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY OF CONTACT NUMBERS. 3. SUPERVISOR SHALL HAVE WIRELESS LAPTOP WITH INTERNET CONNECTION TO PROVIDE REAL TIME INFORMATION OF JOB CONDITIONS E. PERMITS: 1. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. F. UTILITIES: 1. PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WATER, SEWERAGE, ELECTRICAL POWER, FUEL AND TELEPHONES) AND THE COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THESE. 2. PROVIDE THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE WITH ALL UTILITY COMPANY NAMES, NUMBERS, CONTACTS AND ACCOUNT NUMBERS (OWNER WILL TRANSFER ACCOUNTS TO THEIR NAME AT TURNOVER). G. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: 1. ALL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, OF ANY KIND, REQUIRED, AND WHICH INVOLVE EXPENSE, SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE. H. PROTECTION OF WORK IN PLACE: I. ALL WORK IN PLACE SHALL BE ENCLOSED WITH ADEQUATE PROTECTION. PERMANENT OPENINGS USED AS THOROUGHFARES FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF WORK AND MATERIALS TO THE STRUCTURE SHALL HAVE HEADS, JAMBS AND SILLS WELL BLOCKED AND BOARDED. 2. PROTECT ALL INEW WORK, FURINIShi IIVGS, AIVD EQUIPI"IEIV 1 AT ALL I I1-1ES. AIV 1 DAI"LACE THAT OCCURS AS A RESULT OF CONSTRUCTION I5 TO BE REPAIRED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. 3. ERECT A TEMPORARY BARRICADE AT THE STOREFRONT ONLY IF REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION AND/OR BUILDING OWNER. I. GUARANTEE: I. A WRITTEN GUARANTEE SHALL BE PROVIDED ON ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF NO LESS THAN ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. 2. THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE AND DATE OF ACCEPTANCE IS REQUIRED IN ORDER TO ACTIVATE THIS GUARANTEE. THIS GUARANTEE SHALL COVER ALL OF THE GENERAL AND SUBCONTRACTOR'S WORK. 3. ALL DEFECTS DISCOVERED DURING THIS GUARANTEE PERIOD SHALL BE REPAIRED TO THE OWNER/TENANT'S SATISFACTION AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE AT NO COST TO THE OWNER/TENANT. 4. FURNISH THE FOLLOWING UPON COMPLETION OF WORK: a. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. b. GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT THAT THE PROJECT WAS BUILT PER THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. c. GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RELEASE OF WAIVER OF LIEN. d. AN EXECUTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED RELEASE OF MECHANIC'S LIENS WITH RESPECT TO DEMISED PREMISES EXECUTED BY THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND EVERY SUB CONTRACTOR AND SUPPLIER OF LABOR AND MATERIALS ENGAGED IN TENANT'S WORK. e. ELECTRICAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE f. UNDERWRITER'S APPROVAL CERTIFICATE FOR THE ELECTRICAL WORK. q. HVAC WARRANTY. h. OPERATION MANUALS FOR ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQU I PM ENT. J. PAYMENT AND WAIVER OF LIENS: 1. PAYMENTS MADE FOR THIS PROJECT ARE TO BE ALLOCATED FOR THIS PROJECT AND ONLY FOR PAYMENTS TO SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS, AND AGENTS AUTHORIZED BY SPECIFIC CONTRACTORS TO PERFORM WORK OR SUPPLY MATERIALS TO THIS PROJECT. 2. SUBMIT PARTIAL WAIVERS OF LIEN FOR WORK INCLUDING SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS. 3. THE FINAL 10% RETENTION ON THIS PROJECT MUST INCLUDE SIGNED AND EXECUTED WAIVERS OF LIEN INDICATING 100% COMPLETION AND 100% PAYMENT IN FULL BY ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS. 4. PROVIDE A "SWORN STATEMENT" LISTING ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND CONTRACT VALUE. 5. PROVIDE A LIST OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS, INCLUDING ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. 6. REFER TO THE CONTRACT FOR PAYMENT TERMS. K. TRASH REMOVAL: 1. PROVIDE FOR REMOVAL OF ALL TRASH, RUBBISH AND SURPLUS MATERIALS RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT. L. CLEAN UP AT TURNOVER: 1. REMOVE ALL PROTECTIVE COVERINGS AND ALL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AS DIRECTED BY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. HVAC FILTERS TO BE CHANGED FOLLOWING FINAL CLEANING. 3. THE PROJECT IS TO BE CLEAN AND READY FOR OCCUPANCY M. THE TERM "OR EQUAL": 1. WHEREVER THE TERM "OR EQUAL" IS USED, IT SHALL MEAN EQUAL PRODUCT AS APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, NO EXCEPTIONS. N. QUALITY OF WORK: 1 A WO SHA L BE PERFORMED IN A SAFE AND WORKMANLI E MANNER IN LL RK L K ACCORDANCE WITH ACCEPTED CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND O.S.H.A. REQUIREMENTS. 2. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS UNLESS A VARIANCE IS APPROVED BY THE OWNER/TENANT AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 3. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS UNDER THE CONTRACT ARE TO BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS. 0. CODE COMPLIANCE: 1. VERIFY ALL WORK IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS OF ALL CONSTITUTED PUBLIC AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO LOCAL BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS, FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS, UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS, O.S.H.A., AND THE BEST TRADE PRACTICES. P. DIMENSIONS: 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL DIMENSIONS ARE MEASURED FROM FINISHED FACE TO FINISHED FACE OF MATERIALS, OR LEASE LINE. 2. VERIFY ALL PROPOSED DIMENSIONS WITH FIELD CONDITIONS. ADVISE THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL JOB CONDITIONS BEFORE BEGINNING THE WORK. FAILURE TO DO 50 SHALL PLACE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY ERRORS UPON THE CONTRACTOR. 3. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN SHALL BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE. 4.ALL ANGLES SHALL BE q0 OR 45 DEGREES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 5. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE. DO NOT SCALE. Q. SHOP DRAWINGS 4 SUBMITTALS: 1. SUBMIT THE NUMBER OF OPAQUE REPRODUCTIONS WHICH CONTRACTOR REQUIRES, PLUS TWO COPIES, TO THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL. 2.SUBMITTALS MUST BE SCHEDULED SO AS NOT TO IMPEDE THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK. 3. MARK EACH COPY TO IDENTIFY APPLICABLE PRODUCTS, MODELS, OPTIONS, AND OTHER DATA, SUPPLEMENT MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DATA TO PROVIDE INFORMATION SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT. 4ANDICATE SPECIAL UTILITY AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, UTILITY CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS, AND LOCATION OF UTILITY OUTLETS FOR SERVICE FOR FUNCTIONAL EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES. 5.IDENTIFY VARIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PRODUCT OR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS. 6. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS FOR ITEMS INDICATED HEREIN, PER THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, OR UPON REQUEST BY THE OWNER. 7. DIRECT ALL SUBMITTALS TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. R. SAMPLES: 1. SUBMIT THREE COPIES OF EACH SAMPLE TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. 2.INCLUDE IDENTIFICATION ON EACH SAMPLE WITH FULL PROJECT INFORMATION. 3. PROVIDE SAMPLES FOR ITEMS INDICATED HEREIN, PER THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, OR UPON REQUEST BY THE OWNER. S. INSURANCE: 1. SECURE, PAY FOR AND MAINTAIN, DURING CONSTRUCTION OF LEASED PREMISES, ALL OF THE INSURANCE POLICIES REQUIRED AND IN AMOUNTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN. WORK SHALL NOT COMMENCE UNTIL ALL REQUIRED INSURANCE HAS BEEN OBTAINED AND CERTIFICATES OF SUCH INSURANCE HAVE BEEN DELIVERED TO THE OWNER * BUILDING OWNER 2. BUILDING OWNER MUST BE NAMED AS "ADDITIONAL INSURED". CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE SHALL COVER WORK PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR, EACH SUBCONTRACTOR AND ALL MAJOR SUPPLIERS. 3. THE MINIMUM COVERAGE AND LIMITS OF LIABILITY ARE AS FOLLOWS: a. WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE INCLUDING PAYMENT TO THE EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, COMPENSATION PROVIDED BY THE WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED, WITH LIMITS OF NOT LESS THAN $2, 000, 000, b. CONTRACTOR'S PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE, HAVING LIMITS OF NOT LESS THAN $ , vvv, vvv. c. CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE, HAVING LIMITS OF NOT LE55 THAN $2, 000, 000. d. GENERAL THIRD PARTY PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE, HAVING LIMITS OF NOT LESS THAN $2, 000, 000. T. INDEMNIFICATION: 1. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER, AND ARCHITECT AND THEIR AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ATTORNEY'S FEES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS OR EXPENSE IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH, OR TO INJURY OR TO DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY (OTHER THAN THE WORK ITSELF) INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM. U. USE OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS $ COM U -AI P TER DED CONTRACT DESIGN DOCUMENTS: 1. DRAWINGS ARE TO BE USED SOLELY FOR THE PROJECT INDICATED. 2. ARCHITECT WILL RETAIN OWNERSHIP OF THE DOCUMENTS AND MAY ALLOW A SEPARATE LICENSEE AGREEMENT. 3.IN THE EVENT THAT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR ANY SUBCONTRACTORS REQUEST COMPUTER AIDED BACKGROUND DRAWINGS COPIES OF THESE DRAWINGS MAY BE PROVIDED SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWIN CONDI I N : G TO S a. A SEPARATE AGREEMENT TITLED AIA C106-2007 MUST BE SIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR BEFORE THE TRANSFER OF THE FILES. V. MISSING/DAMAGED FREIGHT (OWNER/TENANT FURNISHED MATERIALS): 1. OPEN BOXES/CARTONS WITH OBVIOUS DAMAGE 2.INSPECT FREIGHT BEFORE SIGNING THE FREIGHT BILL, NOTE SPECIFICALLY THE ITEMS) MISSING/DAMAGED. 3. AFTER THE PROBLEM IS NOTED ON THE FREIGHT BILL, HAVE CARRIER'S DRIVER ALSO SIGN IN ORDER TO VERIFY THAT BOTH PARTIES AGREE TO THE EXTENT OF THE DAMAGE. 4. WHEN DAMAGE I5 DISCOVERED UPON UNPACKING THE FREIGHT, INSPECT ALL PACKING FOR SIGNS OF DAMAGE OR ABUSE. THE FREIGHT BILL IS TO BE NOTED WITH THE SPECIFIED DAMAGE. 5. CONTACT THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WITHIN 48 HOURS OF TAKING RECEIPT OF MATERIALS TO INFORM THEM OF ANY LOSS. FAX ALL REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION TO CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 6.IF CONTRACTOR FAILS TO FOLLOW THIS PROCEDURE, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS RELATED TO THE REPLACEMENT OF MISSING/ DAMAGED OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS. W. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETE REQUIREMENTS. 1. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS AS PART OF THE TURNOVER TO CLIENT PROCESS, AND SHALL INCLUDE THE COSTS IN THEIR BID: a. UNWRAP ALL SALES AREA HARDWARE AND PLACE IN APPROPRIATE HARDWARE BINS b. ASSEMBLE ALL FLOOR FIXTURES AND OFFICE EQUIPMENT c. PROFESSIONALLY CLEAN STORE PRIOR TO TURNOVER DATE TO STORE STAFF. ARRANGE A SECOND TOUCH UP CLEANING WITH STORE MANAGEMENT, TYPICALLY WILL OCCUR THE DAY PRIOR TO OPENING. d. PROVIDE AN EMPTY 40 YARD DUMPSTER FOR THE STORES USE IN STOCKING e. ARRANGE FOR A LOCKSMITH TO CHANGE OUT SEVEN PIN CORES IN FRONT AND BACK DOORS, AND MAKE 5 KEYS (PLUS I CONTROL KEY) TO BE GIVEN DIRECTLY TO STORE MANAGER. VERIFY THAT THE KEYS WORK. THIS SHOULD HAPPEN THE DAY OF TURNOVER BY NOON. f. ALL HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING TO BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO STORE TURNOVER g. ACCEPT OFFICE SUPPLY SHIPMENT, TYPICALLY ON THURSDAYS, ASSEMBLE APPLIANCES, OFFICE FURNITURE, INSTALL BULLETIN BOARDS, EMPLOYMENT POSTINGS BOARD h. VERIFY THAT STORE SECURITY IS UP AND FUNCTIONING PRIOR TO TURNOVER, COORDINATE WITH J. JILL SECURITY VENDOR i. VERIFY THAT BACK DOOR DETEX ALARM FUNCTIONS PROPERLY, PRIOR TO TURNOVER, GC SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED j. VERIFY THAT ALL LIGHT FIXTURES ARE OPERATING k. PLACE I GALLON, IN NEW CAN, LABELED, OF EACH COLOR AND TYPE PAINT ON DECK ABOVE BATHROOM I. PLACE I BOX OF HARDWOOD FLOORING ON DECK ABOVE BATHROOM m. PLACE ROLLED EXCESS CARPET ON DECK ABOVE BATHROOM n. DO NOT ASK FOR PUNCHLIST SIGNOFF UNTIL ALL ITEMS ARE COMPLETE o. G.C.'S SUPER TO BE ON SITE WHEN STORE STAFF ARE ON SITE, AND MUST STAY THROUGH OPENING p. G.C. WORK TO BE COMPLETE BY NOON ON DAY OF TURNOVER. IF WORK IS REQUIRED AFTER THIS TIME, G.C. TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REQUIRED SECURITY AND CLEANUP. q, G.C. TO COORDINATE ALL TIMECLOCK SETTING WITH STORE OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS. r. UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST RUN A NEW BLUEPRINT SET FOR THE COMPLETED STORE DRAWINGS (ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL) AND PLACE BLUEPRINTS INTO THE TUBE HOLDER. REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN FOR LOCATION. DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. DEMOLITION: 1. VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION AND VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS (I.E., OVERALL DIMENSIONS, CONDITION OF CONCRETE SLAB, LOCATION OF SERVICES, STRUCTURE, CLEARANCES, ETC.) AGAINST THE PROPOSED WORK. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES, OMISSIONS OR OBSTRUCTIONS THAT WILL AFFECT THE LAYOUT OR DESIGN IMMEDIATELY TO THE TENANT REPRESENTATIVE. 2. ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED. 3. UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION, ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE VERIFIED AGAIN FOR VARIANCES AGAINST THE PROPOSED WORK. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY TO THE TENANT REPRESENTATIVE. 4. THIS PORTION OF THE WORK INCLUDES ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR AND REASONABLY INCIDENTAL TO COMPLETE ALL DISMANTLING, DEMOLITION, AND SALVAGE AS SHOWN AND NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. 5.PROTECT ALL AREAS NOT INCLUDED IN THE WORK. ANY DAMAGE THAT OCCURS AS A RESULT OF THE WORK SHALL BE REPAIRED TO A LIKE NEW CONDITION AT G.C. EXPENSE. 6. NO ALTERATION'S TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ARE ALLOWED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. 7. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND MEP DRAWINGS FOR SCOPE OF NEW WORK 8. MAINTAIN AND/OR REPAIR ALL FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES AND SEPARATIONS (PARTITION, FLOOR, CEILING, OR BETWEEN ADJACENT SPACES ETC.) REQUIRED BY CODE OR REGULATION. g. NOTIFY THE TENANT REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY UNFORESEEN HAZARD OF ANY KIND BEFORE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE. THE REMOVAL AND/OR HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (E.G. - A.C.M.) IS NOT PART OF THIS WORK. IF ANY DISTURBANCE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL IS ANTICIPATED BY THIS WORK, AUTHORITIES MUST BE NOTIFIED AND PRESCRIBED PROCEDURES MUST BE FOLLOWED. 10. DISCONNECTION OF SERVICES: a. EXISTING SERVICES THAT WILL BE DISRUPTED BY CONSTRUCTION WORK SHALL BE RE-ROUTED AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONTINUATION OF SERVICE. b. DISCONNECTED SERVICES SHALL BE PLUGGED AND SEALED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. c. ANY DISCONNECTED SERVICES INTERFERING WITH THE NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REMOVED ONLY TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. d. SPRINKLER SHUT DOWN SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO EXECUTION OF WORK. 11. ABANDONED ELECTRICAL WIRING: a. CONDUITS AND OTHER UTILITIES ENCOUNTERED IN THE PROGRESS OF THE DEMOLITION THAT ARE TO BE ABANDONED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND THE ENDS PLUGGED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. ANY ABANDONED UTILITIES INTERFERING WITH WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE REMOVED ONLY TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. 12. SALVAGED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: a. REFER TO THE PLANS FOR ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED. CONSULT WITH THE TENANT REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO THE DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. b. PACKAGE, PROTECT AND STORE SALVAGED ITEMS FOR FUTURE USE. 13. DISPOSAL OF NON -SALVAGED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: a. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SCHEDULED TO BE SALVAGED, INCLUDING DEBRIS, SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE DISPOSED OF IN A LEGAL MANNER. b. LOCATION OF DISPOSAL AREA AND LENGTH OF HAUL SHALL BE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. DIVISION 03 CONCRETE A. PATCHING (WHEN REQUIRED) 1. INSTALL MINIMUM 3000 PSI CONCRETE FILLER AND PATCHING WHERE EXISTING SLAB HAS BEEN REMOVED FOR UNDER SLAB CONDUITS, PLUMBING, ETC. B. CONCRETE SLAB 1. INSTALL MINIMUM 3000 PSI CONCRETE WITH 6 X 6 - W1.4 X W1.4 W.W.F. AT MID LEVEL INSTALL 4 MIL. VAPOR BARRIER AT MID -DEPTH OF GRAVEL BED BELOW SLAB (AT SLAB ON GRADE CONDITIONS OR ADHERE TO LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS). INSTALL CONTROL JOINTS AT MAXIMUM 200 SF. C. RAMP MORTER DIVISION 04 MASONRY A. STONE ASSEMBLIES I. GENERAL: PROVIDE STONE FABRICATIONS FOR CLADDING AS INDICATED, INCLUDING ANCHORS, MORTAR, GROUT, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE, FINISHED INSTALLATION. 2. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: OBTAIN EACH STONE FROM SINGLE QUARRY SOURCE, WITH CONSISTENT COLOR RANGE AND TEXTURE THROUGHOUT WORK; DO NOT CHANGE SOURCES OR KINDS OF MATERIALS DURING COURSE OF WORK. 3. QUALITY CONTROL: OBSERVE STONE DURING FABRICATION AND ENSURE CONSISTENCY OF APPEARANCE; DO NOT USE PIECES WITH DEFECTS AND BLEMISHES BEYOND NORMAL CHARACTERISTICS ANTICIPATED FOR STONE. a. DEFECTS AND BLEMISHES: CONTRASTING SPOTS, FOREIGN ELEMENTS, IRREGULAR COLOR VARIATIONS, AND IRREGULARITIES IN TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS SHALL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTS AND BLEMISHES. 4. AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS; EACH TYPE OF STONE SHALL COME FROM A SINGLE QUARRY TO ENSURE CONSISTENT COLOR. 5. MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS: ASTM C150, TYPE 1 PORTLAND CEMENT, ASTM C207, TYPE S HYDRATED LIME, AND ASTM C144 SAND, CLEAN, FREE OF HARMFUL SUBSTANCES; USE WHITE CEMENT AT COLORED MORTAR AND GROUT, COLOR TO MATCH STONE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 6. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 7. INSTALLATION: DO NOT USE MATERIAL WITH CHIPS, CRACKS, VOIDS, DISCOLORATIONS OR OTHER DEFECTS THAT MIGHT BE VISIBLE OR CAUSE STAINING IN FINISHED WORK. a. STONE APPLICATION: INSTALL CURBS WITH SOFT STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ANCHORS, MINIMUM 1/8" DIAMETER SET WITH PORTLAND CEMENT WITH SHRINKAGE REDUCER (EXTERIOR); GROUT JOINTS. b. EXECUTE WORK WITH SKILLED MECHANICS AND EMPLOY SKILLED FITTERS AT SITE TO DO NECESSARY FIELD CUTTING AS STONE IS SET. c. TOOL JOINTS SLIGHTLY CONCAVE. DIVISION 05 METALS A. METAL FRAMING: 1. COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING: a. ALL STUD FRAMING MEMBERS, RUNNER TRACKS, BRIDGING AND NON -LOAD BEARING STUDS SHALL BE OF TYPE AND SIZE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. b. PROVIDE ALL FASTENERS, SCREWS, BOLTS, CLIPS, ANCHORS, ANGLES, BRIDGES, BRACKETS, SLEEVES, ETC. AS REQUIRED. c. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND WITH ASTM C955 4 C1007. 2. STRI1rTI IRAI STFFI AND/nR HEAVY MISrr. FRAMING'• a. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL/ HEAVY MISC. FRAMING SHALL BE OF TYPE AND SIZE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. b. INSTALL FRAMING, CONNECTION PLATES, SCREWS, BOLTS, ETC. AS SHOWN IN PLANS AND DETAILS. c. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. GALVANIC INSULATION: a. II STALL GALVANIC ILLS I I— B I y"`E` II" "1S 1ViILAR METALS. 4. WELDING: a. PERFORM ALL WELDING IN CONFORMANCE WITH AWS STANDARDS. I. PROTECTIVE CORNER GUARDS 1. INSTALL METAL CORNER GUARDS (2"X211X721') AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS OR AS SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS. SPACKLE AND SAND SMOOTH. a. USG BEADEX BRAND PAPER -FACED METAL CORNER BEAD (OUTSIDE CORNER JI646) b. USG BEADEX BRAND PAPER -FACED METAL CORNER BEAD (INSIDE CORNER J1356) J. REVEALS 1. INSTALL METAL REVEALS; SIZE AND LENGTH AS INDICATED ON PLANS. PROVIDE BLOCKING OR BACKING AS REQUIRED TO SECURE IN PLACE. 2. PAINT OR FINISH PER PLANS. D. SUSPENSION SYSTEM 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL UNISTRUT SPACE FRAME GRID SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED FOR LIGHTING, CEILING ACCESSORIES OR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SUSPENSION. 2.SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE WITH THREADED RODS AND NUTS AS REQUIRED OR DETAI LED. 3. CONTACT UNISTRUT CORPORATION 800-468-g510. DIVISION 06 WOOD, PLASTICS & COMPOSITES A. CARPENTRY $ BLOCKING: 1. BEFORE USING WOOD FRAMING OR BLOCKING OF ANY TYPE, CONFIRM CODE RESTRICTIONS. IF USE OF WOOD IS PERMITTED BY REQUIREMENTS, ADHERE TO THE FOLLOWING GUIDELINES: a. USE NEW LUMBER BEARING GRADE AND TRADEMARK OF ASSOCIATION UNDER WHICH IT WAS PRODUCED. b. LAYOUT, CUT, FIT AND ERECT FRAMING FOR ROUGH AND FINISHED WORK. INSTALL BLOCKING, NAILERS, FURRING AND OTHER ROUGH AND FINISHED MATERIALS AS REQUIRED. BRACE, PLUMB, AND LEVEL MEMBERS IN TRUE ALIGNMENT AND RIGIDLY SECURE IN PLACE WITH SUFFICIENT NAILS, SPIKES, SCREWS AND BOLTS AS NECESSARY. c. FURNISH AND INSTALL ROUGH AND FINISHED PLYWOOD, FURRING SUPPORTS, ETC. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ROUGH HARDWARE, ANCHORS, BOLTS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR CARPENTRY WORK. d. ALL EXISTING OR NEW WOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT AND MUST BE IDENTIFIED WITH A UL LABEL CERTIFYING THIS CLASSIFICATION. e. WORKMANSHIP AS PER THE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE'S ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS. B. MILLWORK: 1. RECEIVE AND INSTALL ALL OWNER PROVIDED FINISHED MILLWORK, CABINETS, PANELING, DOORS AND FRAMES ETC. AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR AS DIRECTED. 2. CUT, FIT, AND INSTALL ALL MILLWORK AND SET PLUM AND TRUE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASSEMBLY/INSTALLATION DRAWINGS PROVIDED. 3. BACK CUT FLAT TRIM TO PREVENT WARPING. DRILL WHERE NECESSARY TO PREVENT SPLITTING. 4. CONFIRM BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS WITH VENDORS PRIOR TO CLOSING UP ALL ASSEMBLIES. DIVISION 07 THERMAL &MOISTURE PROTECTION A. VAPOR RETARDER: I. PROVIDE AND INSTALL 10 MIL. POLYETHYLENE BELOW ALL REQUIRED PATCH AREAS AT SLAB ON GRADE CONDITIONS AND 4 MIL. POLYETHYLENE AT WALLS THAT RECEIVE BATT INSULATION WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. WEATHER BARRIERS: 2.WEATHER BARRIER MEMBRANE (DUPONT TYVEK COMMERCIALWRAP) MANUFACTURER: DUPONT; 4417 LANCASTER PIKE, CHESTNUT RUN PLAZA 725, WILMINGTON, DE 19805; 1-500-44-TYVEK (8-9535); HTTP://WWW.CONSTRUCTION.TYVEK.COM INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH WEATHER BARRIER MANUFACTURE'S INSTALLATION GUIDELINES AND RECOMMENDATIONS. SECURE USING WEATHER BARRIER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED FASTENERS, SPACE 12-18 INCHES VERTICALLY ON CENTER ALONG STUD LINE, AND 24 INCHES ON CENTER, MAXIMUM HORIZONTALLY. C. ELASTOMERIC CRACK BRIDGING: 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ELASTOMERIC CRACK BRIDGING AS MANUFACTURED BY NATIONAL APPLIED CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS, INC. 800-633-4622 OR APPROVED EQUAL. D. RATT INI._.IILATInNI• 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL MINIMUM R-13 FRICTION FIT, FULL BATT INSULATION AS MANUFACTURED BY OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLASS OR EQUAL WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. E. ACOUSTICAL INSULATION: 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ASTM C665, UNFACED, 0.32 K-VALUE, WIDTHS TO COORDINATE WITH FRAMING FOR FRICTION FILL, THICKNESS SHOWN OR IF NOT SHOWN, FILL CAVITY. F. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE: I. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A (M) 30 MIL. (MIN.) WATERPROOF MEMBRANE THAT IS COMPATIBLE W/ APPLIED APPLICABLE FLOOR FINISH INSTALLATION. 2. EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 4" UP VERTICAL SURFACES IN TOILET ROOMS OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. G. SEALANTS: 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL THE SEALANTS REQUIRED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ROOFING, WATERPROOFING, FIREPROOFING, FIRESTOPPING, DOOR FRAMES, $ CARPENTRY, ETC. 2. COLOR TO APPROXIMATE ADJACENT SURFACES, UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. H. FIRESTOPPING: 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL UL TESTED FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES AS ARE APPLICABLE FOR EACH CONDITION ENCOUNTERED. IN THE ABSENCE OF TESTED ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FIRESTOPPING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S STAFF ENGINEERS AND AS APPROVED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. PROVIDE FIRE5TOPPING MATERIALS OF THE THICKNESS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RATINGS OF THE ASSEMBLIES INTO WHICH THE MATERIALS ARE INSTALLED. 3. STRICTLY MATCH UL TESTED ASSEMBLIES. 4.INSTALL FIRESTOPPING WITHOUT GAPS AND VOIDS OF ANY KIND. 5.INSPECT FIRESTOPPING WORK AND REPAIR OR REPLACE WORK WHICH HAS BEEN DAMAGED, DISTURBED, OR REMOVED BEFORE FIRESTOPPING IS CONCEALED OR ENCLOSED. 6.PROVIDE ANCHORAGE ACCESSORIES AND OTHER COMPONENTS AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE COMPLETE, EFFECTIVE FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS COMPLYING WITH UL TESTED ASSEMBLIES. I. FIRE CAULKING: 1. ALL SLEEVES, OPENINGS, ETC. THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "31"I" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL BY HILTI AFTER INSTALLATION SO AS TO RETAIN THE FIRE RATING. J. FIREPROOFING: 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL UL TESTED FIREPROOFING ASSEMBLIES AS ARE APPLICABLE FOR EACH CONDITION ENCOUNTERED AND AS APPROVED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. PROVIDE FIREPROOFING MATERIALS OF THE THICKNESS AND DENSITY REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE THE REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS. 3. STRICTLY MATCH UL TESTED ASSEMBLIES. 4.INSPECT EXISTING FIREPROOFING WORK AND REPAIR OR REPLACE WORK WHICH HAS BEEN DAMAGED, DISTURBED, OR REMOVED. 5.PROVIDE ANCHORAGE ACCESSORIES AND OTHER COMPONENTS AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE COMPLETE, EFFECTIVE FIREPROOFING SYSTEMS COMPLYING WITH UL TESTED ASSEMBLIES. K. EXPANSION JOINTS 1. PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINTS, AS REQUIRED FOR APPLICATION, WITH ELASTOMERIC FILLER TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH AS MANUFACTURED BY BALCO INC.. 2.INSTALL PER PLANS AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. L. PLASTER: 1. EXTERIOR A. TEXTURE 1. PROVIDE (5) COAT TEXTURE FINISH WITH STO BTS PLUS AS THE BASECOAT AND TEXSTON'S FRASCATI I/E AS THE FINISHING TEXTURE. 2. FINISH IS TO BE LEVEL, SEAMLESS AND WITHOUT PATTERN ACROSS SPECIFIED AREAS OF STOREFRONT FACADE. INSTALL IN FULL SHEETS WITHOUT ANY PIECENG OR PATCHING OF DENSGLASS. 3. THE VENEER TOPCOAT PLASTER IS A MODERN, ACRYLIC TEXTURE THAT IS FLEXIBLE, DURABLE, COLOR -FAST AND HAS HIGH TENSILE STRENGTH. B. I NSTALLAT ION 1. INSTALL OVER DENSGLASS SHEATHING THAT IS MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO PLYWOOD SHEATHING. INSTALLED DENSGLASS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS SPECS. USE CORROSION RESISTANT, WAFER HEAD SCREWS TO AFFIX DENSGLASS TO PLYWOOD SHEATHING AND PREFERABLY I1 GAUGE GALVANIZED ROOFING NAILS TO AFFIX FRY REGLETS 70 THE DENSGLASS SHEATHING. 2. SUBSTRATE TO HAVE ALREADY INSTALLED ALL SPECIFIED FRY REGLETS AND U-CHANNELS BEFORE START OF PLASTER FINISH. A. APPLY (2) COATS OF STO BTS PLUS BASECOAT WITH MESH TO DENSGLASS SHEATHING TO LEVEL OUT SURFACE. B. PRIME WITH TEXSTON TEXPREP PRIMER. C. APPLY (2) OR (3) COATS FRASCATI I/E IN SPECIFIED COLOR TO SPECIFIED AREAS. D. APPLY COAT OF WATERPROOFING IMPREGNATOR SEALER OVER ALL TEXTURE SURFACES. E. THIS SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. TEXSTON EXPRESSLY WARRANTS THE FRASCATI I/E PLASTER AGAINST FAILURE FOR A PERIOD OF (5) YEARS FROM DATE OF INSTALLATION. TEXSTON'S LIABILITY IS LIMITED TO REPLACEMENT OF PRODUCT. DIVISION 08 OPENINGS A. DOORS AND HARDWARE: I. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL DOORS, FRAMES, HARDWARE AND RELATED PARTS AND MATERIALS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. 2. HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: WELDED MINIMUM 16 GA. SIZE, SHAPE AND PARTITION TYPE PER DOOR SCHEDULE. 3. WOOD DOORS: FLUSH TYPE DOORS, EDGE BANDING AND VENEERS SHALL BE APPEARANCE GRADE READY FOR PAINT. 4. LABELED DOORS: PROVIDE U.L. LABEL DOORS AND FRAMES PER APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES, WHERE REQUIRED. 5. FABRICATE AND ERECT TRUE, PLUMB, AND SQUARE AS SPECIFIED AND DETAILED AND AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 6. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION AND HARDWARE. B. ACCESS DOORS: 1. PROVIDE FLUSH TYPE METAL DOORS MIN 16" X 2011, OR AS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURED FROM # 14 GA. STEEL, COMPLETE WITH FLUSH FLANGE TYPE FRAMES MANUFACTURED FROM # 16 GA. STEEL, WITH ANCHORS. 2.INSTALL ACCESS DOORS WHERE NECESSARY TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO CONCEALED VALVES, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING SERVICE OR INSPECTION AND AS APPROVED BY THE TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. 3. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN THE SPECIFIED WALL AND CEILING MATERIALS. 4. ACCESS DOORS LOCATED IN FIRE -RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILING -FLOOR OR CEILING -ROOF ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE UL FIRE RATED LISTED AND LABELED. 5. FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. 6. PROVIDE KEYED LOCK AT ALL PANELS IN COMMON AREAS. C. STOREFRONT: 1. FURNISH ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS, LABOR AND EQUIPMENT FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF FRAMING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. 2. ALL GLASS FRAMING SHALL BE SET IN CORRECT LOCATIONS AS SHOWN IN THE DETAILS AND SHALL BE LEVEL, SQUARE, PLUMB, AND IN ALIGNMENT WITH OTHER WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. 3. PROTECT STORE FRONT FROM DAMAGE BEFORE, DURING, AND AFTER INSTALLATION. D. EXTERIOR STOREFRONT 1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL I" THICK INSULATED TEMPERED GLASS (OR AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS). POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES. 2.OPENINGS AND SUBSTRATES MUST BE PROPERLY PREPARED TO RECEIVE GLASS. 3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL GLAZING CLIPS OR BUTTONS, AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. 4. REFER TO DETAILS FOR GLAZING BASE AND HEAD CHANNELS. DIVISION 09 FINISHES A. GYPSUM DRYWALL: I. INSTALL ALL GYPSUM DRYWALL SYSTEMS COMPLETE WITH PARTITION FRAMING, CEILING SUSPEN�,ION SY�,TEMS AND RELATED ACCESSORIES PORTS MATERIALS FTC AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. 2. GYPSUM DRYWALL: U.S. GYPSUM 5/5" THICK FIRE CODE SHEETROCK (TYPE "X") PANELS OF STANDARD QUALITY OR EQUAL OR AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS. 3. EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS: PROVIDE A GLASS MAT GYPSUM SUBSTRATE FOR USE AS SHEATHING. 4. WET LOCATIONS: PROVIDE A WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD OR GLASS MAT WATER- RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD. 5. FASTENERS: DRYWALL SCREWS OF PROPER SIZE AND TYPE INSTALLED PER GA-216. 6. ACCESSORIES AND TRIM: U.S. GYPSUM BOARD OR GOLD BOND SYSTEM OF COMPONENTS AND PERFORATED TAPE. ALL TRIM SHALL BE METAL AND BE PERFORATED FLANGE TYPE FOR COMPOUND FINISH. I,IHERE A VAPOR RETARDER IS REQUIRED PROVIDE A FOIL BACKED GYPSUM BOARD, VAPOR RETARDER FACED MINERAL OR GLASS FIBER INSULATION BLANKETS. 7.INSTALL ALL MATERIALS PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 8. PROVIDE AT A MINIMUM A LEVEL 4 FINISH PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF THE FINAL FINISHES. REFER TO THE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION GUIDELINES FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THE DESIRED LEVEL. B. CEILING SYSTEMS: 1. REFER TO THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR SCOPE AND SPECIFIED MATERIALS. 2. FURNISH AND INSTALL CEILING SYSTEMS COMPLETE WITH SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND RELATED ACCESSORIES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. ALL LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING AND CEILING SUSPENSION COMPONENTS FOR SOFFITS, GYPSUM BOARD AND LAY -IN CEILINGS SHALL BE ANCHORED TO THE STRUCTURAL JOISTS AND BEAMS ONLY. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ANY ADDITIONAL FRAMING REQUIRED. 4. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS SHALL BE ADEQUATE TO SUPPORT LIGHTING FIXTURES, CEILING GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, AND OTHER TYPICAL CEILING ACCESSORIES. 5. PROVIDE SYSTEM COMPONENTS FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER. 6.IN5TALL CEILING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. FINISHED CEILING SHALL BE LEVEL, WITH JOINTS SNUG AND SQUARE, AND IN PERFECT CONDITION. 7. LEAVE ONE CASE OF CEILING TILES FOR LATER REPLACEMENT. 8. CEILING, WHERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS, SHALL BE I HOUR RATED AND SHALL CONSIST OF CLASS "A" SUSPENSION GRID, HARDWARE, CLIPS, ETC. NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE RATING. C. PAINTING AND FINISHING: 1. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. GENERAL: a. USE ONLY THE PAINT AND RELATED MATERIALS SPECIFIED. b. DRY ALL COATS THOROUGHLY BEFORE APPLYING SUCCEEDING COATS. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR RE -COAT TIME. c. COVER ALL SURFACES THOROUGHLY. IF THE NUMBER OF COATS SPECIFIED DOES NOT ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT, THEN APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS OF SPECIFIED MATERIAL TO GIVE SATISFACTORY COVERAGE. d. PREPARE BY CLEANING ALL SURFACES FREE OF LOOSE DIRT AND DUST. e. PREPARE ALL METAL SURFACES IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS. f. BEFORE STARTING FINISH WORK, REMOVE HARDWARE, ACCESSORIES, PLATES, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND SIMILAR ITEMS, OR PROVIDE AMPLE PROTECTION FOR SUCH ITEMS. q. MAKE FINISH WORK UNIFORM OR APPROVED FINISH, SMOOTH, FREE OF RUNS, SAGS, AND DEFECTIVE BRUSHIN AND CLO ING. MAKE ED ES OF PAINT ADJOININ G GG G G OTHER MATERIALS OR COLORS SHARP AND CLEAN WITHOUT OVERLAPPING. h. EXTRA MATERIALS TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE SITE: 1 UNOPENED GALLON OF EACH PAINT. 3. INTERIOR: a. PAINTED DRYWALL TO RECEIVE ONE COAT LATEX PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF SPECIFIED PAINT (BENJAMIN MOORE ULTRA SCUFF-X PREMIUM INTERIOR PAINT). TINT PRIMER TO APPROXIMATE SHADE OF THE FINAL COAT TO PRODUCE AN EVEN RESULT IN THE FINISH COAT. b. SEAL ALL DRYWALL SURFACES BEHIND MIRRORS AND BUILT-IN COMPONENTS. c. PUTTY ALL NAIL HOLES, COUNTER SUNK SCREWS, BOLTS, CRACKS, ETC. BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. d. SAND ALL WOOD SURFACES SMOOTH AND EVEN BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. e. PAINT ALL RADIATION COVERINGS, CONVECTORS, REGISTERS, LOUVERS, GRILLES, EXPOSED PIPING, ACCESS DOORS, VENTS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING BOARDS, ETC. UNLESS FACTORY FINISHED. D. TRANSITION STRIPS: 1. REFER TO THE DETAILS FOR REQUIRED TRANSITION STRIPS. 2.INSTALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR FLOOR MATERIALS. 3. NO TRANSITION SHALL EXCEED REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN ADA, ANSI 117.1-CURRENT ADDITION, OR ANY OTHER AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. E. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS 1/8": 1. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND FINISH SCHEDULE. 2.INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3.INSTALL USING APPROVED MASTIC ADHESIVE. 4. PANELS t ADHESIVE MUST ACCLIMATE FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 5. WALL SURFACES MUST BE FREE OF DIRT, GREASE, LOOSE PAINT 4 SCALE. 6. REMOVE ANY/ALL PREEXISTING WALL COVERINGS. BEFORE APPLYING ADHESIVE, THE WALL SURFACE SHOULD BE WIPED WITH A CLEAN WET -DAMPENED RAG TO REMOVE ANY DUST OR DEBRIS. POROUS SUBSTRATE MUST BE PAINTED OR SEALED USING LATEX PRIMER BEFORE APPLYING ADHESIVE. 7. ADHESIVE RESIDUE SHOULD BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY F. RESILIENT TILE FLOORING: 1. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND FINISH SCHEDULE FOR TYPES. 2. TYPES INCLUDE 12"X12" VINYL COMPOSITION TILE AND VINYL PLANK STRIP FLOORING AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. ALL EDGE CONDITIONS AT TRANSITIONS TO BE FLOATED UP FOR SMOOTH EVEN TRANSITION. 4.ALL SUBFLOORS TO BE MOISTURE TESTED AND RESULTS COMPARED TO MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. ANY PROBLEMS DUE TO MOISTURE TESTING TO BE REPORTED TO THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. 5. ALL SUBFLOORS MUST BE DRY AND FREE OF WAX, PAINT, OIL AND DEBRIS. 6. THE SUBFLOOR MUST BE LEVEL (FLAT) WITHIN 3/16" OVER 10' AND/OR I/8" OVER 6'. 7. CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST: MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSIONS SHOULD NOT EXCEED 3 LBS. PER 1,000 SQ. FT. 8.INTERIOR CONDITIONS FOR THE TEPERATURE SHOULD BE WITHIN A RANGE OF 60-75 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT WITH A 30%-50% RELATIVE HUMIDITY. q. FILL ALL CRACKS, JOINTS, ETC., IN SUB -FLOOR WITH CRACK FILLER APPROVED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. 10. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS WITH WEATHERPROOF TYPE ADHESIVES AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIALS AND SURFACE INVOLVED. II FN_SI1RF_ CQMPATARII ITY nF AF)WFSIVFS WITH WATFRPROOF MEMBRANES. WHERE APPLICABLE. _ _ _. _ _ _ 12. EXTRA MATERIALS TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE SITE: FURNISH NOT LESS THAN I BOX FOR EACH 50 BOXES OR FRACTION THEREOF, OF EACH TYPE, COLOR, PATTERN, AND SIZE INSTALLED. G. RESILIENT WALL BASE: I. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND FINISH SCHEDULE. ') FUAMINF SIIR�TRATFS ARFA_S AND rnwT)ITIONS INra IJr)lNG TWOSF FCJR MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT -PRIOR TOE INSTALLATION. 3. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 4. FORM CORNERS FROM STRAIGHT PIECES OF MAXIMUM LENGTHS POSSIBLE WITHOUT WITHERING AT BENDS. 5. EXTRA MATERIALS TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE SITE: FURNISH NOT LESS THAN 10 LINEAR FEET FOR EACH 500 LINEAR FEET OR FRACTION THEREOF, OF EACH TYPE, COLOR, PATTERN, AND SIZE INSTALLED. H. FLOOR TILE: 1. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND FINISH SCHEDULE. 2.INSTALL USING RECOMMENDED METHODS OF THE TILE CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION OF HI M H AMERICA AND THE TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA INC. USING THE T N SET ET OD. 3. ALL EDGE CONDITIONS AT TRANSITIONS TO BE FLOATED UP FOR SMOOTH EVEN TRANSITION. 4.ALL SUBFLOORS TO BE MOISTURE TESTED AND RESULTS COMPARED TO MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. ANY PROBLEMS DUE TO MOISTURE TESTING TO BE REPORTED TO THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. 5. PROVIDE SUFFICIENT HEAT AND VENTILATION IN AREAS WHERE TILE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED TO ALLOW TILE TO SET PROPERLY. 6. FLOOR TILE TO BE INSTALLED WITH TEC FULL FLEX UNIVERSAL LATEX MODIFIED THIN SET MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI 118.4. DO NOT USE LATEX ADDITIVES. CONTACT TEC SPECIALTY PRODUCTS, INC. AN H.B. FULLER COMPANY, 315 SOUTH HICKS ROAD, PALATINE IL 60067 @ 800-TEC-g023 FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE. 7. CAREFULLY CLEAN ALL WORK (ALL GROUT FILM MUST BE REMOVED) AND REPLACE OR REPAIR ANY DAMAGED WORK AND LEAVE IN PERFECT CONDITION. USE NO ACID AGENT OR DEVICE THAT WILL MAR SURFACE. 8. EXTRA MATERIALS TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE SITE: FURNISH NOT LESS THAN I BOX FOR EACH 50 BOXES OR FRACTION THEREOF, OF EACH TYPE, COLOR, PATTERN, AND SIZE INSTALLED. I. WALL COVERING: 1. REFER TO THE FINISH SCHEDULE AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. 2. VERIFY QUANTITY TAKE -OFFS. 3. UNROLL AND CHECK WALL COVERING FOR DEFECTS IMMEDIATELY UPON DELIVERY. DO NOT HANG DEFECTIVE PRODUCT. 4.INSTALL ALL MATERIALS BY SKILLED WORKMEN IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 5. SEAL DRYWALL BEFORE APPLICATION OF WALL COVERING WITH LATEX PRIMER. 6. WALLCOVERING ADHESIVES TO BE PREMIXED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE WALL COVERING MANUFACTURER FOR THE SPECIFIC SURFACES. 7. LEAVE FINISHED INSTALLATION FREE OF BLISTERS, WRINKLES OR OTHER DEFECTS. ALL SEAMS SHALL BE TIGHTLY CLOSED. MATCH ADJACENT STRIPS AS REQUIRED, CONSISTENT WITH PATTERN SELECTED. S.IF CLEANING IS REQUIRED, USE ONLY MATERIALS AND METHODS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF WALL COVERING USED. J. CARPET: I. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. ALL EDGE CONDITIONS AT TRANSITIONS TO BE FLOATED UP FOR SMOOTH EVEN TRANSITION. 3.ALL SUBFLOORS TO BE MOISTURE TESTED AND RESULTS COMPARED TO MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. ANY PROBLEMS DUE TO MOISTURE TESTING TO BE REPORTED TO TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY. 4. CARPET AND ADHESIVE SHOULD BE CONDITIONED ON SITE AT A TEMPERATURE OF NO LESS THAN 60 DEGREES. ALL SUBFLOORS MUST BE SMOOTH AND LEVEL, FREE OF DIRT, WAX AND OLD ADHESIVES. NEW CONCRETE MUST BE CURED AND CHECKED FOR MOISTURE AND ALKALINITY. 5. PROVIDE PREMIUM MULTI PURPOSE 1000 ADHESIVE TO ASSURE FULL WARRANTY PROTECTION IN ALL DIRECT GLUE APPLICATIONS. USE A MINIMUM OF 1/8 X 1/8 X 1/8 INCH V NOTCHED TROWEL FOR APPLICATION. ONE GALLON WILL HANDLE 10-15 YARDS OF CARPET. A DRYING TIME OF 30-40 MINUTES IS CRITICAL BEFORE PLACING THE CARPET INTO THE ADHESIVE. 6.SEAMS SHOULD BE CUT FROM THE FACE OR TOP OF THE CARPET (BOTH SEAM CUTS SHOULD FOLLOW THE BLANK SPACE BETWEEN THE TUFT ROWS). ALL SEAMS AND UNPROTECTED EDGES SHOULD GET 1/6" CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SOLVENT FREE SEAM SEALING ADHESIVE ON THE BASE OF THE FIRST EDGE WHERE THE FACE YARN ENTERS THE BACKING. 7. PRQVIDE AND INS T ALL TRANSIT ION S T RIPS. TRANSIT ION S T RIPS I IUS T BE NEW MATERIALS AND MUST CONFORM TO ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS AND INDUSTRY QUALITY STANDARDS. 8. COMPLETED INSTALLATION TO BE FREE OF STAINS OR SNAGS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION WORK. K. WOOD FLOORING - GLUE DOWN METHOD (ENGINEERED) 1. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. ALL EDGE CONDITIONS AT TRANSITIONS TO BE FLOATED UP FOR SMOOTH EVEN TRANSITION. 3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL TRANSITION STRIPS. TRANSITION STRIPS MUST BE NEW MATERIALS AND MUST CONFORM TO ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS AND INDUSTRY QUALITY STANDARDS. 4. ALL SUBFLOORS TO BE MOISTURE TESTED AFTER DEMO IS COMPLETE AND RESULTS COMPARED TO MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. THE RESULTS OF TESTING SHALL BE PROMPTLY REPORTED TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 5.INSPECT SUB -FLOOR CAREFULLY. SUB -FLOOR MUST BE RIGID, FINISHED SMOOTH, FLAT, LEVEL, DRY, CLEAN, AND FREE OF ALL FOREIGN MATERIALS SUCH AS DUST, PAINT, GREASE, OILS, SOLVENTS, CURING AND HARDENING COMPOUNDS, SEALERS, ASPHALT AND OLD ADHESIVE RESIDUE. 6. ALL SUBFLOORS MUST BE DRY AND FREE OF WAX, PAINT, OIL AND DEBRIS. 7. THE SUBFLOOR MUST BE LEVEL (FLAT) WITHIN 3/16" OVER 10' AND/OR 1/5" OVER 6'. 8. CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST: MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSIONS SHOULD NOT EXCEED 3 LBS. PER 1,000 50. FT. q.INTERIOR CONDITIONS FOR THE TEPERATURE SHOULD BE WITHIN A RANGE OF 60-75 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT WITH A 30%-50% RELATIVE HUMIDITY. 10. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL MINOR CRACKS AND OTHER IMPERFECTIONS WITH LATEX CEMENT PATCHING COMPOUND. IL FLOORING AND ADHESIVE SHALL BE STORED A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS IN THE INSTALLATION AREA. 12. EACH PLANK MUST BE FIRMLY SEATED IN ADHESIVE. ROLL THE FLOOR WITH A 175 POUND ROLLER. 13. UP TO 1/2" SPACE IS TO BE COVERED BY AN APPROPRIATE BASE MOLDING OR FILLED WITH A SUITABLE ELASTOMERIC SEALANT, SILICONE, OR POLYURETHANE EXPANSION JOINT FILLER OR EQUAL. (AT SALES AREA ONLY) 14. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL ALL CONDITIONS ARE SATISFACTORY. 15. ADHESIVE SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GC. 16. PROTECT FLOOR COVERING AGAINST DAMAGE FROM ROLLING LOADS, SHARP OBJECTS AND OTHER ABUSE. MATERIAL TO BE MIN �" THICK AND NON MARKING 17. FLOOR MUST BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND BUFFED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. L. STONE WORK 1. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. STONE FLOORING: a. ALL EDGE CONDITION AT TRANSITIONS TO BE FLOATED UP FOR SMOOTH EVEN TRANSITION. b. PROVIDE AND INSTALL TRANSITION STRIPS. TRANSITION STRIPS MUST BE NEW MATERIALS AND MUST CONFORM TO ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS AND INDUSTRY QUALITY STANDARDS. c. ALL SUBFLOORS TO BE MOISTURE TESTED AFTER DEMO IS COMPLETE AND RESULTS COMPARED TO MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. THE RESULTS OF TESTING SHALL BE PROMPTLY REPORTED TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER d. PROVIDE FACTORY PACKAGED LATEX THINSET FLOOR SETTING BED PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR COMPLYING WITH ANSI 118.4 AND 118.6 SPECIFICATIONS. e. PROVIDE FLOOR JOINT GROUT IN UNIFORM MAXIMUM 1/5" WIDE JOINTS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI A118.6 CAREFULLY CLEAN ALL WORK (ALL GROUT FILM MUST BE REMOVED) AND REPLACE OR REPAIR ANY DAMAGED WORK AND LEAVE IN PERFECT CONDITION. USE NO ACID AGENT OR DEVICE THAT WILL MAR SURFACE. f. PROVIDE SEALER "VIC INDUSTRIAL CORPORATION PREMIUM SILICONEIMPREGNATOR/LITHOFIN"IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. OBSERVE RECOMMENDED DRYING TIME BETWEEN COATS. PROVIDE 3 COATS OF SEALER. q. CLEAN AND PREPARE SUBFLOOR TO CREATE A SUBSTRATE SUITABLE FOR THINSET INSTALLATION. GRIND, FILL, PATCH, AND LEVEL SUBFLOOR TO CREATE A UNIFORM, LEVEL SUBSTRATE WITH MAXIMUM TOLERANCE OF 1/5" IN 10'-011 M. PLASTER 1. INTERIOR a. TEXTURE 1. PROVIDE A (3) COAT PLASTER TEXTURE FINISH SYSTEM BY TEXSTON IN SPECIFIED COLORS TO SPECIFIED AREAS ON STOREFRONT FACADE. 2. MANUFACTURER WARRANTIES THE PRODUCT AGAINST FAILURE FOR A PERIOD OF (5) YEARS FROM DATE OF INSTALLATION. b. INSTALLATION I. INSTALL OVER PRIME -PAINTED MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD WITH GA-214-M-q7 LEVEL 4 FINISH DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES A. LAVATORY FIXTURES: 5. REFER TO THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. B. LAVATORY ACCESSORIES: 1. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 2.INSTALL IN -WALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE SUPPORT. 3.INSTALL ACCESSORIES OVER FINISHED WALL SURFACE. C. FITTING ROOM ACCESSORIES: 1. PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE SUPPORT. 2.INSTALL ACCESSORIES OVER FINISHED WALL SURFACE. D. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET RECESSED STEEL CABINET WITH CONTINUOUS HINGE DOOR WITH PULL HANDLE AND ROLLER CATCH. 1. EMBASSY SERIES, MODEL 5614-VIO BY J.L INDUSTRIES. 2. DANA SERIES, MODEL 7220-DV6 (DUO VERTICAL PANEL) BY POTTER ROEMER. FINISH: 1. CABINET EXTERIOR TRIM AND DOOR: PRIMED FOR FIELD PAINTING. 2. CABINET INTERIOR: BAKED ENAMEL, COLOR: WHITE. DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT A. RECEIVE AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION ALL EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. B. AUDIO SYSTEM I. REFER TO ELECTRICAL_ PLANS. 2. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH TENANT'S VENDOR. DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS A. REFER TO THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. I AN N - A I M N AN I U S B. RECE E ASS MBL AN A O FICE D ON S LES EQU P E T D F XT RE V E E DPLCE F , AS WELL AS SALES FLOOR FURNISHINGS AND FIXTURES. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. C. RECEIVE, ASSEMBLE AND INSTALL ALL FIXTURING THROUGHOUT. DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NO WORK ANTICIPATED UNDER THIS SECTION, CONFIRM WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER DIVISION 14 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT NO WORK ANTICIPATED UNDER THIS SECTION, CONFIRM WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER DIVISION 22 PLUMBING A. REFER TO PLUMBING SHEETS. DIVISION 23 HVAC A. REFER TO MECHANICAL SHEETS. DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL A. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS. 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: Jc o0 U q 2 U Y `1 Q Q o 0 co ..1' .1 N O 0 L E E T a) w a� 2 0 � � S 3 vi � a a ro o E H V) dt Lo 0 co ,I 2 O a W co c>s Q _ a3i L0 Z Lo ULo� '. Ln ai v = CO V) Ir Q � 0) aLo U co � � U It Lo ^1 i T � 0 P_ o STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. VVINDSOR, C T . U6U74 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 1 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE ' INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION V ) Z �0 IZ I- UQ UJ v =U U m ^w 0. 0- 0 ♦ ^ �,/ J W Y U W U `11 \�` �F CONNFC /-" ray J. SH/tc,"., /�, ' _- co o� s:$, Ga = Y _ . * ►= �:f� = Y `` G�,^ �.1 • � 2b .r \` `` '� r �11 r ARG \\` ,, ` Z � < zj2I I� o LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: Electrical Plan Notes: • \ _ ; DeDuO� EXTER NALKIA N.I.0 TIMECLOCK It 1_I1 CONT4 I CA 1. Final electrical connection in Electrical Room to breaker, CT/meter by landlord at tenant's expense. 2. Tenant is responsible for smoke detectors and connection and programming to landlord system at tenant's cost. 3. All wire must be in conduit. 4. Flexible conduit can only be used for short and final connections to fixtures. ADJACENT TENANT N.I.c. IVV IIV I r_mr= r_m_C vxi I H Cr/AmC_ I z) I HIVLo/AmLJz). �5 VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BIDS. NORTH 6 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 1i411 _ 11 -0 1 1 I B I. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, ADHERE TO ALL STATE, LOCAL, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES INCLUDING ENERGY CODES, AND SCHEDULE INSPECTION TIMES AS TO NOT DELAY JOB PROGRESS. 2. CONTRACTOR IS TO KEEP A CURRENT COPY OF THE AS -BUILT CONDITIONS DURING THE PROJECT. AT THE END OF THE PROJECT, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL TURN OVER TO THE OWNER 3 COPIES OF THE FINAL AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. 3. DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR TENANT PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN THIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR TENANT AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT THE CONTRACTORS COST. 5. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR TENANT OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT/ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF ALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WITH THE ARCHITECT AND/OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 7. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES TO ELIMINATE CONFLICTS ON THE JOB. 8. PERFORM ALL WORK IN A NEAT AND PROFESSIONAL MANNER, AND SUPPLY ALL NEW EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES. q. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OPERATION MANUALS OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES FOR OWNER APPROVAL, PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 10. ALL PENETRATIONS OF WALL, ROOF AND CEILINGS TO BE SEALED WITH FIRE SEALANT TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING AS REQUIRED. 11. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS. 12. ALL LINE VOLTAGE WIRING IS TO BE IN CONDUIT OR MC CABLE. MINIMUM SIZE CONDUIT TO BE 1/2" FOR INDIVIDUAL LIGHT FIXTURE CONNECTIONS, AND 3/4" FOR ALL OTHER LOCATIONS. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT TO BE MC CABLE (NO BX). 13. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR ALL VIBRATING EQUIPMENT, NOT TO EXCEED 3 FT. IN LENGTH. 14. MINIMIZE EXPOSED CONDUIT BY CONCEALING IN WALLS AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. 16. CONDUITS NE),GR INSTALLED UNDER ROOF DECKING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 1 1/2" SPACE BETWEEN CONDUITS ND/G" GABI AND ROOF DECKING PER NEC ARTICLE 300.4 (E). 16. ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS ARE TO BE BASED ON SQUARE I'D" OR EQUAL BY G.E. OR SIEMENS WITH BOLT -ON TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. AN OA S S O REQUIRE EXAMINATION 17. P ELB RD , METER SOCKET ENCLOSURES ETC. THAT ARE LIKELY T RE R , ADJUSTMENT, SERVICING, OR MAINTENANCE WHILE ENERGIZED SHALL BE FIELD MARKED TO WARN QUALIFIED PERSONS OF POTENTIAL ELECTRIC ARC FLASH HAZARDS PER NEC 110.16. 18. BALANCE ALL PANELS WITHIN 10% OF EACH PHASE LEG. Iq. PROVIDE LABELS AND TAGS FOR ALL PANELS AND SWITCHGEAR EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE TYPED DIRECTORY OF ALL CIRCUITS LABELED BY ROOM NUMBER OR NAME LOCATED IN PANELS. 20. REFER TO MECHANICAL PLAN FOR LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS. PROVIDE ALL CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES, SAFETY SWITCHES, WIRING, OR OTHER EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE HVAC SYSTEM. 21. CONDUIT FOR DATA/TELEPHONE OUTLETS AND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING SHALL HAVE A PULL/JUNCTION BOX INSTALLED AFTER EACH SET OF THREE q0 DEGREE BENDS. 22. ALL HORIZONTAL CABLING FOR VOICE AND DATA SHALL BE CATEGORY 5E RATED. 23. PROVIDE ALL BACKBOXES AND i" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING BACK TO THE 'IS' RACK FOR THE DATA/COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS. 24. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED LOW VOLTAGE CABLING (BUZZER, ETC) AND MAKE NECESSARY CONNECTIONS. 25. ALL CABLES AND DEVICES TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE FINISHED CEILING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. 26. LABEL ALL COVERPLATES ON INSIDE FACE OF PLATE WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER AND PANEL DESIGNATION. I.E. 14. CIRCUIT SHALL BE WRITTEN WITH PERMANENT MARKER IN A CONTRASTING COLOR. 27. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INQUIRE WITH THE LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY ON ANY FIRE ALARM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. IF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS NOT ADEQUATELY DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS, THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INFORM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND INCLUDE THE COST AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHALL BE AWARDED WITHOUT A SEPARATE LINE ITEM FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AT THE TIME OF THE BID. 28. FIRE ALARM PLANS MUST BE ENGINEERED AND NET SIGNED AND SEALED BY A LANDLORD APPROVED, LICENSED, REGISTERED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR IN THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE THE COST OF THIS WORK IN THIS BID. I. 20AMP, 12OV, RECEPTACLES FOR CASH REGISTERS. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL REQUIRED CABLES AND OUTLETS, COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. DATA/TELEPHONE CUTLET FOR CASH REGISTERS. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL REQUIRED CONDUITS AND OUTLETS, COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS. B. RECEPTACLES AND DATA OUTLETS (1' CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING BACK TO 'IS' RACK) MOUNTED AT 18 AFF FOR BACKWRAP POWER. 4. FOUR 1" CONDUITS STUBBED INTO THE BOTTOM OF CASHWRAP, TRENCH FLOOR AT EACH END OVER TO WALL AND EXTEND CONDUITS BACK TO ELECTRICAL PANEL OR 'IS' CABINET. EXTEND TO OUTLETS WITH V FLEXIBLE CONDUITS. 5. ONE I" CONDUIT RUN BACK TO PANEL FOR CASHWRAP POWER. ONE I" CONDUIT WITH NYLON PULL STRING BACK TO 'IS' CABINET AND TWO V EMPTY CONDUITS WITH NYLON PULL STRINGS BACK TO 'IS' CABINET FOR SPARES. 6. DATA/TELEPHONE CUTLET, USE 4" SQUARE JUNCTION BOX WITH DUPLEX DATA COVER. RUN 1" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE BACK TO 'IS' CABINET. 7. PROVIDE DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM INCLUDING QUANTOMETRIX WPP-IF PUSHBUTTON AT REAR DOOR, EDWARDS #590 TRANSFORMER, AND EDWARDS #725 BUZZERS AT EMPLOYEE DESK AND AT BACKWRAP AS INDICATED. COORDINATE WITH TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS FOR FINAL PLACEMENT OF ALL DEVICES. 8. 20AMP, 120V RECEPTACLES. AVOID STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FOR DESK DURING ROUGH -IN, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE DETAIL ON SHEET E400. q. MOUNT SALES AREA DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AT IS" A.F.F., DEVICE AND COVERPLATE SHALL BE WHITE. 10. FURNISH AND INSTALL 4XVX3/4" PLYWOOD BACKERBOARD MOUNTED 45" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM AND INSTALL DEMARC PUNCH DOWN BLOCK. RUN 2" CONDUIT FROM TENANT'S TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRANCE TO THIS LOCATION. PROVIDE TERMINAL BLOCK WITH #6 GROUND FROM ELECTRICAL SERVICE VERIFY ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD AND WITH LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY. MOUNT 'IS' CABINET 60" A.F.F. FURNISH AND INSTALL 120V QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 6" AWAY FROM 'IS' CABINET. 11. RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES IN NON -SALES AREA SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR. MOUNT AT 18" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES FOR SHOW WINDOWS SHALL BE MOUNTED IN CEILING WITHIN 15" OF THE TOP OF THE SHOW WINDOW AT STOREFRONT INSTALLED PARALLEL TO STOREFRONT GLASS. CIRCUIT TO PANEL AS INDICATED. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE TRACK LIGHTING, MARKETING GRID AND OTHER ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 13. EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICE EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. REPLACE EXISTING TIME CLOCK AND LIGHTING CONTROLS. SEE 'POWER RISER DIAGRAM' ON SHEET E300 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION- 14. 20AMP, 12OV, DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AT BREAK AREA COUNTER FOR MICROWAVE AND REFRIGERATOR, AVOID STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FOR DESK DURING ROUGH -IN, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE DETAILS ON SHEET E400. 15. 20AMP, 12OV, DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT BREAK AREA COUNTER AS INDICATED, AVOID STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FOR DESK DURING ROUGH -IN, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE DETAILS ON SHEET E400. 16. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, PROVIDE FEEDERS AND DISCONNECTS PER 'MECHANICAL FEEDER/CONNECTION SCHEDULE' ON SHEET E300. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. INCLUDE IN BID ALL WORK REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. 17. INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED AUDIO SYSTEM INCLUDING CABLE, BACKBOXES, SPEAKERS AND 2 VOLUME CONTROLS (ONE FOR SALES AREA AND ONE FOR THE FITTING ROOM). FURNISH AND INSTALL 3/4" CONDUITS FOR ALL WIRING IF REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBILITY, LOCAL CODE OR LANDLORD REQUIREMENT. INCLUDE IN BID ALL WORK REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. SEE SHEET E200 FOR SPEAKER LOCATIONS AND SHEET E400 FOR SOUND SYSTEM DETAILS. 18. FURNISH AND INSTALL J-BOX AND I" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FOR FUTURE SECURITY SYSTEM KEY PAD. LOCATE NEAR ENTRANCE TO SALES. RUN CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE FROM THIS LOCATION TO SECURITY PANEL LOCATED ON PHONE BOARD. lq. PROVIDE 2OA/IP MOTOR -RATED SWITCH FOR WATER HEATER LOCATED ABOVE - 1.50 KW, 12OV. CIRCUIT AS INDICATED. REFER TO PLUMBING PLAN SHEET P100 FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION. 20. FURNISH (1) 120V, 20A QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR AUDIO SYSTEM CD PLAYER. INSTALL 4" SQUARE J-BOX, V CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING AND DUPLEX DATA COVER ADJACENT TO RECEPTACLE ON SHELVES ABOVE MANAGER DESK. AVOID STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FOR DESK DURING ROUGH -IN, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE DETAIL ON SHEET E400. 21. FURNISH AND INSTALL HUBBELL FLOOR BOX MODEL #52481 MOUNTED TO SUB -FLOOR WITH DEPTH ADJUSTED FOR FINISHED WOOD FLOORING (SEE S4EET A202 FOR PLATFORM DETAILS). INSTALL HUBBELL #5133083W FLANGE AND HUBBELL BRUSHED BRASS COVER MODEL #53825 AND A 12OV. 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. RUN (2) #12 THWN AND (1) #12 GRD. IN 3/4" CONDUIT BELOW STOREFRONT PLATFORM TO NEAREST FULL HEIGHT WALL, UP WALL THEN TO PANEL. CIRCUIT THROUGH TIME CLOCK, SEE NOTE 25 FOR MORE INFORMATION. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING LOCATION WITH SHEET A103. 22. FURNISH AND INSTALL 4" SQUARE JUNCTION BOX WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING FOR LIGHTSTAT THERMOSTAT OR SENSOR. FOR THERMOSTAT, MOUNT BOX AT 48". FOR SENSOR ON WALL, MOUNT BOX AT 66". SEE NOTE 23 FOR WALL MOUNTED SENSOR CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS. 23. FURNISH AND INSTALL 4" SQUARE JUNCTION BOX AT 12'-0" A.F.F. OR ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING AND RUN 1" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM THIS LOCATION TO THERMOSTAT IN NOTE 22 AND V CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING BACK TO 'IS' RACK. RUN 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM THIS LOCATION TO THE HVAC UNIT IT SERVES AND 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING TO SENSOR LOCATION. 24. DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR IS FIELD INSTALLED. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR AND PROVIDE WIRING TO INTERLOCK SMOKE DETECTOR WITH HVAC UNIT, LANLORDS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND REMOTE TEST ALARM STATION. MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. HVAC UNIT TO SHUT DOWN UPON ACTIVATION OF SMOKE DETECTOR. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD TO AVOID CONFLICTS IN FIELD. 25, SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES; HOME RUN THROUGH CONTACTOR CONTROLLED BY TIMECLOCK. SCHEDULE TIMECLOCK TO TURN ON 1 HOUR BEFORE STORE OPENING AND OFF AT MIDNIGHT FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. SCHEDULE TIMECLOCK TO TURN ON 1 HOUR BEFORE STORE OPENING AND OFF I HOUR AFTER STORE CLOSES IN INTERIOR MALL LOCATIONS. CONTACTOR AND TIMECLOCK SHALL BE WALL MOUNTED ADJACENT TO PANELS. SEE 'LIGHTING CONTROL DETAIL' ON SHEET E200 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 26. J-BOX 18" ABOVE SALES/NONSALES DOOR AND III CONDUIT BACK WITH PULL STRING TO 'IS' CABINET FOR WIFI ROUTER. 27. 20AMP, 120V, QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT 45" FOR SHIPPING STATION, COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. REFER TO DETAIL "0, SHEET E400. 28. FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOX. COORDINATE FINAL TIE-IN AND TESTING OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LCCATICN AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR 'TO BID. 29. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION AND CONNECT TO PANEL. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. 30. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM HORN/STROBE, AND CONNECT TO PANEL. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. 31. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM STROBE AND CONNECT TO PANEL. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. 32. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR AND CONNECT TO FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOX FOR EXTENSION TO LANDLORD FIRE ALARM PANEL. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. 33. EXISTING TO REMAIN TRANSFORMER. SEE 'POWER RISER DIAGRAM' ON SHEET E300 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 34. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE * INSTALL AN EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM THAT ACTUATES A VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE ALARM IN A NORMALLY OCCUPIED AREA. AN ALARM PULL SWITCH SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN 3 FEET OF THE WATER CLOSET WITH A PULL CORD EXTENDING TO WITHIN 12 INCHES OF THE FLOOR. EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE OCCUPIED LOCATION. PROVIDE POWER FROM LOCAL RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT- 35. FURNISH (1) 120V, 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND J-BOX, V CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING AND DUPLEX DATA COVER ADJACENT TO RECEPTACLE ABOVE CONCIERGE DESK. HEIGHT OF RECEPTACLE AND DATA JACK TO BE COORDINATED WITH J JILL PM AND CENTERED ON CONCIERGE TABLE. 36. FITTING ROOM AREA RECEPTACLES (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 22" A.F.F. SHALL BE 20A, 12OV, COMBINATION USB-DUPLEX (HUBBELL #USB20X2W), AND SHALL BE WHITE WITH WHITE COVERPLATES. 37. UNIT HEATER U14-1 LOCATED AT DOOR.. CONNECT 3-PHASE CIRCUIT TO INTEGRAL DISCONNECT PROVIDED WITH UNIT AS INDICATED. REFER TO MECHANICAL PLAN SHEET HI00 FOR MOUNTING INFORMATION. 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: U U ..1 Y U U O O L .0 rn w 0 3 c 3 tn O C7 2 0 W C C Rf U -0 Q 670) Lo o Lo rLO LLI C O O E Lo �0LLo E § 'Lo O �0to Xn 1, STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 410 CVERGREEIN VVAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION I Q U_ a c r m ❑ U W Y W _I W = U W D 20 :40 P U � � No. 251 r Z s • •� Q ry- LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN GENERAL NOTES N ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN CODED NOTES O W OWNER: PANEL W n n wgim MOUNTING HEIGHT TO CENTERLINE Voltage drop: 2.29 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE Voltage drop percentage: 1.10% IF-1 FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION 4811 Voltage at the end: 205.71 11 FIRE ALARM AUDIO/VISUAL SIGNAL DEVICE 80" Please note that the result is an estimation based on normal conditions. The actual voltage drop can 0 FIRE ALARM VISUAL SIGNAL DEVICE boll the depending on the condition of the wire, the conduit being used, the temperature, the connector, the frequency etc. But, in most cases, it will be very close. 8 FIRE ALARM AUDIO SIGNAL DEVICE 8011 rg FIRE ALARM SPEAKER/VISUAL SIGNAL DEVICE 8011 Q FIRE ALARM SPEAKER SIGNAL DEVICE 80" Wire Material Copper ® MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER VIA FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 48" Wire Size 410 AWG (212 kcmil) FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL AS REQUIRED Voltage =208 1r^ FILL ALARM mLMVTL HIVIVU VI�I/-ITIJIC I-fiIVLL fA-? ICGU[UIICGlI Phase I AC 3-phase FABP FIRE ALARM BOOSTER PANEL AS REQUIRED v� FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOX AS REQUIRED Number of conductors single set of conductors ® Q- FIRE ALARM DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR ___ Distance 120 feet lei nr 1 •r n ,rrr K r I I ♦ r 1 nnd rt irrent 7J�QMlr1rC L^J RE1-IV I C f1L j-`IkR "1/ I EST SWI I C H FOR DUCT DETECTOR AS REQUIRED I "' ® CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR --- FIRE ALARM WATER FLOW SWITCH AS REQUIRED''` ® FIRE ALARM TAMPER SWITCH AS REQUIRED PANEL 'L' U FIRE ALARM RELAY AS REQUIRED ® DIGITAL COMMUNICATOR AS REQUIRED r (E) EXISTING --- Voltage drop: 0.57 (R) RELOCATED _-- Voltage drop percentage: 0.28% Voltage at the end: 207.43 (C) CEILING MOUNTED --- Please note that the result is an estimation based on normal conditions. The actual voltage drop can vary depending on the condition of the wire, the conduit being used, the temperature; the connector, e frequency etc But, in most cases, it will be very close FURNISH AND INSTALL DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS FOR HVAC Wire Material Copper -� EQUIPMENT AND TIE INTO LANLORD'S FIRE ALARM PANEL, SEE SHEET E100 FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY. Wire Size 410 AWG (212 kcmil) Voltage 208 Panel Wiring Schedule (3-phase) Panelboard (EXISTING) "L" rm a 11e11 -ry-Pe CIC R A CA IC r QIIGI I yNc JICIVICIVJ NEMA Type Enclosure 1 Voltage RA.; -- IVIQII IA Mounting 120/208 '')'MCA RA(`D GGJY1 IVI%,L) SURFACE Phase AA. ;-- E)-+;-- IVIQII I.`f. RQtII III. Options 3 77C A GGJ /"\ Wire 4 Al(` 0-+;__ /C YICTIA I('_1 nlV INo UI Iy kEXIS I ING� Note Fed From XFMR'T1' Ckt. No. Zone/ Note Load Description Equip# Brkr Opts Brkr Size* Actual KW Phase Actual KW Brkr Size* Brkr Opts Current Limiter Load Description Zone/ Note Ckt. No. 1 CASHWRAP RECEPTACLES L 20/1 0.540 A 0.300 20/1 --- STOREFRONT TRACK LIGHTS C1 2 3 CASHWRAP RECEPTACLES L 20/1 0.540 B 0.360 20/1 --- 2 STOREFRONT RECEPTACLES C1 4 5 BACKWRAP RECEPTACLES L 20/1 0.720 C 1.200 20/1 --- STOREFRONT SIGN C1 6 7 SALES RECEPTACLE - 20/1 0.360 A 0.255 20/1 --- SALES AREA GENERAL LTG C3 8 9 1 ISALES RECEPTACLE i- 20/1 0.180 B 0.255 20/1 --- SALES AREA GENERAL LTG C2 10 11 SPARE - 2n/1 o onn c n 924 20/1 --- SALES AREA GENERAL LTG 04 12 13 SALES RECEPTACLE - 20/1 0.360 A 1.200 20/1 --- REAR STORE SIGN C1 14 15 SPARE - 20/1 0.000 B 0.139 20/1 --- FITTING ROOM GEN LIGHTING C3 16 17 SALES RECEPTACLE -- 20/1 0.360 C 0.234 20/1 --- FITTING ROOM GEN LIGHTING C2 18 19 RESTROOM RECEPT - 2011 0.180 A 1.170 20/1 L NON SALES LIGHTING ns 20 21 WATER HEATER (WH-1) 1 2011 1,500 1 B 0.220 20/1 L I SALES EM/NUEX LIGHTS 22 23 NONSALES RECEPTACLES - 20/1 0.540 C 0.360 20/1 --- I SHIPPING STATION REC 24 25 SPARE - 20/1 0.000 A 0.000 2011 --- SPARE 26 27 MANAGER'S COMPUTER L 20/1 0.180 B 0.200 20/1 L TIME CLOCK/CONTACTORS 28 29 MANAGER'S RECEPTACLES L 2011 0.360 C 0.600 20/1 L IT CABINET/TEL. BOARD 30 31 CD PLAYER/SOUND SYSTEM - 20/1 0.360 A 0.000 20/1 --- SPARE 32 33 MICROWAVE - 20/1 1.200 B 1.440 20/1 --- FITTING ROOM RECEPTS 34 35 BREAK COUNTER RECEPT - 20/1 0.180 C 0.360 20/1 --- HVAC RECEPTACLES 36 37 REFRIGERATOR - 20/1 0.900 A 1.008 20/1 --- --- SALES AREA TRACK LIGHTS C4 38 39 SPARE - 20/1 0.000 B 0.000 20/1 --- --- SPARE 40 41 WATER COOLER - 20/1 0.500 C 0.180 2011 --- ---- CONCIERGE RECEPT 42 Notes * All circuit breakers to be 20-Amp, 1-Pole unless otherwise noted. Actual Load Totals: Ph. A 6.633 kw 55.2 A Ph. B 6.214 kw 51.7 A Ph. C 6.518 kw 54.3 A Total 19.365 kw 53.8 A (All Phases to be balanced to within 7% using Actual Load Totals.) Zone/Note Breaker Options L -Handle lock -on device H - Heating, A/C & Refrigeration G - Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Zone - Lighting Control Zones Notes - IG = Isolated Ground Circuit 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: E E 0 U 0 0 0 0 U 01 ) In itr 3 to 0 Wc c� Q Lo 0)z L0 c r � � C: m �r cro t W rn .v - RELAY FOR Y I I Phase I AC 3-phase I U a 0 MUSIC SHUT-OFF ' FURNISH AND INSTALL ANNUNCIATING DEVICES, Number of conductors single set of conductors SEE SHEET E100 FOR LOCATION AND QUANTITY. R V V Distance' 30 feet Y FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOX. Load current 225 Amps SEE SHEET 000 OR ADDITIONAL NOTES Calculate# GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTRACT WITH MALL APPROVED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO LANDLORD FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. 1- S A NG rn 1= AAl, o rIA 14"S aci �a r 1 v MI•-- 11-IKICE I V I AED I IA LJ I IDE =t I A/ -ILL VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER (CONTACT, FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR "FIRE POWER", FOR MONITORING ONLY) Voltage drop: 3.00 Voltage drop percentage: 2.50% FIRE ALARM RISER NOTES: Voltage at the end: -11'r I . SEE SHEET EI00 FOR ACTUAL NUMBER OF DEVICES, AND ADDITIONAL NOTES. Phase note that the result is an estimation based on normal conditions. The actual voltage drop can 2. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND BEAR UL LABELS. vary depending on the condition of the wire, the conduit being used, the temperature, the connector 3. SUPPLY SHOP DRAWINGS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO LOCAL AUTHORITY FOR APPROVAL the frequency etc. But, in most cases. it will be very close. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AS INDICATED. -- - - --- - - 5. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NEC, NFPA, STATE AND LOCAL CODES. Wire Material Copper 6. ALL DEVICES LOCATED IN SALES AREA SHALL BE A WHITE HOUSING WITH! THE WORD "FIRE" IN RED UNLESS PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODES OR MALL STANDARDS. WireSize10 AWG (10.4 kcmil) r 1=100 Al A DAA QI=/1111=\tl�C AC ADCDATIAAI. r1r%G MLMI\Irl QG"tVGI\VG Vr VrGI\M I1%JlA Voltage 120 Phase AC single phase v 1. UPON ALARM SIGNAL FROM ANY INITIATING DEVICE THE FIRE ALARM PANEL SHALL: A. INITIATE AN ALARM SIGNAL AT LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM PANEL. Number of conductors single set of conductors B. SHUT DOWN TENANT'S HVAC SYSTEM (IF APPLICABLE) C. INITIATE TENANT'S HORN/STROBES. Distance¢ 100 feet r1 AQYI\/A"PC TLC-r=KIAKIT 7/1,11= �MQICG GQII:I-rP/11 t=VLIAIIa-I- aY4-rCM /IC APaI V-A1k1 =1 V. I I- I L I TIL I i-1\r\I� 1 LV I\I- I I\VL 1 J I J I "I 1.\ II ✓,I I I.Ll" ;1 l .t. / E. NOTIFY LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT OF FIRE EMERGENCY LOCATION. Load current 15 Amps F. SEND SIGNAL TO OWNERS SECURITY AND LOSS PREVENTION CENTRAL MONITORING SYSTEM. Calculate rnUto E§to 0 0 0 U) r` D STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: 'THE I'RCUMEiVADE 51-IUt'S AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 0. VVIICN n, CT. VVV74 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 PANEL 'H' At I FIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAM AND NOTES W IWWIs.C.(L•41) 14,000AMPS PANEL SCHEDULES AND LOAD SUMMARIES C Voltage (L-L) 480 V SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MOUNTING HEIGHT TO CENTERLINE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CONDUCTOR • CP SINGLE RECEPTACLE, 3 WIRE GROUND TYPE 18" 9 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 3 WIRE GROUND TYPE 181' LENSIZE 0 FT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, CEILING MOUNTED ___ I 2GTH INP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, WEATHERPROOF IS" H Q11, GFI GROUND FAULT PROTECTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 18" v G (per phase) 1 RIG ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 18" TYPE Three Single Conductors 9 JqIG ISOLATED GROUND DOUBLE DUPLEX (QUADRUPLEX) RECEPTACLE 18" v CONDUIT Steel Iq DOUBLE DUPLEX (QUADRUPLEX) RECEPTACLE 18'I WIRE Cu, 600 V DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FLOOR MOUNTED ELECTRIC PANEL 6'-0" TO TOP ® TRANSFORMER AS REQUIRED hotals.c.(L-L-L) 9,807 AMPS ❑J SAFETY SWITCH (NON -FUSED) AS REQUIRED Voltage (L-L) 480 V SAFETY SWITCH (FUSED) AS REQUIRED Panel Wiring Schedule (3-phase) Panelboard H Voltage 2771480 Phase 3 Wire 4 Panel Type SIEMENS Mains 225A MCB Mains Rating 225A AIC Rating (EXISTING) NEMA Type Enclosure 1 Mounting SURFACE Options Note Ckt. jZone/j Load Description Equip# 1P1Brkr Brkr Actual Phase Actual Brkr Brkr Equip# Load Description Zone/ Ckt. IVO. IVOte O-IS Size* Kvv KvV Size* Opts I Note IVO. 1 TRANSFORMER 71" H 100/3 6.633 A 1.000 20/3 H UH-1 2 3 6.214 B 1.000 4 5 6.518 C 1.000 6 7 P I I-2 H 2n/3 4.202 A 4.202 2n/3 14 RTI 1-1 8 O A Ong •Y.LVL Q U A 'fin) •-t.GVG 1n 1 V 11 4.202 C 4.202 12 13 1 ISPACE ---- 1--- 0.000 A 0.000 ---- --- SPACE 14 15 SPACE --- ---- 0.000 B 0.000 ---- --- SPACE 16 17 ISPACE ---- --- 0.000 C 0.000 --- -- SPACE 18 19 SPACE --- --- In nnn A n non --- - SPACE 20 21 SPACE --- --- 0.000 B 0.000 --- - SPACE 22 23 SPACE --- --- 0.000 C 0.000 --- -- SPACE 24 25 SPACE --- --- 0.000 A 0.000 --- - SPACE 26 27 SPACE ---- --- 0.000 B 0.000 --- - SPACE 28 29 SPACE --- --- 0.000 C 0.000 --- -- SPACE 30 Notes All circuit breakers to be 20-Amp, 1-Pole unless otherwise noted. Breaker Options Actual Load Totals: Ph. A 16.037 kw 57.9 A L -Handle lock -on device Ph. B 15.618 kw 56.4 A H - Heating, AIC & Refrigeration Ph. C 15.922 kw 57.5 A G - Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Total 47.577 kw 57.2 A Zone/Note Zone - Lighting Control Zones (All Phases to be balanced to within 7% using Actual Load Totals.) Notes - IG = Isolated Ground Circuit MECHANICAL FEEDER/CONNECTION SCHEDULE FEEDERS BRANCH ITEM VOLTAGE HP KW M.C.A. TYPE OF CONN BREAKER/ REMARKS WIRE COND SWITCH RTU-i 4BOV i.0 --- i5 4#10 THHN 5/4"SWITCH THRU DISC. DOA-3t' SEE 3PH 1#10 G NOTE #2 RTU-2 480V 1.0 --- 15 4#10 THHN 3/41I THRU DISC. 20A-3P SEE 3PH 1#10 G SWITCH! NOTE #2 Up-1 480V 0.25 3 3.61 4#12 THHN 3/4 „ THRU DISC. 20A-3P SEE 3PH 1#12 G SWITCH NOTE #1 NOTE: I. DISCONNECT IS FURNISHED WITH UNIT. 2. DISCONNECT IS TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR (COORDINATE WITH SUB -CONTRACTORS, FOR INSTALLATION). 3. EXISTING DISCONNECT, FEEDERS * CONDUIT TO REMAIN. 4. RELOCATE DISCONNECTING MEANS AND EXTEND WIRE AND CONDUIT AS REQUIRED. (VERIFY EXISTING PRIOR TO ANY WORK OR ORDERING ANY EQUIPMENT/ACCESSORIES) TRANSFORMER SUMMARY SYSTM SYSTEM YSTEM ACTUAL N.E.C. N.E.C. N.E.C. DEMAND DESCRIPTION CONNECTED CONNECTED FACTOR DEMAND KW/KVA KW/KVA KW/KVA LIGHTING 6.371 6.371 1.25 7.964 TRACK LIGHTING *** 0.234 11.850 158 'x 150W /2FT 11.850 SHOW WINDOW 0.660 13.200 66 ' x 200w / FT 13.200 LIGHTING ** 1.0< 10 KW + 0.5 RECEPTACLES 8.400 8.400 REMAINING KW 8.400 ELECTRIC WATER 1.500 1.500 1.0 1.500 HEATER RAICnCI I A Klr-^l IC IVIIV VLLL}"fIVLV VV 2 2.w 2 2w 1 0 2 2vv TOTAL 19.365 43.521 45.114 NOTES * USE GREATER LOAD OF THE TWO CATAGORIES ** NEC ARTICLE 220-43 REQUIREMENT (200VA / FT OR ACTUAL CONNECTED) *** NEC ARTICLE 220-43 REQUIREMENT (150VA/2 FT OR ACTUAL CONNECTED) *** 125% OF THE LARGEST MOTOR OR COMPRESSOR ALREADY INCLUDED IN ACTUAL & NEC CONNECTED KW/KVA TOTAL N.E.C. DEMAND KVAx 1000 = MINIMUM FEEDER AMPERAGE SYSTEM VOLTAGE x \T3 45.114 x 1000 125.4 AMPS 208 x 1.73 ELECTRICAL LOAD SUMMARY SYSTM SYSTEM YSTEM ACTUAL N.E.C. N.E.C. N.E.C. DEMAND DESCRIPTION CONNECTED CONNECTED DEMAND FACTOR KW/KVA KW/KVA KW/KVA LIGHTING 6.371 6.371 1.25 7.964 TRACK LIGHTING ** 0.234 11.850 158 ' x 15OW / 2FT 11.850 SHOW WINDOW 0.660 13.200 66 ' x 200w / FT 13.200 LIGHTING " 1.0< 10 KW + 0.5 RECEPTACLES 8.400 8.400 8.400 REMAINING KW ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 1.500 1.500 1.0 1.500 RAivCELLA hlr=nl.IQ 2.Onn 2.2w i.v 2.2vv 125% OF HVAC SYSTEM 25.212 25.212 .LARGEST.. 25.212 TOTAL 47.577 71.733 73.326 NOTES + USE GREATER LOAD OF THE TWO CATAGORIES ** NEC ARTICLE 220A3 REQUIREMENT (200VA / FT OR ACTUAL CONNECTED) *** NEC ARTICLE 220-43 REQUIREMENT (150VA/2 FT OR ACTUAL CONNECTED) **** 125% OF THE LARGEST MOTOR OR COMPRESSOR ALREADY INCLUDED IN Ai-IUALB 1VECl.VIVIVEI ICaKIYYIKVA TOTAL N.E.C. DEMAND KVAx 1000 =, MINIMUM FEEDER AMPERAGE SYSTEM VOLTAGE x V-3 73.326 x 1000 88 3 A MPS 480 x 1.73 RISER DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES: F. SYSTEM SHALL BE GROUNDED TO THE MAIN BUILDING'S GROUNDING SYSTEM. A. HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO BE "HACK" TYPE WHERE REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT G. DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND PANELS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON PLYWOOD BACKERBOARDS. NAMEPLATE PER N.E.C. H. TENANT CONTRACTOR MUST 'VERIFY ELECTRICAL SERVICE SUB -FEED WIRING AND PANELS PRIOR TO / B. BALANCE ALL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, UNDER LOAD CONDITIONS, TO ±7% START OF TENANT'S ELECTRICAL WORK. BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B/C, C/A REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. PROVIDE REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION ,. I...I 1 I TFNANT GFNFRAI CONTRACT(-)R C;WAI I MAKF APPI IrATInN Tel TUF (MAI I A (')rAI I ITII ITY) Fr);? AN 1 TP ,-.....1.--..-....- --.... _..- , ._. _-....__ , ,..,._ Al , -,_.. , ,-.. 1- .. ,- - , ,_. , , BALANCE SWEET TO CONSTRUCTION I"IHIVAGI=R I r'vlvc Ht_iST. ELECTRIC METER AND A METERED ELECTRIC SERVICE IN THE TENANT'S -NAME. TENANT GENERAL C. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER N.E.C. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM ALL LOCAL UTILITY GUIDELINES AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID, FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM/AREA PRIOR TO SHALL INCLUDE THE COSTS OF THESE REQUIREMENTS IN THE BID, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THEM INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. DURING CONSTRUCTION. W D. MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION J. APPLICATION FOR A TEMPORARY ELECTRIC METER AND CONVERSION TO A PERMANENT ELECTRIC SYSTEM. METER SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE UTILITY UPON AWARD OF CONTRACT. INSTALLATION AND PROVISIONS FOR SAME SHALL_ COMMENCE WITHIN THE FIRST WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION. E. ALL CONNECTIONS TO LANDLORD'S SERVICE EQUIPMENT SHALL AS DIRECTED BY LANDLORDS SITE REPRESENTATIVE. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE K. TENANT CONTRACTOR SHALL LEGIBLY MARK IN FIELD THE MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TERMINATION EXPENSES. CURRENT DATE FAULT -CURRENT CALCULATION WAS PERFORMED AND BE OF SUFFICIENT DURABILITY TO WITHSTANID THE ENVIRONMENT INVOLVED PER NEC SECTION 110.24. W LANDLORD NOTES: 1 m 3-PHASE MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER AS REQUIRED 1. ALL HOME RUNS TO TENANT S PANELS SHALL BE IN EMT. -- -- EXISTING FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS 2. ALL EXPOSED WIRING IN CEILINGS OR INTERIOR WALLS MUST BE IN EMT. FINAL FLEX CONNECTION WHIPS TO I NEW Q �/ COMBINATION STARTER/SAFETY SWITCH AS REQUIRED 1 EQUIPMENT/FIXTURES SHALL NOT EXCEED 6 -0 IN LENGTH. � SINGLE POLE SWITCH WITH! OR WITHOUT PILOT LIGHT AS REQUIRED KVA 113 DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR 3. ALL WIRING IN LANDLORD DEMISING WALLS MUST BE IN EMT. (_ VJ AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR 4. COORDINATE ALL FLOOR CUT MEANS AND METHODS OF ROUTING CONDUIT THROUGH THE FLOOR WITH MALL OPERATIONS. f- W MANUAL MOTOR STARTING SWITCH (1, 2 OR 3 POLE) AS REQUIRED Voltag aseco°nary 208 AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. W 5. NO CONDUIT TO BE SUPPORTED FROM THE ROOF DECK. ® MOTOR -1 PHASE AS REQUIRED %Z 5.60 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR TENANT PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR /c. TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SURVEY EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO BE RELOCATED AND REUSED. VERIFY LIKE ❑ ® MOTOR - 3 PHASE AS REQUIRED %Z TOL -10% (Max Fault) INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE NEW CONDITIONS OF PANELS, BUS BAR, BREAKERS. TIME CLOCK AS REQUIRED DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR TENANT AFTER BIDDING WILL BE 7. MOUNT ALL PANELS SURFACE MOUNTED ON PLYWOOD BACKERS. DO NOT MOUNT RECESSED WITHIN LANDLORDS DEMISING WALL. Q © FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT THE CONTRACTORS COST.' TELEPHONE OUTLET 18" BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND W W S[ COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET 18" SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH I _ IWtal s.C.(L-L•L) 4,864 AMPS GOVERNING CODES THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT V, Q DATA OUTLET 18" Voltage (L-L) 208 V ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR TENANT OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND w II DESIGN INTENT. z n/ 0- Q LOW VOLTAGE PUSH BUTTON 48 6 COMBINATION BUZZER/BELL AS REQUIRED PANEL 'L' VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND LOCAL POWER COMPANY PRIOR TO BID. INCLUDE IN BID LU N ® LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER AS REQUIRED THE COST OF ALL WORK REQUIRED FOR A FULLY OPERATIONAL ELECTRICAL SERVICE SYSTEM INCLUDING Q • BUT NOT LIMITED TO AIC RATINGS, FEEDER SIZE, METER REQUIREMENTS, UPGRADE OF LANDLORD'S w m ® SPEAKER --- EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, ETC. < 0 LANDLORD TENANT ® INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM KEYPAD AND ANNUNCIATOR AS REQUIRED Itotal S.C. (L-L-L) 14,000AMPS U Lij Y Voltage (L-L) 208 V U WIRELESS ACCESS POINT (HAP) --- M E C H . FEEDER/CONNECTION SCHEDULE K I _ OS - FIRE ALARM DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR --- A/C AIR CONDITIONER LCL LONG CONTINUOUS LOAD I U 0 REMOTE ALARM/TEST SWITCH FOR DUCT DETECTOR AS REQUIRED AC ALTERNATING CURRENT LTG LIGHTING I EXISTING 4 #3/0 CU. THWN © THERMOSTAT 48'I LENGTH 50 FT AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR LV LOW VOLTAGE C, AND 1 #6 GRID BACK TO SERVICE Uj AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT DISCONNECT. FIELD VERIFY PRIOR I /4 ® SIZE 4/0 AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY MAX MAXIMUM I J . OF GOh��/'�y U ® SENSOR 48" - - TO BID. ��. ,`tt, .• ® ZONE DAMPER (MOTORIZED) ___ v QTY 1 AMP, A AMPERE MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY 1- - - - - - - - - -I '""'i�hQ•; G 'A PRq� .• /L �,� (per phase) MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER a �: /�,w �f } WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR HUBBELL DUAL TECHNOLOGY #AD1277N 4411 Its C, COND CONDUIT MFR MANUFACTURER I I CEILING * m ® ( ) Z TYPE Three Single Conductors CB CIRCUIT BREAKER MH MOUNTING HEIGHT Y : Z 0 WALL MOUNTED VACANCY SENSOR (HUBBELL #RMS140N) 4411 v CONDUIT Steel CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION MOCP MAXIMUM OVER CURRENT PROTECTION Q CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR ___ CIRC CIRCUIT MTD MOUNTED I I i No.2514 ® WIRE Cu (HUBBELL DUAL TECHNOLOGY #ATD2000C AND CU300A CONTROL UNIT) , 600 V CEIL CEILING COL COLUMN NC NORMALLY CLOSED ® DAYLIGHT DIMMING SENSOR - (SENSOR SWITCH CMR-PC-ADC) --- CON CONTINUED NF NON -FUSED MOUNTING LOCATION AND SENSITIVITY SETTINGS TO BE FIELD DETERMINED CU COPPER NIC NOT IN CONTRACT TIME CLOCK AND LIGHTING LANDLORD REVIEW & ® DAYLIGHT SENSOR - (SENSOR SWITCH CMR-PC) --- NO NORMALLY OPEN I I CONTACTORS SHALL BE MOUNTING LOCATION AND SENSITIVITY SETTINGS TO BE FIELD DETERMINED 'total S.C. (L-L-L) 10,097AMPS I I MOUNTED NEXT TO PANEL 80" I APPROVAL DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN OC ON CENTER TO TOP OF TIMECLOCK. SEE PHOTOCELL - SEE LIGHTING PLAN FOR MODEL NUMBERS --- Voltage (L-L) 208 V DIA DIAMETER OL OVERLOAD I- - - - - - - - -I- I "LIGHTING CONTROL DETAIL" ON I APPROVED ® POWER PACK - SEE LIGHTING PLAN FOR MODEL NUMBERS --- DISC DISCONNECT EF EXHAUST FAN EXISTING ELECTRICAL - _ _ _ SHEET E200. I DISTR DISTRIBUTION BASE AND METER. - - - -) ® TIMER SWITCH - SEE LIGHTING PLAN FOR MODEL NUMBERS --- DWG DRAWING pH PPOLEHASE I i I (� 1 �(r' i I r - - - -1 I- -1 - -1 APPROVED AS ® REMOTE TEST SWITCH FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTS --- ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN PA PUBLIC ADDRESS I / I _� /_ I / I I I (E)PANEL L I CI TGI 1 (E)PANEL H (E) EXISTING --- I NOTED EF EXHAUST FAN PE PHOTOELECTRIC _ -_ _ _ _ - _ I I 208Y/120V I 1480Y/277V ELECT ELECTRICAL PNL PANEL 1 I- 1 I 3PH, 4H I I 3PH, 4H I LL INITIALS: (R) RELOCATED --- EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER PWR POWER ( I ( 1 ( 1 I 225A MCB C2 225A MCB CEILING MOUNTED E EXISTING RELOC RELOCATED EXISTING I / I ` / / I I 42 CKT I I 30 CKT _ I I I I I DATE: CG) --- EXO EXTERNALLY OPERATED I- - _ � _ _ _ Q FLOOR OUTLET - POWER AND / OR TECHNOLOGY --- EXT LOG EXTERIOR LOCATION RM ROOM - RT RAIN TIGHT I ( --1 I (^ l I (^ l I I FA FIRE ALARM RTU ROOF TOP UNIT EXISTING 225A I ` / I / / I I I I (E)4 #4/0 THWN AND FIXT FIXTURE I I- - -� 1 #4 GIRD IN 2-1/:2"C. L J FLA FULL LOAD AMPS SW SWITCH BREAKER TO BE (- - - J - - - - - - -I T - -I- - - SH'BD SWITCHBOARD REUSED. _ - _ I (E)3 #2 THWN AND 1 G GROUND - - - - - - I_ - - I (E)XFMR #6 GRID IN 1-1/2"C. GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER TC TIME CLOCK I I-TT1 I I 1112.5KVA, 480V,1 TEL TELEPHONE I I I I I I I I I I I I I L - - - 3PH PRIMARY, _ _ - ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO {__. - I- - - I - -I 20BV/120Y RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF HP HORSE POWER TYP TYPICAL I THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN HV HIGH VOLTAGE 1 I 1 I SECONDARY. I SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED I I I 1 - - - - AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION THE HZ HERTZ V VOLT b• � STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN IG ISOLATED GROUND HP WEATHERPROOF I� DIST. APPROX. 2001-011 _ ( FINISH FLOOR AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. r J-BOX JUNCTION BOX FIELD VERIFY. �I SAI # 191127 KVA KILOVOLT -AMPS DRAWING NUMBER: ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS T ELECTRICAL CALCULATIONS N ABBREVIATIONS j ELECTRICAL RISER AND NOTES A E300 NOTE: ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL. - NO EXPOSED CONDUIT ALLOWED - THIS DETAIL IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY - SWITCH BANK --I THERMOSTATS FOR RTU-I t 2 MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. VOLUME CONTROLS FOR SPEAKERS f—REMOTE TEST ALARM STATIONS FOR DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR JUNCTION BOX FOR RTU-1 2 MOUNTED BELOW THERMOSTAT JUNCTION BOX FOR SECURITY KEYPAD I/NOT USED �Wj SWITCH BANK DETAIL isl SALES / IVVN-SALES /� J-BOX IS" ABOVE I / SALES/NON-SALES DOOR WIRELESS A.P.#I (1) CEILING LINE CONCEIRGE BACK (2) CASH (2) TABLE (I) WRAP WRAP VESTIBULE I I f I FLOOR LINE 1 IS CABINET ONE -LINE DETAIL 72" A.F AS MUSIC (1) LIGHTSTAT SECURITY EMPLOYEE L CABINETOCATED PER CONTROLS (1) (1) DESK (2) L DRAWINGS. NOTE: ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL. NO EXPOSED CONDUIT ALLOWED - THIS DETAIL IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY - REFER TQ ARCHITECTURAL SHCETS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF STANDARDS AND SHELVING. t— --�- ----- — 2411 LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF SHELF WIRE CHASE — — — — — — — — — — — — _ _ _ - -- 20" A.F.F.UPS o o O OO _ OOOO CPU -- —— SAFE BUZZER CI MOUNT RECEPTACLES BETWEEN BACKERBOARD SUPPORT STRUCTURE LEASE L1 NIE 2" CONDUIT FROM LL TELEPHONE ROOM TO IS CABINET. NOTES: A. A TOTAL OF (12) TWELVE 1" CONDUITS AND ONE 2" CONDUIT TO IS CABINET. SEE NOTE B BELOW B. SECURITY SYSTEM CONDUIT ONLY NECESSARY ON EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. C. ALL CONDUITS MUST HAVE NYLON PULL STRINGS, I L NOTE: ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL. - NO EXPOSED CONDUIT ALLOWED - - THIS DETAIL IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY - REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF STANDARDS AND SHELVING. ------ ---- ---------- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 _ 0 0 0 B---------- -------1---------------ff --------------- ----- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 _ -I --------------- --------------- -------- ----0-------------------------------0-------J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 D YglKt (_HAZ= 0 9 311 45" A_F.F. QUADRUPLEX MOUNT EACH SO AS TO AVOID ANY BACKERBOARD SUPPORT STRUCTURE R !SHIPPING STATION -ELEVATION NOTE: Al I r'/'11.1 i'1I IIT CL1A1 I RF r/'1�I('FAI Fi'1 1N WAI I - NO EXPOSED CONDUIT ALLOWED - THIS DETAIL IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY - RFFF12 TO ARrHITFrTIIRAI SLIFFTv_ F0T7 EXACT LOCATIONS OF STANDARDS AND SHELVING. Il -- �I ------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- _____ N.T.S. 4211 DUPLEX RECEPTACLES(TYP) o��----- I l0001 IF 000 WIRE CHASE -f -I - L1-------------------- ------ 15" A.F.F. FOl MOUNT RECEPTACLES SO AS TO AVOID BACKERBOARD SUPPORT STRUCTURE 0 DUPLEX,RECEPTACLE REFRIGERAT qR OT USED Mllv,lr FtY nTLIFRC ,w OT USED O O O X O UNITLS^ 3 01-1 L LIE 1 m0 / TEL an MANUAL Lr 2 jQrEl r MUTE MIC C E BREAKER 4fFl 0 - /X1 O \J HLI ^ MUTE + H O - SE NLr4a& - oulf, ®0aPUS U ❑ ❑ O ❑ ❑ a ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ O RESET OVCM X 6 M C X L Me MC mff I MR E� x2) ��Qp1 LDE-OT 3LHuE gp " /77 aN4GN LIE 3 ALE3 F-Hr-i 2V� 6OHZ N OY f4. CE H E t - 011 011 ❑ ❑ LEVEL O Rum 10 o °N o�fo ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ XO O O CLA 2 DO NOT USE 1IkSE 4 IOU 25V W 70V TERMINALS AT THE SAE ME. O O I II MOH #8 TO BE SWITCHED MUSIC ON HOLD FEED ON DURING INSTALLATION TO TELEPHONE SYSTEM IN I.S. CABINET WITH VOLUME CONTROL FOR 3'-0" SPEAKER CABLE MOH TO BE SET AT #5 COILED AT I.S. CABINET AT MIDDLE OF RANGE HIGH IMPEDANCE LINE IMPORTANT: ADJUST TAP NO NIGHER THAN 8 WATTS ON SPEAKERS IN SALES AREA, AND 4 WATTS ON 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 o 0 0 0 mop 0 0 0 0 0 o o SPEAKERS IN FITTING ROOM. SPEAKER XFMR'S (LABELED IN ACTUAL SETTINGS FOR WATTS PER 70V). THE SPEAKERS TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD. L I SOUND SYSTEM DETAIL 144" A.F.F. 4'X8'X3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD �\ i 'IS' CABINET. RFFFR TO DFTAIL 'R' THIS SHEET FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 6011 A.F.F. 4811 A.F.F. THIS DETAIL IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY - THIS ELEVATION IS FOR ILLUSTRATION; FOR EXACT LOCATION/CONFIGURATION - REFER TO PLANS TO AMP EQUIPMENT TO BE MOUNTED TO ALLOW FOR OPENING OF ALL CABINET SECTIONS AND ACCESS TO ALL IKIITEpAIAL rvArPrECTIvNS. CABINET DVOP MII�'T' RE ABLE TO SWING OPEN A FULL q0° (NINETY DEGREES). IF ORIENTATION AS INDICATED WILL NOT ALLOW A FULL q0°, CONTRACTOR SHALL FLIP CABINET, IF A FULL q0° OPEN IS STILL NOT ACHIEVABLE, ASK TENANT CLIENT MANAGER HOW TO PROCEED. 2411 18" - TELEPHONE SERVICE 1 WIRELESS A.P. I I� SECURITY PANEL j (IF APPLICABLE) — — J QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE _! iORGANIZER ��o RUN PLENUM RATED SPEAKER WIRE OR RUN IN 3/4" CONDUIT BY CONTRACTOR, IF REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBILITY, LOCAL CODE OR LANDLORD REQUIREMENT (TYP). SPEAKERS, BACKBOXES, VOLUME CONTROL AND CONDUCTORS, PROVIDED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SALES AREA SPEAKERS (TYPICAL OF 8) SPEAKERSTO CONTROLLED. FITTING ROOM SPEAKER CONTRACTOR SHALL TERMINATE THE NEGATIVE CONDUCTORS ON ONE TERMINAL AND POSITIVES CONDUCTORS ON THE APPROPRIATE SETTING TO MAINTAIN THE DAISY CHAIN PIr.P IMPEDANCE LINE. WALL MOUNTED VOLUME CONTROL (25-LVC) PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR LOCATED BY SALES/NON-SALES DOOR. WALL MOUNTED VOLUME CONTROL (100-LVC) PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR LOCATED BY SALES/NON-SALES DOOR. STORAGE BIN OWNER: o 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: IMPORTANT: ADJUST TAP NO NIGHER THAN 8 WATTS ON SPEAKERS IN SALES AREA, AND 4 WATTS ON 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 o 0 0 0 mop 0 0 0 0 0 o o SPEAKERS IN FITTING ROOM. SPEAKER XFMR'S (LABELED IN ACTUAL SETTINGS FOR WATTS PER 70V). THE SPEAKERS TO BE DETERMINED IN FIELD. L I SOUND SYSTEM DETAIL 144" A.F.F. 4'X8'X3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD �\ i 'IS' CABINET. RFFFR TO DFTAIL 'R' THIS SHEET FOR FURTHER INFORMATION 6011 A.F.F. 4811 A.F.F. THIS DETAIL IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY - THIS ELEVATION IS FOR ILLUSTRATION; FOR EXACT LOCATION/CONFIGURATION - REFER TO PLANS TO AMP EQUIPMENT TO BE MOUNTED TO ALLOW FOR OPENING OF ALL CABINET SECTIONS AND ACCESS TO ALL IKIITEpAIAL rvArPrECTIvNS. CABINET DVOP MII�'T' RE ABLE TO SWING OPEN A FULL q0° (NINETY DEGREES). IF ORIENTATION AS INDICATED WILL NOT ALLOW A FULL q0°, CONTRACTOR SHALL FLIP CABINET, IF A FULL q0° OPEN IS STILL NOT ACHIEVABLE, ASK TENANT CLIENT MANAGER HOW TO PROCEED. 2411 18" - TELEPHONE SERVICE 1 WIRELESS A.P. I I� SECURITY PANEL j (IF APPLICABLE) — — J QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE _! iORGANIZER ��o RUN PLENUM RATED SPEAKER WIRE OR RUN IN 3/4" CONDUIT BY CONTRACTOR, IF REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBILITY, LOCAL CODE OR LANDLORD REQUIREMENT (TYP). SPEAKERS, BACKBOXES, VOLUME CONTROL AND CONDUCTORS, PROVIDED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SALES AREA SPEAKERS (TYPICAL OF 8) SPEAKERSTO CONTROLLED. FITTING ROOM SPEAKER CONTRACTOR SHALL TERMINATE THE NEGATIVE CONDUCTORS ON ONE TERMINAL AND POSITIVES CONDUCTORS ON THE APPROPRIATE SETTING TO MAINTAIN THE DAISY CHAIN PIr.P IMPEDANCE LINE. WALL MOUNTED VOLUME CONTROL (25-LVC) PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR LOCATED BY SALES/NON-SALES DOOR. WALL MOUNTED VOLUME CONTROL (100-LVC) PROVIDED BY TENANT INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR LOCATED BY SALES/NON-SALES DOOR. STORAGE BIN OWNER: o 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: U 1' .:qL O O =E U ° 3 c V 3 Lo 0 co O W c c cif � Q O Lo �z LO o Ln LO � � V Wes_ �U) Z)o U QLO O E Lo It fAcu cq U Lo r > o T to Cn rZ o STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: r�w w r�r nI 1� THE Ph-01VItINrADE Driut Z) AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02114/2020' FAI REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION U/ W n u J Q U Q U00 J Y U W w U� 2/ ij{NNIRillpllVill" pF'`'`� �'S'•�e a G>�: l4 � a � No. 25l Q Z "' • �mrerml�\� 0 LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: @2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 MANAGER DESK - ELEVATION N.T.S. N I BREAK COUNTER -ELEVATION N.T.S. TECH CABINET DETAIL DRAWING NUMBER: 3/411=11-011 E400 N.T.S. OWNER: 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL A. THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL APPLY TO ALL WORK DONE UNDER THIS CONTRACT: 1. ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT OR TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE REFERS TO J. JILL. 2. DRAWING5 AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENT ARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 26 THROUGH 28. 3. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF INE SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS //MITID A/'T/'1D 1G DCGD/IAICIIIII ITY T/1 DD/-1I/11-1= TIIC C11G/'/•1AITDA/' 10G I.IITI I A GONPI ETC CET OF (.VIV I (\hV I VIAJ F�1-..JI- VI`I.JILJI LI I I I V 1 ItVV ILL I P9L JVLI.I/IV I IllHIi I I/F�J VVI I" /_i I.VI II-LG I L .7G I lJr BID DOCUMENTS. 4. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE COMPLETION AND INSPECTION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF THE SUBCONTRACTORS TO COMPLY WITH THE J. JILL'S SCHEDULE AND THE PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. 5. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK. 6. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT BID. B. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AND PERFORM ALL LABOR REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, IN DIVISIONS 26, 27, AND 28. WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. TEMPORARY SERVICE AS REQUIRED. 2. PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION BY ELECTRIC COMPANY. 3. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING SYSTEMS. 4. CONDUIT AND CABLES FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 5. ELECTRICAL PANEL AND BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING. G. WIRIIVG DEV ICES AIVV PLATES. 7. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS, INSTALLATION AND WIRING. 8. LIGHTING CONTROLS. q. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS, SIGNS, CORNICE LIGHTING, CASE LIGHTING, ETC., AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 10. INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT AND CABLES FOR SOUND SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 11 SMOKE/FIRE AI ARM N11RILJ(_: DEVICES AND r_/_�AlDUIT AS SH(_1114N OR DESCRIBED _nN DRAWINGS OR ASvNECESSARY TO MEET LANDLORD, STATE, LOCAL,^INSURANCE AND FIRE✓ DEPARTMENT ~v v REQUIREMENTS. 12. INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS STUBBED TO ABOVE CEILING FOR HVAC. ALSO, ANY ADDITIONAL CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT WHERE PLENUM RATED CABLES ARE NOT PERMITTED. 13. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL ELECTRICITY PRIOR TO STORE MERCHANDISING, AND INCLUDE COST IN BID. C. WORK WHICH SHALL BE PERFORMED BY OTHERS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: 1. TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING THAT IS FURNISHED BY OTHERS PRE -WIRED IN UNITS. 2. TELEPHONES AND FINAL CONNECTION OF WIRING THERETO. 3. INTERNAL WIRING OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND PRE -WIRED BY OTHERS. 4. SECURITY SYSTEM FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR. D. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHER TRADES OR BY TENANT AND SPECIFIED IN OR SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS TO ELECTRICALLY OPI=RATED EkaVIPMEII11I FURIVISHLD BY OTHERS AS SPECIFIED IIV I^/R SHOYVIV ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. TEMPORARY WIRING FOR OTHER CONTRACTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL BE ENTIRELY RESPONSIBLE TO THE TENANT FOR THE SAFE AND SATISFACTORY OPERATION OF SAID TEMPORARY WIRING. CONTRACTOR REQUIRING SUCH TEMPORARY WIRING SHALL PAY FOR ALL DAMAGE TO PROPERTY RESULTING FROM ITS USE. COMPLY WITH LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT (OSHA). PROVIDE PERSONNEL GROUND FAULT PROTECTION ON ALL TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS 30 AMPERES OR LESS. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS ON CONSTRUCTION CIRCUITS ARE NOT REQUIRED WHERE CIRCUIT IS A PERMANENT CIRCUIT TO BE A PART OF THE COMPLETED BUILDING. HOWEVER, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE APPROVED CORD SETS INCORPORATING GFCI PROTECTION FOR PERSONNEL. SEE THE LOCALLY ADOPTED EDITION OF THE N.E.C. ALL FINISH PAINTING IS TO BE PERFORMED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR EXCEPT THAT THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION ANY PAINTING DEFACED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AFTER ORIGINAL PAINTING. E. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING, OR CHANNELING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL BY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD. PATCHING IS TO BE "AS NEW CONDITION". F. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING AND REPAIRING. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. G. ANY ACCESS PANELS REQUIRED, BUT NOT SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, SHALL BE FURNISHED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH DESIGN TO BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT BEFORE STARTING INSTALLATION. H. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK OR WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS PART OF CONTRACT. I. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH: 1. THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 2. STATE, CITY, AND COUNTY BUILDING CODES AND ORDINANCES. 3. NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS. 4. CERTAIN CODES AND STANDARDS AS SET UP BY VARIOUS TECHNICAL SOCIETIES SUCH AS UL, NEMA, NEGA, IEEE, ASTM, IES, IPCEA, AND ANSI. 5. THIS WORK SHALL BE GOVERNED ALSO BY LOCAL INSPECTOR'S REQUIREMENTS. 6. FEDERAL OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT STANDARDS. 7. AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. J. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY CODES IN THE BID AND IF THESE CHANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BID, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. AFTER CONTRACT I5 ISSUED, NO ADDITIONAL COST DUE TO CODE ISSUES SHALL BE REIMBURSED BY TENANT TO THE CONTRACTOR. K. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES, THE LANDLORD OR TENANT CRITERIA, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WITH THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. L. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED AND SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. M. ALL PERMITS REQUIRED BY LAWS, ORDINANCES AND BUILDING CODES HAVING JURISDICTION SHALL BE OBTAINED AT PROPER TIME BY AND AT THE EXPENSE OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. N. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING LOCAL INSPECTION AUTHORITIES. 0. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID. MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING, THROUGH SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCESS, BY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. P. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. SUBMISSIONS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW SEVEN (7) WORKING DAYS FOR TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND/OR SUB -CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT THEY HAVE REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN. Q. FOR ANY PHASED STORE CONSTRUCTION, THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE IN THIS BID ALL NECESSARY ELECTRICAL SERVICE CHANGES REQUIRED TO KEEP THE OPERATING PHASE OF THE STORE'S ELECTRIC SERVICE IN OPERATION. CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE WITH TENANT S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND LANDLORD (IN WRITING) ONE WEEK PRIOR TO ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE P.O.S., CASH REGISTERS, ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE OR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. ADVISE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND TENANT AT TIME OF BID IF ANY CONFLICTS EXIST. R. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK. COORDINATE ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE LEFT INTACT AND ADVISE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT TIME OF BID. S. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE, AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR, THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING CONDUIT, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, SWITCH GEAR, PITCH POCKETS AND EQUIPMENT, ETC. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT AND SWITCH GEAR PRIOR TO REMOVAL. PITCH T H AS I D BY THE LANDLORD. ALL POCKETS SHALL BE REMOVED AND HE ROOF PATC ED, REQU RE EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF/WALL/FLCOR PATCHED/REPAIRED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. EXISTING ABANDONED CONDUIT OR EQUIPMENT IN THE FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE, ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED CONDUIT MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN PROPOSAL. T. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. U. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND/OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. V. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL CONDUIT, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. W. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, WIRE, UNISTRUT, C-CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. X. HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO OTHER CONDUIT OR PIPING. HANGERS UPPER ATTACHMENT MUST BE SUPPORTED FROM THE TOP OF THE BAR JOIST. HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, IN ORDER TO SUPPORT CONDUIT, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, JUNCTION BOXES, ACCESS DOORS, OTHER EQUIPMENT SERVICE REQUIREMENTS AND/OR OTHER TRADES. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. Y. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH TO THE TENANT A CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL FROM THE ABOVE DEPARTMENT BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT ON CONTRACT WILL BE ALLOWED. Z. TEST ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS FOR CONTINUITY AND GROUNDS BEFORE ANY EQUIPMENT IS CONNECTED. WHEN DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT, DEMONSTRATE BY PROPER VOLTAGE MEGGER TEST OF INSULATION RESISTANCE OF ANY CONDUCTORS AND REPLACE ALL CONDUCTORS WHICH FAIL SAID TESTS UNTIL ALL CONDUCTORS ARE FREE FROM INSULATION FAULTS. AA. ELECTRICAL LAYOUTS ARE SCHEMATIC. EXACT LOCATIONS ARE DETERMINED BY EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT, ETC., AND MAY BE REVISED TO SUIT THE CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS AND AID IN COORDINATION WITH WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTORS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN WRITING PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE T/'1 ATII/I GC TCAI A AITIG /•/1A IGTDI IrTi/1A1 MAAI A/•CD IAI I.ID ITI AIr /lE AAIY \/A DI ATI/V�IG T/'1 /"/'1AITD ArT I I/ HVV IJL I LItlHIV I J lil/1VJ 1 F-lVI. I IVI11 I IhIIVHIXLI� IIV YV1l1 I IIVIX I/r- HIV I VHI_IH 1 IVIVJ I V (.VIV 1111 I. I DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID. OTHERWISE, TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL WITH NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. AB. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO INDICATE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF SWITCHES, RFCFPTACI FS I Ir.WTINr. FIXTURES AND OTWFR ITEMS OF VARIOIIS FI FCTRICAI SYSTEMS OF __-_. .. .-__-/ _. _... . . ... . -. __- . ...- - ..._.. . . _. .- _. .. ,.--- ___- . . _.-. ._ - . - . _. .- _ . PROJECT. EXACT LOCATIONS AND ROUGH -IN DIMENSIONS FOR ALL WORK AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM ARCHITECT OR ARCHITECT'S REPRESENTATIVE AS WORK PROGRESSES. SHOULD THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FAIL TO PROPERLY OBTAIN SUCH LOCATIONS OR DIMENSIONS, THE ARCHITECT SHALL CHANGE THIS WORK AT THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS EXPENSE WHEN REQUESTED BY ARCHITECT. ARCHITECT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE MINOR CHANGES IN LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK OR EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGHING IN WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO TENANT. TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY OUTLETS OR FIXTURES BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST. AC. THE TENANT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DIRECT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ANY ITEM WHICH, IN THEIR OPINION, SHALL NOT PRESENT AN ORDERLY OR REASONABLY NEAT OR WORKMANLIKE APPEARANCE, PROVIDED THAT SUCH ITEM CAN BE PROPERLY INSTALLED IN SUCH ORDERLY WAY BY METHODS USUAL IN SUCH WORK, OR WHICH DOES NOT COMPLY WITH CONTRACT DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. SUCH REMOVALS OR REPLACEMENTS SHALL BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR WHEN SO DIRECTED IN WRITING BY TENANT AND AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. AD. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB SITE TO RECORD DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH AS: 1. LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOXES AND RECEPTACLES. 2. REVISIONS, ADDENDUMS, AND CHANGE ORDERS. 3. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. AE. AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FILIAL CORRECTIONS TO DRA1n ING5 AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT RY SIGNIATURE THEREON. ONE COPY OF DRAWINGS STAMPED "DO NOT REMOVE" SHALL BE PLACED IN DRAWING TUBE LOCATED NEXT TO THE ELECTRICAL PANELS (SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION). A SECOND AS -BUILT SET SHALL BE SENT TO J. JILL S OFFICES. AF. THE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED IN THE WORK SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCI11 IFNTS AG. MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG CUTS MAY BE SUBMITTED FOR STANDARD CATALOG LIGHTING FIXTURES AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. CATALOG CUTS MAY BE MARKED UP TO MEET THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. CUTS SHALL BE MARKED TO INDICATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE, TYPE, COLOR, RATING, ETC., OF THE ITEM TO BE FURNISHED. AH. PROVIDE INSTRUCTION TO TENANT'S OPERATING PERSONNEL AS NECESSARY, SHOWING LOCATIONS AND PROPER OPERATION OF MAJOR ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND REFERRING TO THE OPERATING INSTRUCTION MANUAL DESCRIBED BELOW AS A GUIDE. AI. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE THIS WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS, EXCEPT FOR TENANT -SUPPLIED MATERIALS, FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE (IN WRITING) OF THE INSTALLATION BY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER/ENGINEERING MANAGER AND LEAVE THIS WORK IN PERFECT ORDER AT COMPLETION. AJ. SHOULD DEFECTS DEVELOP WITHIN GUARANTEE PERIOD, GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL, UPON NOTICE OF SAME, REMEDY SUCH DEFECTS AND HAVE DAMAGES TO OTHER WORK OR FURNISHINGS CAUSED BY DEFECTS OR WORK OR CORRECTIONS TO SAME REPAIRED AND/OR REPLACED AT THIS EXP LIVSL TV CVINL/ I VIV BLFVRL SUCH ^VEFECTS OR DAMfIGL. AK. COMPILE TWO (2) WRITTEN MANUALS OF OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND A LISTING OF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS. ASSEMBLE IN 8-1/2" X ii" HARD BACKED INDEXED BINDER. MATERIAL SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. TITLE PAGE: TITLE OF JOB, LANDLORD, J. JILL ADDRESS, DATE OF SUBMISSION, CONTRACTOR, AND ENGINEER. 2. INDEX 3. LIST OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT USED IN PROJECT ACCOMPANIED BY CONTRACTOR PURCHASE ORDER NUMBERS AND SUPPLIERS' NAMES AND ADDRESSES. 4. ONE COPY OF EACH SHOP DRAWING GROUPED BY TYPES OF EQUIPMENT, I.E., LIGHTING FIXTURES, PANELBOARDS, ETC. 5. SECTION FOR EACH SYSTEM, INCLUDING: a. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM OPERATION WITH LOCATION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS. b. LIST OF ITEMS IN SYSTEM REQUIRING PERIODIC SERVICE. REQUIRES SEPARATE SECTION FOR EACH OF: ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM FROM THE SERVICE ENTRANCE TO EACH LIGHTING AND POWER PANEL AND OTHER SYSTEMS (I.E. CONTROL SYSTEMS AND ANY OTHER GENERAL CONTRACTOR SYSTEM LISTED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS.) AL. J. JILL SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE 12-MONTH WARRANTY FOR ALL PARTS ON EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY TENANT AND TENANT'S VENDORS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEAR ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES BEYOND A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM, AND AS SUCH, NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. AM. AT THE END OF THE PROJECT-, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT , INCLUDING LIGH T FIXTURES, TO THE SATISFACTION OF J. JILL. ALL DUST, DIRT, DEBRIS, PAINT AND FOREIGN MATTER SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ALL EQUIPMENT. 26 05 19 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS A. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS, THE MINIMUM COPPER WIRE SIZES FOR WET AND DRY AREAS AS DEFINED BY THE N.E.C. SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 20 AMP CKT BKR OR FUSE = #12 AWG, THHN/THWN 30 AMP CKT BKR OR FUSE = #10 AWG, THHN/THWN 40 AMP CKT BKR OR FUSE = #8 AWG, THHN/THWN 5n AMP GI`T RRKR VR FIr15E - I±A Al JIG TLILILJ/TH1nINI 100 AMP CKT BKR OR FUSE = #3 AWG, THHN/THWN 125 AMP CKT BKR OR FUSE = #1 AWG, THHN/THWN 200 AMP CKT BKR OR FUSE = #3/0 AWG, THHN/THWN MINIMUM WIRE SIZES FOR 20A BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE ADJUSTED FOR DISTANCE, MEASURED FROM THE PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER TO THE FURTHEST OUTLET, AS FOLLOWS: LESS THAN 70 FT - #12 BETWEEN 71 AND 110 FEET - #10 BETWEEN III AND 175 FEET - #8 OVER 175 FEET - #6 CONDUCTORS USED FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUITS SHALL BE #10 AWG, MINIMUM, AND SHALL BE RUN IN SEPARATE CONDUIT USED FOR NO OTHER PURPOSE. CONDUCTORS MAY BE STRANDED FOR SIZES #10 AWG AND LARGER. CONDUCTORS SIZE #12 AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID (NOT STRANDED). ON ALL 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS, CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN #10 AWG SHALL BE REDUCED TO #10 AWG WITHIN 10 FEET OF PANELBOARD AND DEVICES IN JUNCTION BOXES ON RATED TERMINAL STRIPS. B. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED. C. THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODE SHALL BE USED: 208/120 VOLT 450/277 VOLT PHASE A BLACK BROWN PHASE B RED ORANGE PHASE C BLUE YELLOW NEUTRAL WHITE GRAY GROUND GREEN GREEN D. CIRCUIT BREAKER/FUSE AND WIRE SIZE COMBINATIONS NOT SHOWN ABOVE SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE GROUNDING SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. B. A SEPARATE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, MINIMUM SIZE PER NEC TABLE 250.122, SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT ALONG WITH ALL FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS AND CONTROL CIRCUITS. CONDUCTOR INSULATION SHALL BE GREEN. C. CONDUIT SYSTEM SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS. ALL ENCLOSURES AND NON -CURRENT CARRYING METALS TO BE GROUNDED. ALL LOCK NUTS MUST CUT THROUGH ENAMELED OR PAINTED SURFACES ON ENCLOSURES. WHERE ENCLOSURES AND NON -CURRENT CARRYING METALS ARE ISOLATED FROM THE CONDUIT SYSTEM, USE BONDING JUMPERS WITH APPROVED CLAMPS. D. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE BONDED TO A GROUND CONDUCTOR USING A #12 AWG MINIMUM BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN RECEPTACLE TERMINAL AND GROUND CONDUCTOR. METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE DEVICE YOKE AND THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR EITHER SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES OR FLUSH TYPE BOXES. E. BOND TRANSFORMER NEUTRAL TO A GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM. F. THE GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR FOR SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS, SUCH AS DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMERS, SHALL BE RUN IN NON-METALLIC (PVC) CONDUIT TO MINIMIZE GROUND IMPEDANCE. G. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE GROUNDED BY THE USE OF A PIGTAIL FASTENED ON BARE METAL THAT IS FREE OF PAINT. H. BOND ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL TO EARTH, GROUND RODS OR PLATES, OR WATER SYSTEM. I. BOND ALL ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT TO ACCEPTABLE GROUNDS PER THE N.E.C. 26 05 29 DISTRIBUTION A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MISC. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO INSTALL ALL OF THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE FROM THE LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL SERVICE ROOM INCLUDING (AS INDICATED ON SHEET E300) BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE SECONDARY CABLES, CONDUIT, PULL WIRE AND GROUND ROD AND SLEEVE AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF THE DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND PANELBOARD WITH THIS WORK. B. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED. C. COORDINATE WORK PROVIDED BY LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE THE COST OF ANY SUCH WORK AS DIRECTED BY LANDLORD. WIRING OF METERING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS DIRECTED BY THE ELECTRIC COMPANY. D. METERING EQUIPMENT IS EXISTING TO REMAIN. E. DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY-DUTY TYPE, UL LISTED. F. DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE BY SQUARE D, SIEMENS, CUTLER HAMMER, OR GENERAL ELECTRIC. G. ALL SWITCHES SHALL HAVE SWITCH BLADES WHICH ARE FULLY VISIBLE IN THE "OFF" POSITION WHEN THE SWITCH DOOR I5 OPEN. SWITCHES SHALL HAVE REMOVABLE ARC SUPPRESSORS WHERE NECESSARY TO PERMIT EASY ACCESS TO LINE SIDE LUGS. LUGS SHALL BE FRONT REMOVABLE AND UL LISTED FOR 75 DEGREES C., ALUMINUM OR COPPER WIRES. H. SWITCHES SHALL BE QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK. THE OPERATING HANDLE SHALL BE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE BOX, NOT THE COVER. PROVISIONS FOR PADLOCKING THE SWITCH IN THE "OFF" POSITION WITH AT LEAST THREE LOCKS SHALL BE PROVIDED. SWITCHES SHALL HAVE A DUAL COVER INTERLOCK TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED OPENING OF THE SWITCH DOOR WHEN THE HANDLE IS IN THE "ON" POSITION, AND TO PREVENT CLOSING OF THE SWITCH MECHANISM WITH THE DOOR OPEN. THE HANDLE POSITION SHALL INDICATE WHETHER THE SWITCH IS "ON" OR "OFF". I. SWITCHES SHALL BE FURNISHED IN NEMA I GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE EXCEPT ALL SWITCHES LOCATED OUTDOORS SHALL BE NEMA 3R WEATHERPROOF (WP). NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM GALVANIZED STEEL. ENCLOSURES SHALL HAVE A GRAY BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, ELECTRODEPOSITED, ON CLEANED, PHOSPHATIZED STEEL. I C.I.IIT/"IJCC. C.IJAI I RC PATCTI r7nD A/" M IGIRI C C.I.IIT/•IJCC. MI IC.T A/ -/"CPT /'I AC.C. P M IC.FC. AL.IM LJA\/1= J. . 11. 1 1..rIL .Ar1/' LL I— I LV 1 VI\ /"lV. 1 VJILLL JYYI 1 lil•'11...J 1 I— I /'9l..li Ll 1 1.. LI.9J - I V. r11 t Y L PROVISIONS TO REJECT ALL FUSES EXCEPT CLASS R. THE UL LISTED SHORT CIRCUIT RATING OF THE SWITCHES SHALL BE 200,000 RMS SYMMETRICAL AMPERES WHEN CLASS R FUSES ARE USED. K. NAMEPLATES SHALL INDICATE FUNCTION OF EACH DEVICE. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE LAMINATED PHENOLIC WITH A WHITE SURFACE AND BLACK CORE. USE 1/16" THICK MATERIAL FOR NAMEPLATES HP TO 7"xtl" AND USE 1/S" THICK MATFRIAI_ FOR I_ARr.FR SIZES ALL NAMEPLATES SHALL BE -. . _ - .. . . ...- _ _- .. - . ...-.. . .. .. _. ... ._ . - . _ _. .. _ _.___. . .__ ... .. .-. -. .. __ _... .-_ __ FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE LOCAL BUILDING AUTHORITY OR BUILDING INSPECTOR ON WHICH ITEMS SHOULD HAVE A NAMEPLATE. L. ALL FUSES SHALL BE BUSSMANN, SIZES AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. M. ALL FUSES SHALL BE UL LISTED, CURRENT -LIMITING TYPE, MINIMUM 200,000 AMPS INTERRUPTING CAPACITY. I I N 1 AM AN A SHA MANN W A -1 50 O FUSES SHALL BE USED FUSES P D BOVE LL BE BUSS LO PE K RK 2 V LT ON 208/120 VOLT SYSTEMS. 600 VOLT FUSES SHALL BE USED ON 480/277 VOLT SYSTEMS. HA. O. GON I ROL FUStS t-VK 1101 OtC 5 I AhK I ERS, GUN'( AG I ORS, FIND GON I ROL PANEL I t<FINSFORI IERS SH LL BE BUSSMANN FNQ-R SIZED AT 500% RATED CURRENT. P. FURNISH SPARE FUSES TO THE TENANT IN THE FOLLOWING QUANTITIES: 10% OF TOTAL PROJECT QUANTITY (BUT NOT LESS THAN THREE (3) FOR EACH TYPE AND RATING OF FUSES). Q. TYPED LIST OF ALL SPARES SHALL ALSO BE INCLUDED. R. ALL PANELBOARDS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. S. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE LISTED UNDER UL 67 AND SHALL HAVE APPROPRIATE LABELING. ALL BUSSING SHALL BE SOLID COPPER. T. EXACT RATING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT FROM UTILITY. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH PANELS BASED ON UTILITY COMPANY INFORMATION. ALL LUG CONNECTIONS SHALL BE 75 DEGREES C RATED. U. PANELBOARD FRONT ASSEMBLY SHALL INCLUDE A HINGED DOOR WITH A FLUSH MOUNTED CYLINDER LOCK TYPE SPRING LOADED LATCH. ALL LOCKS SHALL BE KEYED ALIKE. DOOR SHALL INCLUDE A TYPED CIRCUIT DIRECTORY CARD MOUNT ED IN A FRAME (NIT H A CLEAR PLAS I IC PRO I EC I IVE COVER. V. W. /'/l\ Ir TDI I/'T /1AI T/l TI Ir Airl ITD A I r 1_1 A rr rMn r A /-T/lT]Y M/1 AIT1-- ��,Ip RpIsjPpIp =pp TI„11- 1" p" 66NS RUCTION 1 v HE , ....UTRAL SUBASv...MBE=Y, FAe=F R) , .v v. v � , ., lv ✓-. •- a-- 1 - . . .I- ✓v,- . X. INTERIOR LABELING SHALL INCLUDE A CONNECTION DIAGRAM AND LABELS INDICATING PROPER TORQUE AND WIRE TYPES FOR MAIN INPUT CONNECTIONS AND BOTH LINE AND LOAD SIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER CONNECTIONS. Y. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE QUICK MAKE, QUICK BREAK, THERMAL MAGNETIC TRIP (ENCLOSURE COMPENSATED), MOLDED CASE TYPE, UL LISTED. 15 AND 20 AMP SINGLE POLE BREAKERS SHALL CARRY THE UL "SWD" MARKING. LINE SIDE TERMINALS SHALL BE BOLTED TO MAIN BUSBARS. BREAKER RATINGS SHALL BE PER DRAWINGS. Z. TERMINALS FOR CONNECTION OF THE FEEDER TO THE PANELBOARD MAINS TO MAIN BREAKER SHALL BE UL RECOGNIZED AS SUITABLE FOR THE TYPE OF CONDUCTORS SPECIFIED. AA. NAMEPLATES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE FUNCTION OF EACH DEVICE. A A A A I A AN AC CO E USE 1/16 NAMEPL TES SH LL BE L MIN TED PHENOLIC W TN A WHITE SURF CE D BL K R . THICK MATERIAL FOR PLATES UP TO 2" X 4". FOR LARGER SIZES, USE 1/8" THICK MATERIAL AB. MANUFACTURER: GENERAL ELECTRIC TYPE AQ FOR 208Y/120V APPLICATIONS. GENERAL ELECTRIC TYPE AE FOR 480Y/277V APPLICATIONS. EQUAL EQUIPMENT BY SQUARE D, SIEMENS, OR CUTLER HAMMER WILL BE ACCEPTED. AC. EACH PANELBOARD SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH TOP CIRCUIT BREAKER AT V-011 ABOVE FLOOR, FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTED. AD, ALL _O". GTi01115 AT PANELS AND -11, I CHES ARE TO BE MADE, ALL SPLICES COMPLETE, ALL FUSES IN PLACE, AND ALL CIRCUITS CONTINUOUS FROM POINT OF SERVICE CONNECTION TO IT'S FINAL DESTINATION, AND ALL COVERS AND PLATES INSTALLED AND FINAL ELECTRICAL INSPECTION PRIOR TO THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION BY J. JILL'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. AE. TEST AND MAKE CORRECTIONS/ADJUSTMENTS FOR PHASE BALANCING. 26 05 33 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. FURNISH AND INSTALL OUTLET BOXES FOR ALL DEVICES AS REQUIRED, (RECEPTACLES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, MOTORS, SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS, SPECIAL OUTLETS AND AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED). B. ALL OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE GALVANIZED PRESSED STEEL OF THE STANDARD KNOCKOUT TYPE. NO ROUND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PERMITTED, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON DRAWINGS. CONCEALED BOXES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 4" SQUARE AND 1-1/2" DEEP, WITH PLASTER RINGS. C. ALL KNOCKOUT BOXES, UPON WHICH LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE TO BE INSTALLED, SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH 3/8" FIXTURE STUDS. D. RECESSED OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE STAMPED STEEL SUITABLE FOR THE DEVICE INSTALLED. SURFACE MOUNTED OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE CAST IRON SUITABLE FOR THE DEVICE INSTALLED. E. EXTERIOR BOXES SHALL BE CAST RUST -RESISTING METAL WITH GASKETED COVERS. F. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY OF -THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE SUITABLE BOX EXTENSIONS TO EXTEND BOXES TO FINISHED FACES OF FLOORS, CEILINGS, WALLS ETC. ALL OUTLET BOXES TO BE PROVIDED WITH CADDY '(QUICK -MOUNT BOX SUPPORT" TO MINIMIZE THE DEFLECTION THAT OCCURS WHEN PLUGGING/UNPLUGGING INTO THESE DEVICES. G. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE ENCLOSED IN CONTINUOUS GROUNDED RACEWAY SYSTEM EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED (I.E. LOW -VOLTAGE PLENUM -RATED WIRE). H. RACEWAY AND ENCLOSURE SIZES SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR, IF NOT SHOWN, SHALL BE SIZED TO COMPLY WITH N.E.C. FILL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONDUCTORS ENCLOSED. I. PULL OR JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL RACEWAY SYSTEMS AT MAXIMUM OF 100 FOOT INTERVALS AND WHERE REQUIRED TO AVOID EXCESSIVE NUMBER OF BENDS, TO FACILITATE WIRE PULLING OR TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO RACEWAY SYSTEM. BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL OF CODE GAUGE SIZE. TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE, AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES MUST BE LABELED WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND SYSTEM TYPE ON COVER. J. RACEWAYS AND ENCLOSURES SHALL BE ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE WITH APPROVED SUPPORT RODS AND/OR CLAMPS. K. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE RIGID HEAVYWALL GALVANIZED STEEL OR THIN WALL EMT WHERE PERMITTED BY CODE OR AS HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED. PVC SCHEDULE 80 CONDUIT MAY BE USED UNDER FLOOR SLAB. ROMEX, BX OR AC, ETC., ARE NOT PERMITTED. L. MINIMUM SIZE OF CONDUIT SHALL BE 1/2" FOR INDIVIDUAL LIGHTING FIXTURE CONNECTIONS OR TO INDIVIDUAL LIGHT SWITCHES (IF ACCEPTABLE BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS) AND 3/4" FOR ALL OTHER LOCATIONS. IF HVAC CONTROL WIRING IS REQUIRED TO BE RUN IN CONDUIT, IT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1/2", UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. ALL IN/UNDER FLOOR CONDUIT SHALL BE OF MINIMUM I" SIZE. M. EMT THIN WALL CONDUIT MAY BE USED INSIDE HOLLOW PARTITIONS, AND ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND EXPOSED ABOVE 8'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR OR ABOVE PANELBOARD5. EMT CONDUIT MAY NOT BE USED BURIED IN EARTH OR FILL, IN OR UNDER CONCRETE FLOOR OR IN POURED CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION. N. PVC CONDUIT USED UNDER FLOOR SLABS SHALL HAVE RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL ELLS AND METALLIC CONDUIT ABOVE FLOOR SLAB. 0. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC) SHALL BE USED ONLY FOR CONNECTIONS IN51DE CASEWORK AND AS THE FINAL CONNECTION TO RECESSED FIXTURES, MOTORS, AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THAT MAY GENERATE VIBRATION THROUGH THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. FMC SHALL BE UL APPROVED, AND O H H N UI AN I IN HA I IN M HA B TO SIX B T T E CO D T D F TT GS S LL BE L STED FOR GROUND G. F C S LL E KEPT FEET (V-0") MAXIMUM LENGTH AND SHALL BE MINIMUM ONE-HALF INCH (1/2") ELECTRICAL TRADE SIZE. WHEN CONNECTED TO HARD CONDUIT, THE FMC MUST BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE HARD CONDUIT IT IS CONNECTED TO. AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR MUST BE INSTALLED IN ALL RUNS OF FMC. P. LIQUID -TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC) AND LIQUID -TIGHT FITTINGS SHALL BE USED IN AREAS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER OR EXCESSIVE MOISTURE AS THE FINAL CONNECTION TO MOTORS, AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THAT MAY GENERATE VIBRATION THROUGH THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. LFMC SHALL BE UL APPROVED, AND BOTH THE CONDUIT AND FITTINGS SHALL BE LISTED FOR GROUNDING. LFMC SHALL BE KEPT TO SIX FEET (6'-0") MAXIMUM LENGTH AND SHALL BE MINIMUM ONE-HALF INCH (1/2") ELECTRICAL TRADE SIZE. WHEN CONNECTED TO HARD CONDUIT, THE LFMC MUST BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE HARD CONDUIT IT IS CONNECTED TO. AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR MUST BE INSTALLED IN ALL RUNS OF LFMC. Q. CONDUIT SHALL GENERALLY BE CONCEALED WHERE POSSIBLE. NO CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN IN SLAB, EXCEPT AS REQUIRED FOR FLOOR -MOUNTED DEVICES. PROVIDE PROPERLY LABELED PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS. R. EXPOSED CONDUIT WILL BE PERMITTED IN ELECTRIC ROOMS, AND SIMILAR UNFINISHED SPACES, OVERHEAD IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILINGS AND ELSEWHERE AT THE DISCRETION OF THE TENANT S. ALL CONDUIT FITTINGS SHALL BE GALVANIZED MALLEABLE IRON OR STEEL. CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS SHALL BE THREADED OR CUPPED SET SCREW TYPE, CONCRETE TIGHT. CONDUIT BODIES SHALL BE MALLEABLE IRON, THREADED FOR HEAVYWALL CONDUIT AND CUPPED SET SCREW TYPE FOR EMT, WITH CADMIUM FINISH AND CADMIUM PLATED SHEET STEEL COVERS. SYNTHETIC RUBBER GASKETS SHALL BE USED UNDER BODY COVERS EXPOSED TO WEATHER. EMT CONNECTORS SHALL BE INSULATED THROAT TYPE. T. INSTALL EXPANSION FITTINGS AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE CONDUITS CROSS BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS OR TRAVERSE FROM ONE INDEPENDENT STRUCTURE TO ANOTHER. INSTALL WHEREVER CONDUITS TRAVERSE STRUCTURES HAVING SEPARATE FOUNDATIONS OR WHERE EXISTING BUILDINGS ARE JOINED TO A NEW STRUCTURE. U. DURING ROUGHING -IN, CAP ALL CONDUITS WHICH MAY BECOME FOULED WITH FOREIGN MATERIAL. V. NO MORE THAN THREE (3) qO DEGREE BENDS WILL BE ALLOWED IN ANY ONE CONDUIT RUN. WHERE MORE BENDS ARE NECESSARY IN ANY SINGLE RUN, A PULL BOX SHALL BE INSTALLED. ALL CONDUIT EXCEPT IN CONCRETE SLAB OR EARTH SHALL BE ROUTED PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO THE LINES OF THE BUILDING, AND NO OUT -OF -PLUMB OR DIAGONAL LINES WILL BE ACCEPTED. 26 09 23 LIGHTING CONTROLS A. WHERE LIGHTING CONTACTORS ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, THEY WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR COMPLETE WITH CONDUIT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO INSTALL THE CONTACTORS AND PULL ALL WIRES AS DETAILED ON THESE DRAWINGS AND CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS DIAGRAMMED ON THE ELECTRICAL DETAIL DRAWINGS. NO VARIATIONS TO THE CIRCUITING ARE ALLOWED. 26 22 00 LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS A. EXISTING DRY TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. B. TRANSFORMER KVA CAPACITY SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. ..I -"HA" TA PK I IARY VOL I AGE: 4t>VV 3 I" 5E DEL I SECONDARY VOLTAGE: 208Y/12OV, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE G. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE UL LISTED AND MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA STANDARD ST-20. D TRANSFORMER SUA1 1 WAVE SIX (G) FIJI 1_ CAPACITY PRIMARY TAPS AT 2-1/2% INCREMENTS. TWO _ . . . _. ...-. -. _. .-.. _ �... .__ ... .. -. -... 1 -/ . _ __ -. .. . .-. . . . . _. . .. .. (2) ABOVE NOMINAL RATED VOLTAGE AND FOUR (4) BELOW NOMINAL. E. SOUND LEVEL SHALL NOT EXCEED 45 dB. F. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE 150 DEGREE C TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE 40 DEGREE C AMBIENT. ALL INSULATING MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS FOR A 220 DEGREE C UL COMPONENT RECOGNIZED INSULATION SYSTEM. G. TRANSFORMER COILS SHALL BE OF THE CONTINUOUS WOUND COOPER CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL BE IMPREGNATED WITH NON-HYDROSCOPIC, THERMOSETTING VARNISH. H. TRANSFORMER CORE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF HIGH GRADE, NON -AGING, GRAIN -ORIENTED SILICON S T EEL. MAGNETIC FLUX DENSI T IES ARE T O BE KEPT WITHIN LINEAR OPERA T ING (RANGE. THE CORE LAMINATIONS SHALL BE CLAMPED TOGETHER WITH STRUCTURAL STEEL ANGLES. THE COMPLETED CORE AND COIL SHALL THEN BE BOLTED TO THE BASE OF THE ENCLOSURE BUT ISOLATED FROM THE ENCLOSURE BY MEANS OF RUBBER, VIBRATION -ABSORBING MOUNTS. THERE SHALL BE NO METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE CORE AND COIL AND THE ENCLOSURE. ON TRANSFORMERS 500 KVA AND SMALLER, THE VIBRATION ISOLATING SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE A PERMANENT FASTENING OF THE CORE AND COIL TO THE ENCLOSURE. SOUND ISOLATING SYSTEMS REQUIRING THE COMPLETE REMOVAL OF ALL FASTENING DEVICES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. 1. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE IN A HEAVY GAUGE, SHEET STEEL, VENTILATED ENCLOSURE. THE VENTILATING OPENINGS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL ACCESS TO LIVE PARTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL, NEMA, AND NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE STANDARDS FOR VENTILATED ENCLOSURES. TERMINAL COMPARTMENT SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR 75°C INSULATED WIRE. J. THE ENTIRE TRANSFORMER ENCLOSURE SHALL BE DEGREASED, CLEANED PHOSPHATIZED, PRIMED, AND FINISHED WITH A GRAY, BAKED ENAMEL. K. THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF THE TOP OF THE ENCLOSURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 150 DEGREE C. RISE ABOVE A 40 DEGREE C. AMBIENT. L. THE CORE OF THE TRANSFORMER SHALL BE VISIBLY GROUNDED TO THE ENCLOSURE BY MEANS OF A FLEXIBLE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE NEMA, IEEE, AND ANSI STANDARDS. M. THE EQUIPMENT SHALL HAV E ADEQUATE QUANTITY O1 LUGS TO TERMINATE THE QUANTITY AND SIZE OF CONDUCTORS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. LUGS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR TYPE OF CONDUCTORS TO BE USED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND/OR AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. LUGS SHALL BE RATED FOR 75 DEGREE C. N. TRANSFORMERS WHICH ARE NOT PAD MOUNTED SHALL BE SECURELY MOUNTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE; REINFORCED WALLS; OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. USE ADDITIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AT POINTS OF MOUNTING TO CUT VIBRATION NOISES. USE FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT WITH GROUNDING BUSHING FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE LOCATED, SET, MOUNTED AND CONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO KEEP NOISE LEVELS WITHIN THE SURROUNDING AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS AND MAINTAIN ALL CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 0. PRODUCT SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC. EQUAL PRODUCT BY SQUARE D, CUTLER HAMMER OR SIEMENS MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. P. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO BALANCE THE VOLTAGE LEAVING THE STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER TO PROVIDE A SECONDARY VOLTAGE OF 120 MINIMUM TO 125 VOLTS MAXIMUM BY ADJUSTING THE TRANSFORMER TAPS ONCE ALL THE FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE LOW VOLTAGE PANELBOARD. PROVIDE FINAL BALANCE REPORT TO J. JILL'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT TIME OF PUNCH -OUT. 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES A, INSTAIJ- ALL WIRING DFVICFS INCLIJDING SWITCWFFf RFCFPTACI-ES AND POWER RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE OUTLET BOXES, COVER PLATES AND BLANK OUTLET PLATES AS SHOWN OR DESCRIBED ON DRAWINGS. B. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, ACCESSIBILITY CODES OR LOCAL CODES, OUTLET HEIGHTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. SWITCH HEIGHT 45" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. 2. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS: a. SALES: 16" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF OUTLET. b. NON -SALES: IV' FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF OUTLET 3. TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE LOCATED AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. C. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 20 AMPERE RATING. D. COLOR OF DEVICES AND PLATES SHALL BE WHITE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. THE DEVICES SHALL BE OF THE TYPES AND RATINGS LISTED, OR EQUALS BY ARROW -HART, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR PASS AND SEYMOUR. WEATHERPROOF GFCI RECEPTACLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. DEVICES SHALL BE OF THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED SPECIFICALLY ON PLANS. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES: 20AMP - 120-277V: HUBBELL "HBL1221PL" DOUBLE POLE SWITCHES: 20AMP - 120-277V: HUBBELL "HBL1222PL" DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: 20AMP - 125V: HUBBELL "HBL536211 /'C/'1 DC/' A/ CC /1/1AMD 1/lT'\/ IIIIDD EI 1 II/-ET'O/nAll lxrl.l ICGL. CI- I HL.LGJ: LVHI It" - ILOV : t IVODGLL IXr"OJIOLH E. ALL DEVICE COVER PLATES SHALL BE PASS AND SEYMOUR SERIES "RP" OR EQUAL BY EAGLE ELECTRIC MFG. CO. OTHER EQUIVALENT DEVICES WITH MATCHING COVER PLATES MAY BE FURNISHED AS APPROVED TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. F. WIRING DEVICES, UNLESS OTHERWISE PROPERLY AUTHORIZED, SHALL BE SAME MANUFACTURERS ONLY; NO ADDITIONAL MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE PERMITTED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY TENANT OR TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE. G. LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED. 26 29 13 MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL MOTOR CONTROLS, INCLUDING STARTERS, SAFETY DEVICES AND REMOTE CONTROL STATIONS, UNLESS FURNISHED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER IN PRE -WIRED ASSEMBLIES. B. FURNISH AND INSTALL MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS WITH OVERLOAD RELAYS IN EACH LINE CONDUCTOR FOR ALL FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS NOT EQUIPPED WITH BUILT-IN RUNNING OVERCURRENT PROTECTION, NOT REQUIRING AUTOMATIC CONTROLLERS. C. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS SHALL INCLUDE OVERLOAD RELAYS IN ALL LINE POLES 51ZED TO TRIP SWITCH AT 125% OF MOTOR FULL LOAD RUNNING CURRENT, NEON PILOT LIGHTS, AND NEMA ENCLOSURES, AS MANUFACTURED BY GENERAL ELECTRIC, ALLEN BRADLEY, CUTLER HAMMER, SIEMENS, OR SQUARE-D. D. FURNISH AND INSTALL AUTOMATIC MOTOR STARTERS FOR ONE (1) HP OR LARGER SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE MOTORS OR MOTORIZED EQUIPMENT FURNISHED WITHOUT STARTERS, REQUIRING AUTOMATIC STARTERS FOR CONTROL REGARDLESS OF HORSEPOWER RATING. ALL THREE PHASE STARTERS SHALL HAVE ANTI -SINGLE PHASING, UNDERVOLTAGE PROTECTION, AND PHASE REVERSAL PROTECTION RELAYS EITHER INCLUDED IN STARTERS OR WIRED TO STARTER CONTROL CIRCUIT. E. PROTECTIVE RELAYS SHALL HAVE ADJUSTABLE TIME DELAY RELAY IN CIRCUIT TO AVOID NUISANCE SHUT DOWNS. TIME MARK OR SIMILAR EQUIPMENT IS ACCEPTABLE, IF PROTECTION IS NOT PART OF STARTER. DO NOT RELY ON PROPERLY SIZED FUSES AND MOTOR STARTER OVERLOAD HEATERS ALONE TO AVOID SINGLE PHASING BURNOUTS. F. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONTACTORS, CONTROL RELAYS, PUSHBUTTON STATIONS, SELECTOR SWITCHES, PILOT LIGHTS, FUSES AND SIMILAR CONTROL AUXILIARIES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND/OR REQUIRED TO PROVIDE PROPER CONTROL AND ISOLATION BETWEEN VARIOUS AUTOMATIC CONTROLLERS AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. G. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS FEEDING MOTOR LOADS SHALL BE HACR TYPE. H. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SAME MAKE AS MOTOR STARTERS. PUSHBUTTON STATIONS, SELECTOR SWITCHES, PILOT LIGHTS: HEAVY DUTY, OIL TIGHT, STANDARD SIZE, WITH TRANSFORMER TYPE PILOT LIGHTS, FLUSH MOUNTED WHERE PRACTICAL. I. ALL OVERLOAD DEVICES, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS, SHALL BE SET AND ADJUSTED TO SUIT THE LOAD CONDITIONS. 26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING A. INSTALL ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, LAMPS, AND CONTROLS AS SHOWN ON THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND DRAWINGS. INSTALL AND SUPPORT ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. /OTi 1 AND AIVT �/I I HIVV ThiAIV IS I CD V LHBCLCD EJI B. LIGH I tl III I ING DIODt (LEDJ L.IG1i I SOURCES (V I HER I L EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENIT): 1. PROVIDE UL LISTED LED LIGHT SOURCES CONSISTING OF LED MODULES/ARRAYS, SOLID-STATE ELECTRONIC DRIVERS, AND THERMAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS, DESIGNED TO MAINTAIN LED LIFE AND LUMEN MAINTENANCE. 2. LED LIGHT SOURCES SHALL PROVIDE THE NOMINAL LUMEN OUTPUT, COLOR TEMPERATURE, AND r/lI CR DEAIT•1CDIAIr IAIi'1EV //•DI 1 II.IMI1-ATETI /lt.l TI IC n0AI.IIA1/'C IIV LVM1 I�LIVIJLM1II'"= IIVVL/1 `L.It I,/ II`m/l\,. I LV VIV I P9L LI�f IIVI.7J. 3. TEST LED LUMINAIRES IN ACCCORDANCE WITH IES STANDARD LM-7q FOR DELIVERED LUMEN OUTPUT AND IES STANDARDS LM-50 AND TM-21 FOR AVERAGE LED LIFE. 4. LED'S SHALL BE BINNED TO INSURE COLOR AND LUMEN OUTPUT CONSISTENCY AMONG THE FURNISHED LIKE LIGHTING FIXTURES. 5. LED DRIVERS SHALL BE UL LISTED WITH CLASS A SOUND RATINGS, CLASS P THERMAL -PROTECTION, MINIMUM POWER FACTOR (PF) OF O.C15, 20 PERCENT OR LESS TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION (THD), AND SHALL COMPLY WITH FCC RULES AND REGULATIONS. 6. WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE DIMMABLE LED LIGHT SOURCES. C. LIGHT SOURCES OTHER THAN LIED (IF APPLICABLE): 1. FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL BE UL LISTED. INCANDESCENT AND HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE UL LISTED AND HAVE THERMAL GUT OUTS ON BOTH THE BALLAST AND THE FIXTURE ITSELF AS REQUIRED BY THE NEC. 2. FIXTURES SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH BALLASTS, SOCKETS, LAMPS, END AND TRIM PLATES AND MOUNTING ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 3. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, FIXTURES TO HAVE RAPID -START, HIGH -POWER -FACTOR, ELECTRONIC BALLASTS THAT ARE CBM CERTIFIED BY ETL. USE SPECIAL LOW TEMPERATURE BALLASTS FOR EXTERIOR MIOUNTED FIXTURES. 4. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, LAMPS SHALL BE T8 LAMPS AS MANUFACTURED BY PHILIPS, OSRAM/SYLVANIA, OR GENERAL ELECTRIC. USE ONLY ONE MANUFACTURER (ALL LAMPS AND ALL LAMP TYPES SHALL BE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER). 5. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, FIXTURE LENSES ARE TO BE ACRYLIC AND A MINIMUM OF 0.125 INCHES THICK. D. FURNISH AND INSTALL ADDITIONAL AUXILIARY SUPPORT STEEL HANGER WIRES ADEQUATELY SIZED TO SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE FASTENED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AT EACH CORNER (FOUR CORNER SUSPENDED) FOR ALL FIXTURES, INCLUDING FIXTURES IN LAY -IN CEILING GRID. FIXTURES TO FIT TIGHT AGAINST CONSTRUCTION TO ELIMINATE LIGHT LEAKS. E. FURNISH AND INSTALL APPLICABLE FIRE RATED DRYWALL BOXES OVER RECESSED FIXTURES IN FIRE A Tr1"1 Alrr Ar 1"1 rl"\ Trr /'/1/1DTIAIATC AG Dr/111IM=E T ANI/ I 1 /"/IA CI IiTG RH I ED CEILINGS HD REQUIIRED 13I CODES. FIELD I..VVICVIIVH I G HJ ICGlXVI1�GV I V h1VVIV COIVF-LII. I J. F. WALL -MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED PLUMB WITH BUILDING LINES AND INSTALLED WITH PROPER BOX AND COVER HARDWARE. G. SURFACE -MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL COVER MOUNTING HARDWARE. USE A CANOPY THAT IS NO LONGER THAN THE LENGTH AND WIDTH OF THE FIXTURE AND AT A HEIGHT THAT IS NO HIGHER THAN REQUIRED TO MOUNT FIXTURE ABSOLUTELY VERTICAL. CANOPY FINISH SHALL MATCH FIXTURE FINISH. H. H. STEM -MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED TO BE ABSOLUTELY VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL (PLUMB AND LEVEL). 27 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS, LABOR, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION INCIDENTALS AND APPURTENANCES TO COMPLETE IN EVERY DETAIL AND LEAVE IN WORKING ORDER ALL WORK CALLED FOR HEREIN. B. ALL NEW MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: 1. TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOC./ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIES ALLIANCE (TIA/EIA): a. TIA/EIA 566A.1, 2, AND 3 'TELECOMMUNICATION CABLING STANDARD. b. TIA/EIA 56q TELECOMMUNICATION PATHWAYS AND SPACES. c. TIA/EIA 606 ADMINISTRATION OF INFRASTRUCTURE d. TIA/EIA 607 GROUNDING AND BONDING e. COMPLY WITH TIA/EIA 568,, 56q, AND BIC STANDARDS. f. COMPLY WITH NFPA 70. C. FURNISH NEW AND UN-DETERIOIRATED MATERIALS OF A QUALITY NOT LESS THAN WHAT IS SPECIFIED. ALL NEW MATERIAL SHALL HAVE MANUFACTURER'S NAME, MODEL NUMBER, OR OTHER IDEN I iFiCA I ION I MARKING. D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL COSTS OF PERMITS, INSPECTIONS TESTS, AND/OR APPROVALS. E. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ON -SITE PERSONNEL TO TROUBLESHOOT AND REPAIR ANY PROBLEMS THAT ARISE DURING CUTOVER AS THEY RELATE TO THEIR INSTALLED SYSTEM. F. AFTER COMPLETION, A WARRANTY SHALL BE FURNISHED FOR ALL COMPONENTS, PARTS, AND ASSEMBLIES AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. WARRANTY SERVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY A CERTIFIED, FACTORY TRAINED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER FOR A MINIMUM OF ONE YEAR OR AS SPECIFIED IN EACH INDIVIDUAL SECTION. 77 AG 4A TCI COLIrNKIC AAIn r%AT.A f`r1A1P1111T QVQTCIIA L/ VJ IV 1 L.LL_r1 IVIVL MI,IL/ L/r11M VVI9LJV1I v I%?I LIVI A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A SYSTEM OF CONDUIT RACEWAYS, OUTLET BOXES, PULL WIRES, AND TERMINAL BOARDS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. TELEPHONE SWITCHING APPARATUS, CONDUCTORS, INSTRUMENTS, MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND APPURTENANCES ARE NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT AND WILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. B. CONDUITS FOR TELEPHONE WALL OUTLETS AND DATA WIRING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF I" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C. FURNISH AND INSTALL A 3/4" THICK, FIRE -TREATED, PLYWOOD TELECOM BACKBOARD AT LOCATION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. PAINT WITH FIRE RETARDANT "P-IB" OR AS DIRECTED BY TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. THE PLYWOOD BACKBOARD SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE BUILDING WALLS TO SUPPORT RELAY PANELS, TERMINAL BLOCKS AND OTHER HARDWARE WEIGHING APPROXIMATELY 10 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT. D. ALL CONDUIT RUNS FOR DATA AND TELEPHONE SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITH NO JUNCTION BOXES EXCEPT AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO RUNS BETWEEN TELEPHONE BOARD, MANAGER'S OFFICE, SOUND SYSTEM, CA5HWRAPS AND TELEPHONE SETS. E. INSTALL PULL STRING IN EMPTY CONDUITS. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE LABELED FOR PURPOSE DESIGNATED. F. FURNISH AND INSTALL GROUND ROD AND #6 GROUND WIRE FROM TELECOM BACKBOARD TO SERVICE ENTRANCE GROUND AND GROUNID ROD PER TELEPHONE COMPANY'S REQUIREMENTS. G. OUTLET BOXES TO BE 4" SQUARE MINIMUM WITH SINGLE DEVICE COVER AND TELEPHONE PLATE. 27 05 15 INTERIOR COMMUNICATIONS PATHWAYS A. INTERIOR COMMUNICATIONS PATHWAYS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND BY THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. B. CONDUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED, AS DETAILED IN DRAWINGS. THESE CONDUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 AKUH1 I EU I / EN(31NEEK: q q 1' Y 0 0 C UL N cD E E N N ( �q � a a V c3 V) I. LO CD e� O W co c>s ca 3 Lo a a) LO z - - d- .� %_j L0 T W ai v c -6 co � a LL.I cr - � 4 U a0 O E Lo U U) Lo E§Lo a) o � ,�o� STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: I HE PROIvItiVADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 A REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION VJ J Z O U_ I- Q �_ U_ UU_ Lu U W W n V J IZ m 0 W Y U W U LANDLORD REVIEW & A r%r% r%^'L r A / APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: 02020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: A ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Ak r OWNER: 28 31 11 DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. NEW ADDRESSABLE FIRE DETECTION DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED TO EXISTING LANDLORD FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE ° COMPATIBLE WITH LANDLORD SYSTEM. LANDLORD CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ALL REQUIRED MODIFICATIONS. B. GENERAL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK THE SUPERVISED, CODED, CLOSED-CIRCUIT TYPE SYSTEM SHALL BE SO ARRANGED THAT QUINCY, MA 02169 PULLING A MANUAL PULL STATION OR OPERATION OF ONE OF THE AUTOMATIC DETECTING DEVICES HILL REGISTER AN ALARM AT THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. THIS HILL CAUSE IMMEDIATE AND CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF ALL THE BUILDING ALARM SIGNALS ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: TO SOUND THE GENERAL ALARM SIGNAL, UNTIL THE ALARM HAS BEEN ACKNOWLEDGED AT THE CONTROL PANEL. C. BASIC PERFORMANCE: 1. ALARM, TROUBLE AND SUPERVISORY SIGNALS FROM ALL REPORTING DEVICES SHALL E E BE ENCODED ONTO AN NIFPA STYLE 4 (CLASS B) SIGNALLING LINE CIRCUIT. 0 0 2. INITIATION DEVICE CIRCUITS SHALL BE HIRED CLASS B (NFPA STYLE B), o 0 3. INDICATING APPLIANCE CIRCUITS SHALL BE HIRED STYLE Y (CLASS B). N N D. SUBMIT COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. 0 E. ALL REFERENCES TO MANUFACTURER'S MODEL NUMBERS AND OTHER PERTINENT ° 3 INFORMATION HEREIN IS INTENDED TO ESTABLISH MINIMUM STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE, FUNCTION AND QUALITY. F. THE SYSTEM MUST HAVE PROPER LISTING AND/OR APPROVAL FROM THE FOLLOWING NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED AGENCIES: 1. UL, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. 2. NFPA 70, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC). Lo 3. NFPA 72, NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE. o Ce) G. ALL NEW EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS SHALL BE THE MANUFACTURER'S CURRENT MODEL. THE _ MATERIALS, APPLIANCES, EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES SHALL BE TESTED AND LISTED BY A 0 NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED APPROVALS AGENCY FOR USE AS PART OF A PROTECTED PREMISES PROTECTIVE SIGNALING (FIRE ALARM) SYSTEM. THE AUTHORIZED ca � REPRESENTATIVE OF THE MANUFACTURER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SATISFACTORY (3 Q INSTALLATION OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM. — � Lp a) Lo H. ALL EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH z It Lo MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CONSULT THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATIONLo MANUALS FOR ALL HIRING DIAGRAMS, SCHEMATICS, PHYSICAL EQUIPMENT SIZES, ETC., a v BEFORE BEGINNING SYSTEM INSTALLATION. W co I. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ATTACHED TO HALLS AND CEILING/FLOOR ASSEMBLIES AND V) ° - W � SHALL BE HELD FIRMLY IN PLACE. �o J. ALL HIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT OR RACEWAY. CONDUIT FILL SHALL NOT 0 E Lo EXCEED 40 PERCENT OF INTERIOR CROSS -SECTIONAL AREA WHERE THREE OR MORE CABLES U) U Lo ARE CONTAINED WITHIN A SINGLE CONDUIT. E ' K. CABLE MUST BE SEPARATED FROM ANY OPEN CONDUCTORS OF POKER OR CLASS 1 oo C.0 CIRCUITS, AND SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN ANY CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOX, OR RACEWAY CONTAINING THESE CONDUCTORS. L. HIRING IN CONDUIT SHALL 15E IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE AND NATIONAL CODES (E.G., NEC ARTICLE 760) AND AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MANUFACTURER, BUT NOT LESS THAN #IS ANG (1.02 MM) FOR INITIATING DEVICE CIRCUITS AND SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS, AND #12 ANG (1.(3 MM) FOR INDICATING APPLIANCE CIRCUITS. M. ALL HIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE LISTED AND/OR APPROVED BY A RECOGNIZED TESTING ° AGENCY FOR USE HITH A PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEM.. N. STROBE LIGHTS: STORE NO: 1. SHALL OPERATE ON 24 VDC, NOMINAL. 3165 2. SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ADA AS DEFINED IN UL STANDARD 1g71, AND SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: PROJECT LOCATION: a. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE INTENSITY SHALL BE A THE PROMENADE SHOPS MINIMUM OF 75 CANDELA. AT EVERGREEN WALK b. ALL STROBES IN ANY GIVEN AREA SHALL BE SYNCHRONIZED WITH OTHER STROBES IN THAT AREA 415 EVERGREEN WAY G. THE APPLIANCE SHALL BE PLACED 80 IN. ABOVE THE HIGHEST FLOOR LEVEL WITHIN SUITE #307 THE SPACE, OR 6 IN. BELOW THE CEILING, WHICHEVER IS LOWER. S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 d. THE APPLIANCE SHALL BE A WHITE HOUSING WITH THE WORD FIRE IN RED UNLESS PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODES OR MALL STANDARDS. O. AUDIBLE/VISUAL COMBINATION DEVICE: ISSUE DATES 1. SHALL MEET THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 28 31 11-R LISTED ABOVE FOR VISIBILITY. NUM DESCRIPTION DATE 2. AUDIBLE SIGNAL SHALL BE 15DB ABOVE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL. 3. THE APPLIANCE SHALL BE A WHITE HOUSING WITH THE NORD "FIRE" IN RED UNLESS ISSUED 02/14/2020 PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODES OR MALL STANDARDS. 4. DEVICES SHALL BE HALL_ OR CEILING MOUNTED AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. 1 P. MANUAL STATIONS: 1. ADDRESSABLE MANUAL `.NATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO CONNECT TO THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SIGNALING LINE CIRCUIT (SLC) LOOPS. 2. THE MANUAL STATIONS :SHALL USE A KEY OPERATED TEST -RESET LOCK, AND SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT AFTER ACTUAL EMERGENCY OPERATION, THEY CANNOT BE RESTORED TO NORMAL USE EXCEPT BY THE USE OF A KEY. 3. ALL OPERATED STATIONS SHALL HAVE A POSITIVE, VISUAL INDICATION OF OPERATION THAT CANNOT BE RESET WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY. 4. MANUAL STATIONS SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR SEMIFLUSH MOUNTING AS SHONN ON THE PLANS, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED NOT LESS THAN 42 INCHES, AND NOT MORE THAN 48 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. Q. PHOTOELECTRIC (CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE) DETECTORS: 1. THE PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE DETECTOR SHALL BE A PLUG-IN UNIT HHICH MOUNTS TO A TWIST -LOCK BASE, AND SHALL BE UL LISTED. REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE 2. THE DETECTORS SHALL BE OF THE SOLID STATE PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE AND SHALL INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION CONTAIN NO RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL. THEY HILL USE A PULSED INFRARED LED LIGHT SOURCE AND BE SEALED AGAINST REAR AIR FLOW ENTRY. 3. THE DETECTOR SHALL FIT INTO A BASE THAT IS COMMON KITH BOTH THE HEAT DETECTOR AND IONIZATION TYPE DETECTOR AND SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER ADDRESSABLE DETECTORS, ADDRESSABLE MANUAL STATIONS, AND ADDRESSABLE ZONE ADAPTOR MODULES ON THE SAME CIRCUIT. THE DETECTOR SHALL ALSO FIT INTO A NON -ADDRESSABLE BASE THAT IS CAPABLE OF BEING MONITORED BY AN ADDRESSABLE ZONE ADAPTOR MODULE. Ir SENSOR AND t� n(`r SHALL I n l I V APPROVED N AAIUFAGTURERf' I I!`TE9 I Q 1 11 4. �I-rL�E-Pr✓c �f-r�c�-�H-E-�-t—PcPP�'-��rt-��I-�Prvo-rr��vrccr�-cr��-c��-rN-2-c�-I-rr -L. R. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS: 1. DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE OF THE SOLID STATE PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE AND SHALL OPERATE ON THE LIGHT SCATTERING PHOTODIODE PRINCIPLE. THE DETECTORS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO IGNORE INVISIBLE AIRBORNE PARTICLES OR SMOKE DENSITIES THAT ARE BELON THE FACTORY SET ALARM POINT. NO RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE USED. S. DUCT DETECTOR REMOTE TEST AND ALARM STATION: 1. DEVICE SHALL HAVE A KEY OPERATED TEST/RESET OPERATION. «1 2. DEVICE SHALL HAVE A PIEZO STYLE ANNUNCIATOR WITH A dBA RATING OF 85 AT A V� DISTANCE OF 10'-011. z 3. SHALL HAVE A LED STROBE (ADD -ON IF REQUIRED). J O T. AT THE FINAL INSPECTION, A FACTORY TRAINED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE MANUFACTURER OF THE MAJOR EQUIPMENT SHALL DEMONSTRATE THAT THE SYSTEM FUNCTIONS PROPERLY (, IN EVERY RESPECT. V U. THE CONTRACTOR AND/OR THE SYSTEMS MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES SHALL PROVIDE A TYPEWRITTEN "'SEQUENCE OF OPERATION" TO THE TENANT. U V. BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS REQUESTED, PROVIDE THE ( 1 U— ARCHITECT, IN HRITING, A STATEMENT THAT ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY BUILDING �•/ INSPECTION AND FIRE DEPARTMENTS HAVE BEEN MET IN THE INSTALLATION OF THE FIRE W W ALARM SYSTEM. ' tUI < H. SUBMIT TO THE TENANT, UPON COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEM INSTALLATION, A UJ W CONTRACTOR'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CERTIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION FORM AS OUTLINED L..L. m BY NFPA 72, AND AN APPROVED INSPECTION FORM FOR THE FIRE ALARM PORTION OF THE SYSTEM. coV J Lu (END OF ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION) U W 2 U wn� ZaZa CONc',� Ek 2$ LANDLORD REVIEW & A 01515^11A 1 APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 NOT USED DRAWING NUMBER: E ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS OWNER: DeDo�O MECHANICAL HVAC PLAN THERMOSTAT ® ACCESS DOOR NTS NOT TO SCALE i SENSOR OA OUTSIDE AIR CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR SPIN -IN FITTING RA RETURN AIR RA ROOFTOP UNIT SD DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR SPIN -IN FITTING W/ SA TV SUPPLY AIR TURNING VANES MANUAL BALANCE DPR UNDERCUT DOOR TYP TYPICAL �C--j DUCT OFFSET FLEX DUCT CONNECTION NSHe WATER -SOURCE HEAT PUMP SUPPLY DUCT - UP (E) EXISTING W/ WITH ® SUPPLY DUCT - DN (R) RELOCATED RA OR EXI4. DUCT UP X"(p ROUND DUCT AB ABOVE RA OR EXH. DUCT DN ACCU AIR-COOLED CONDENSING UNIT ELBOW TURNING VANES AD ACCESS DOOR AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FIRE DAMPER (F DPR) AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT I--�� MANUAL BALANCE DPR ARCH ARCHITECT BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER j--�—� TRANSITION BEL BELOW DUCTWORK BLDG BUILDING CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE — — — — (E) DUCTWORK CLG CEILING — — — — COND PIPE COND CONDENSATE CONT CONTINUATION HYDRONIC PIPE CONTR CONTRACTOR (E) HYDRONIC PIPE COORD COORDINATE CS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY (E) WATER PIPE CR CONDENSER WATER RETURN (E) SANITARY PIPE CWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CWR CHILLED WATER RETURN FP— SPRINKLER PIPE DCW DOMESTIC COLD WATER DIS DIFFUSER ® UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEAD DISC DISCONNECT CONCEALED SPRINKLER DN DOWN HEAD DPR DAMPER EA EACH CONNECT TO EXISTING EXH EXHAUST F DPR FIRE DAMPER FLEX FLEXIBLE ® SUPPLY DIFFUSER FLR FLOOR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR RETURN GRILLE HP HORSEPOWER MAX MAXIMUM MCA MIN CIRCUIT AMPACITY ® EXHAUST GRILLE/FAN MIN MINIMUM MTD MOUNTED SYMBOL LEGEND T 1. VERIFY THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, AS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS, WILL NOT CONFLICT WITH ANY DRAINS, 15. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT PROFESSIONAL MANNER USING GOOD ENGINEERING I• GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL THERMOSTAT AND REMOTE SENSORS (WALL AND S/A) FURNISHED JOINTS VENTS PIPING EQUIPMENT ETC. � � � � PRACTICES. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE STATE'S COUNTY'S CITY'S AND LOCAL CODES AND BY THE TENANT'S VENDOR. THERMOSTAT SHALL BE A LIGNTSTAT 7 DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL FABRICATED AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA CODES, ENERGY CODES, LANDLORD'S RULES AND REGULATIONS AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL I H -S AC MO AND WITH COOLINGSTAGES, HEATING STAGES, AUTO CHANGEOVER, N G T ET BACK DE G , G G , G , INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST EDITION OF "SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS." INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS. AFTER TEMPERATURE OVERRIDE WHILE OCCUPIED. MOUNT AT 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AS INDICATED. MOUNT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL DUCTWORK SHALL CONFORM TO 2" WATER GAUGE PRESSURE CONTRACT IS ISSUED, NO ADDITIONAL COST DUE TO CODE ISSUES SHALL BE REIMBURSED TO THE REMOTE SENSOR AT 66" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR IN LOCATION SHOWN ON PLAN AND CONNECT TO CLASSIFICATION. CONTRACTOR. THERMOSTAT. MOUNT S.A. SENSOR IN S.A. DUCT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY UNIT FUNCTION (FANS, COOLING FUNCTION, HEATING FUNCTION, ETC.). 3. PROVIDE COMPLETE INFORMATION AND COOPERATION TO THE OTHER CONTRACTORS AND TRADES AS TIMELY 16. FOLLOW ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND OBTAIN ALL PERMITSIN A T ELY FASHION AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETION AND COORDINATION OF THE COMPLETE PROJECT. TO NOT DELAY THE JOB. CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO SUBMIT "AS BUILT" DRAWING PRIOR TO FINAL 2• RTU-I$2: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AN ELECTRIC COOLING, GAS HEATING ROOFTOP UNIT. PAYMENT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY MODEL NUMBERS AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO 4. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ADMINISTERING ALL WARRANTIES ON EQUIPMENT WHICH THIS INSTALLATION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING RTU AND ACCESSORIES. CONTRACTOR INSTALLS. 17. VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. VERIFY EXISTING CURB SIZE AND REUSE EXISTING CURB IF APPLICABLE. PROVIDE CURB ADAPTOR IF REQUIRED. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE STEEL SUPPORT AS REQUIRED AND THREE SETS OF 5. ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10' (OR AS LOCAL CODE REQUIRES) FROM ANY 18. IF PLANS INDICATE EXISTING DUCT TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD FILTERS. CHANGE FILTERS AFTER FINAL STORE CLEANING AND AGAIN PRIOR TO AIR BALANCE. FIELD EXHAUST FAN OR PLUMBING VENT. VERIFY EXISTING DUCT SIZES, HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS AND SUBMIT TO TENANT FOR DETERMINATION VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, SIZE AND ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS. ALL ROOF WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY OF REUSE WITHIN 10 DAYS OF START OF PROJECT. A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. LABEL 6. PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES AND FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS TO ALL MOVING MACHINERY. ROOFTOP UNIT PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AND PER SPECIFICATIONS. SEE HVAC EQUIPMENT iq. CLEAN ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK, COORDINATE WITH J.JILL PROJECT MANAGER. SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. 7. ALL FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED EVERY V-0" WITH 2" WIDE GALV. STEEL BANDS. MINIMUM ONE PER EACH SECTION OF FLEXIBLE DUCT. THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LENGTH OF THE FLEX DUCT 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE SUPPLY AIR PATH. UPON DETECTION SHALL BE V-0" AND MAY NOT BE USED AS AN ELBOW. OF SMOKE, DETECTOR SHALL SIGNAL TENANT/LANDLORD FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND UNIT SHALL SHUT DOWN. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD AND INCLUDE ALL 8. ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. MATERIAL AND LABOR COST FOR THIS WORK IN BID. q. COORDINATE ALL DUCT AND DIFFUSER LOCATIONS WITH LIGHTING LAYOUTS AS REQUIRED. 4. E EF: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSPECT AND CLEAN EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO LIKE NEW CONDITION, REPLACE IF REQUIRED. 10. COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES ALL REQUIRED OPENINGS AND EXCAVATIONS. ALL REQUIRED OPENINGS IN FOUNDATIONS, FLOORS, WALLS AND ROOF SHALL BE DESIGNED INTO THE STRUCTURE WITH THE USE OF 5. REUSE AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE FROM THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND ALARM SYSTEM. MODIFY SLEEVES, CURBS, ETC. CUTTING AND PATCHING SHALL BE HELD TO A MINIMUM. CONTRACTOR WILL BE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO MEET CODE. THE SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE STORE FRONT AND SALES AREA RESPONSIBLE FOR ROOF CUTTING, PATCHING, FLASHING, ETC. REQUIRED TO INSTALL MECHANICAL ARE TO BE CONCEALED. FIELD COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD, EXISTING CONDITIONS SYSTEMS. ALL ROOF CUTTING, FLASHING, ETC. WILL BE DONE BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING AND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH GENERAL 6. SPRINKLER HEADS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. LICENSED FIRE PROTECTION PROFESSIONAL TO CONTRACTOR. THIS CONTRACTOR MUST HIRE A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO DESIGN STRUCTURAL DETERMINE ACTUAL AMOUNT AND LOCATION OF HEADS. ALIGN SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS WITH LIGHTS ROOFTOP UNIT SUPPORT SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR MUST INCLUDE ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS IN THEIR BID. AND OTHER CEILING ELEMENTS. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AND TENANT. 11. THERMOSTATS AND SENSORS SHALL BE LOCATED GENERALLY AS SHOWN; EXACT LOCATIONS SHALL BE 7. DASHED LINE REPRESENTS THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CLEARANCE. FIELD COORDINATED WITH TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH WALL 12. MOUNTED WORK. ALL RECTANGULAR ELBOWS GREATER THAN 144 SQUARE INCHES TO HAVE DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING 8. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CONDENSATE DRAIN FROM THE HVAC EQUIPMENT. MINIMUM VANES. DRAIN SIZE SHALL BE I". CONDENSATE DRAIN TO BE ROUTED TO CODE APPROVED RECEPTOR. REFER TO CONDENSATE DRAIN DETAIL. CONFIRM ALL LANDLORD AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR 13. VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID, TO CONFIRM FIELD CONDITIONS FOR DUCTWORK RUNS. FIELD VERIFY THE CEILING HEIGHTS. TRANSITION DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED, TO RUN DUCT HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 14. COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES BEFORE FABRICATING DUCTWORK. MECHANICAL PLAN GENERAL NOTES � I MECHANICAL PLAN CODED NOTESO 5 NORTH 6 TO BID. REFER TO DETAIL N ON SHEET M200. AS I ON 00 AN CONNECT. VERIFY q. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL EXTEND GAS LINE TO EXISTING G PPE ROOF D T PRESSURE AND PIPE SIZING PRIOR TO BID. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A UNION, SHUT-OFF VALVE AND 6" DIRT LEG AT CONNECTION TO HVAC UNIT. ALL PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK IRON. ANY PORTION OF GAS PIPING INSIDE SPACE SHALL HAVE FULLY WELDED JOINTS. GAS PIPING ON ROOF SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH METAL PIPE SUPPORTS ON RUBBER ROOF PADS. FINAL CONNECTION TO EACH PIECE OF HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SEE PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD, LOCAL GAS COMPANY AND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. SEE PI00 FOR MORE INFORMATION. REFER TO GAS PIPING CONNECTION DETAIL T ON SHEET M200. 10. UH-1: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL A ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER. UNIT SHALL BE UL LISTED AND HUNG FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH VIBRATION ISOLATORS PER SPEFICATIONS AND MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTION. REFER TO HEATER SCHEDULE ON SHEET M2.0. 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: U U U U L EN � C C 0 3 0 c 3 O co 2 O W Q �z LLOO L � � � r � vj CD LLI r u U 0n. L, O E Lo = ca 't U) Lo E O yvy000 STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK Air rl/r I7l1 P]rrAI IAl A\/ 1+ I C V MrIUMMMIN VVfi i SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION o � gip', CONN� a° 't�'• `f T p .V �Q'•. _No.25289 r�Q, J LANDLORD REVIEW & A DDOnuA Il APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: m 0 W Y w U DATE: 02020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: A M100 Design Parameters: CityName...................................................................................................... Hartford Location.................................................................................................. Connecticut Latitude................................................................................................................. 41.7 Deg. I onnitude 79 7 ninn --..1j._.. __.............................................................................................................. Elevation............................................................................................................... . _11 20.0 . _112. ft SummerDesign Dry-Bulb..................................................................................... 91.0 OF Summer Coincident Wet -Bulb ........... OF SummerDaily Range....................................................................................... 20.9 OF WinterDesign Dry-Bulb.......................................................................................... 2.0 OF Winter Design Wet-Bulb.......................................................................................... 0.3 OF Atmospheric Clearness Number........................................................................... 1.00 Average Ground Reflectance................................................................................ 0.20 Soil Conductivity................................................................................................. 0.800 BTU/(hr-ft- °F) Local Time Zone (GMT +/- N hours)....................................................................... 5.0 hours Consider Daylight Savings Time............................................................................. No Simulation Weather Data.......................................................... ..... N/A Current Data is.................................................................. 2001 ASHRAE Handbook Design Cooling Months........................................................... January to December Air System Information Air System Name ............................................. RTU Equipment Class .................................. PKG ROOF Air System Type .......................................... SZCAV Si -inn Cale-iiin inn Informatinn Calculation Months ................................ Jan to Dec Sizing Data ............................................ Calculated Central Cooling Coil Sizing Data Total coil load ..................................................... 7.3 Tons Total coil load ................................................... 87.4 MBH Sensible coil load ............................................. 72.3 MBH Coil CFM at Jul 1500....................................... 4000 CFM Max block CFM............................................... 4000 CFM Sum of peak zone CFM ................................... 4000 CFM Sensible heat ratio .......................................... 0.827 CFM/Ton........................................................ 649.5 ft2/Ton............................................................. 604.8 BTU/(hr-ft2)....................................................... 23.8 Water flow @ 10.0 OF rise .................................. N/A Central Heating Coil Sizing Data Max coil load .................................................... 87.6 MBH Coil CFM at Des Htg........................................ 4000 CFM Max coil CFM.................................................. 4000 CFM Water flow @ 20.0 OF drop ................................ N/A Supply Fan Sizing Data Actual max CFM.............................................. 4000 CFM Standard CFM................................................. 3997 CFM Actual max CFM/ft2........................................... 1.09 CFM/ft2 Outdoor Ventilation Air Data Design airflow CFM........................................... 764 CFM CFM/ft2............................................................. 0.21 CFM/ft2 Number of zones......................................................... 1 Floor Area........................................................... 3676.0 ft2 Location .................................... Hartford, Connecticut Zone CFM Sizing .............. Sum of space airflow rates Space CFM Sizing .......... Individual peak space loads Load occurs at .................................................. Jul 1500 OA DB / WB.................................................. 91.0 / 73.0 OF Entering DB / WB.......................................... 78.8 / 67.7 OF Leaving DB / WB........................................... 62.0 / 61.0 OF Coil ADP................................................................. 60.2 OF Bypass Factor ....................................................... 0.100 Resulting RH............................................................. 61 % Design supply temp . ................................................ 68.0 OF Zone T-stat Check ................................................ 1 of 1 OK Max zone temperature deviation ............................... 0.0 OF Load occurs at .................................................. Des Htg BTU/(hr-ft2).............................................................. 23.8 Ent. DB / Lvg DB........................................... 56.7 / 77.0 OF Fan motor BHP ....................................................... 0.00 BHP Fan motor kW .......................................................... 0.00 kW Fanstatic................................................................ 0.00 in wg CFM/person.......................................................... 17.76 CFM/person DESIGN COOLING DESIGN HEATING COOLING DATA AT Jul 1500 COOLING OA DB / WB 91.0 OF / 73.0 OF HEATING DATA AT DES HTG HEATING OA DB / WB 2.0 OF / 0.3 OF ZONE LOADS Details Sensible (BTU/hr) Latent (BTU/hr) Details Sensible (BTU/hr) Latent (BTU/hr) Window & Skylight Solar Loads 270 ft2 13438 - 270 ft2 - - Wall Transmission 39 ft2 38 - 39 ft2 125 - Roof Transmission 3675 fl:21 8962 - 3675 ft2 16398 - Window Transmission 270 ft2 2029 - 270 ft2 10781 Skylight Transmission 0 ft2 0 - 0 ft2 0 - Door Loads 48 ft2 2606 - 48 ft2 1779 - Floor Transmission 3675 ft2 0 - 3675 ft2 1956 - Partitions 0 ft2 0 - 0 ft2 0 - Ceiling 0 ft2 0 - 0 ft2 0 - Overhead Lighting 4103 W 11963 - 0 0 - Task Lighting 1308 W 4102 - 0 0 - Electric Equipment 2000 W 6394 - 0 0 - People 43 8443 8815 0 0 0 Infiltration - 0 0 - 0 0 Miscellaneous 0 0 - 0 0 Safety Factor 5% / 5% 2899 441 5% 1552 0 >> Total Zone Loads - 60873 9256 - 32691 0 Zone Conditioning - 59824 9256 - 31935 0 Plenum Wall Load 0% 0 - 0 0 - Plenum Roof Load 0% 0 - 0 0 - Plenum Lighting Load 0% 0 - 0 0 - Return Fan Load 4000 CFM 0 - 4000 CFM 0 - Ventilation Load 764 CFM 12456 5835 764 CFM 55706 0 Supply Fan Load 4000 CFM 0 - 4000 CFM 0 - Space Fan Coil Fans - 0 - - 0 - Duct Heat Gain / Loss 0% 0 - 0% 0 - >> Total System Loads 72281 15090 87641 0 Central Cooling Coil - 72281 15076 - 0 0 Central Heating Coil - 0 - - 87641 - >> Total Conditioning - 72281 16076 - 87641 0 Key: Positive values are cig loads Negative values are htg loads Positive values are htg loads Negative values are clg loads AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES NOTES I:. SYMBOL KEY F+RST LETTER: S-SUPPLY R-RETURN E-EXHAUST 5. DAMPERS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM FACE SECOND LETTER: D-DIFFUSER R-REGISTER G-GRILLE "A" #D-75 OPPOSED BLADE 2.CATALOG NUMBERS REFER TO TITUS AIR DEVICES. "B" RADIAL OPPOSED BLADE AND 4-WAY AIR DEVICES ARE DETERMINED BY II�II DI ITTCL']CI V rev I 1 cl�r� I SHADING ON DRAWINGS. 6. BORDER STYLE- 4. FINISH- "A" SURFACE MOUNTED "A" METALESCENT ALUM. BAKED ENAMEL "BI' LAY IN MOUNTING "B" ETCHED FINISH WITH CLEAR FINISH OR ANODIZED "C" LAY -IN PANEL PROVIDE TITUS MODEL # XY-11g93 "C" BAKED WHITE ENAMEL FINISH EQUAL TO TITUS #26 WHITE FRAME FOR PLASTER CEILING MOUNTING. "D" STANDARD OFF WHITE FINISH G.G. TO FIELD PAINT TO MATCH CEILING OR WALLS SIZE MOUNTING MATERIAL ACCESSORIES SYMBOL CATALOG # FINISH BORDER REMARKS SIDE- CEIL- EQUAL FIRE MOD. NECK WALL ING DUCT STEEL ALUM. DPR. GRID DPR. STYLE TITS SD-1 2411x24" 12"( • • CTM - B SD-2 TITUS 14"X811 12'1x611 • • C A A 300RL RG-1 TITUS 24"x24" 22"X22" • • C - B 35ORL TITUS RG'-2 35ORL IS11X1411 1611xi211 = = ` _ A TG-1 TITUS 241 X24" 22" x22" • • C - A 35ORL Roofing: 1. Tenant must use approved Landlord roofer for all roof patches and penetrations. MECHANICAL DETAILS SPIN -IN TAP. SEAL JOINTS IN ROUND RIGID DUCT AND AT TAPS W/ MAIN SUPPLY SUPPLY AIR MAIN DUCT VOLUME DAMPER POSITION DAMPER TO BE PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO AIR STREAM. LOCATE AT BRANCH TAKE OFF WHEN ABOVE ACCESSIBLE LAY -IN CEILING. FIRE DAMPER WHERE REQUIRED -- THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET WHERE REQUIRED SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER INSULATED ROUND DUCT INSULATED ROUND FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION, SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER NECK SIZE (MAX. 5 FT.) SECURELY TAPE VINYL FLEX DUCT TO BHT. MTL. W/ MIN. OF (2) CONTINUOUS WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE. STRAP CLAMP OVER FLEX DUCT INSULATION * VINYL TO BHT. MTL. TAPE INSULATION TO DUCT TO FORM A GOOD SEAL 811 LONG BHT. MTL. SECTION SECURED TO DIFFUSER COLLAR W/ MIN. (3) SHT. MTL. SCREWS, DUCT TAPE AND MASTIC TRANSITION FROM DUCT SIZE TO DIFFUSER NECK SIZE AS NECESSARY FRAME CEILING ELECTRIC HEATER SCHEDULE UNIHEATING r No. MODEL NO. TYPE C.F.M. CAPACITY VOLTS/PHASE SERVING REMARKS KW UP-1 BERKO HUH5485A UNIT HEATER 270 3 480 3 NON -SALES 1, 2 1 PROVIDE INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT SET AT 68F 2 PROVIDE WITH FACTORY DISCONNECT SWITCH 3 GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO WIRE DUCT HEATER TO LOCK OUT OPERATION WHEN RTU FAN IS NOT RUNNING AND WHEN RTU HAS MECHANICAL COOLING ENERGIZED. OUTSIDE AIR SCHEDULE SPACE OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS SPACE FLOOR AREA (INC 2012) OUTSIDE DESIGNATION (SF) SERVICE AIR (CFM) CFM PER CFM PER MINIMUM OCCUPANCY PERSON SF CFM SALES 2790 42 7.5 0.12 64g RTU-12 SEE SCHEDULE NON -SALES 885 1 - 0.12 106 MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR REQUIRED = 755 MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR DELIVERED = 780 CFM VANES PRE -ASSEMBLED ON RUNNER PLATES USE GALVANIZED VANES FOR GALVANIZED OR ALUMINUM DUCTS PLATE SAME GAUGE AS DUCT �- DUCT SIZE OVER 24"X24" 50. ELBOW WITH TYPE "All DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES DUCT SIZE 2411X24" OR UNDER 50. ELBOW WITH TYPE 115 11 DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES I MECHANICAL CALCULATIONS P I DIFFUSER MOUNTING DETAIL K I TURNING VANE DETAIL I F I 4"LONG DIRT LEG. 6" MINIMUM FROM ROOF GAS SUPPLY PIPE SHUT OFF VALVE. PRESSURE REGULATOR WHERE REQUIRED (VERIFY EXISTING GAS PRESSURE AND UNIT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID). UNION. CONNECT TO UNIT GAS TRAIN. ROOF PIPE SUPPORT FOR GAS PIPING ON ROOF. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. CONDEN TO ROO ALL DUCT LINER TRANSVERSE FLANGED AND GASKETED JOINT EDGES TO BE COATED W/ ALL DUCT LINER TRANSVERSE OR DUCT CONNECTION AND RE- ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE W/ FLANGED AND GASKETED JOINT EDGES TO BE COATED W/ OR DUCT CONNECTION AND ENFORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE SMACNA STANDARDS ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE REINFORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA STANDARDS W/ SMACNA 2" W.G. CLASS, (TYP.) W/ SMACNA 2" W.G. CLASS, SEAL (TYP.) SEAL NON-GASKETED TRANS- NON-GASKETED TRANSVERSE VERSE JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE W/ W/ SMACNA CLASS "C" (TYP.) SMACNA CLASS 11C11 (TYP.) AIR MAIN DUCT AIR MAIN DUCT 4FLON INSULATION REFER FLOW INSULATION REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS TO SPECIFICATIONS - 1 -CONICAL OR BELLMOUTH SPIN- IN 45` FITTING, SEAL AIRTIGHT W/ VOLUME DAMPER LOCATION TAPE DOWN EXTERNAL INSULATION c� MASTIC / WHERE ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING. PROVIDE W/ LOCKING QUADRANT FASTEN W/ MIN. (3) BHT, MTL. SCREWS, SEAL W/ DUCT TAPE VOLUME DAMPER LOCATION / AND MASTIC WHERE ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING. PROVIDE W/ EXTENDED SHAFT, BRANCH DUCT HANDLE AND COLLAR ROUND RIGID DUCT WRAPPED INSULATION REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE - GAS MARK RTU-I RTU-2 MANUFACTURER TRANS TRANE MODEL # YHG072 YHC072 IVVI IIIVAL TLAXIVAGE 6 6 SUPPLY AIR. FLOW (GFM) 2,400 2,400 OUTSIDE AIR FLOW (CFM) 390 3q0 AMBIENT OAT ('FDB) 95 q5 EXT. S.P. (IN. W.C.) 0.8 0.8 DX COOLING COIL EAT ('FBD/WB) 50.0 / 68.1 80.0 / 68.1 TOTAL (MBH) 72,000 72,000 SENSIBLE (MBH) 54,880 54,850 NATURAL GAS HEAT INPUT (MBH) 150,000 150,000 OUTPUT (MBH) 120,000 120,000 ELL(; I RICAL. VOLTS/0/147 480 / 3 / 60 480 / 3 / 60 MOTOR (HP) 1.0 1.0 MCA (AMPS) 15 15 MOCP (AMPS) 20 20 MAX. WEIGHT (LBS.) I0g0 1090 ACCESSORIES 1, 4-12 1, 4-12 NOTES A-E A-E ACCESSORIES: 1. FACTORY PROVIDED NON -FUSED DISCONNECT 41THRU T14EBASE ELEC. 2. FAG=FG Z-Y PFOiBED IOU RETURN � FA OF2Y FURNISHED NTHALPY ECONO IZER, HOOD WITH BIRDSGREEN AND 4. FA3. BAROMETRIC RELIEF SOME FIELD ASSEMBLY REQUIRED). 5. FACTORY PROVIDED (FIELD WIRED) NON -POWERED GFI OUTLET. 6. TENANT VENDOR PROVIDED LIGHT STAT (GC INSTALLED) THERMOSTAT AND REMOTE SENSOR. 7. FACTORY PROVIDED HINGED ACCESS DOORS. 8. FACTORY FURNISHED (FIELD INSTALLED_) HAIL GUARD. q. FACTORY PROVIDED WITH COASTAL CONDENSER COIL COATING. 10, FACTORY FURNISHED POWER EXHAUST FOR RELIEF AIR (SOME FIELD A55EMIBLY REQUIRED). 11. FACTORY PROVIDED CURB ADAPTOR. 12. FACTORY PROVIDED WITH 2" FILTER RACK. NOTES: A. WIRING OF CONTROLS TO BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. B. REFER TO CONTROL WIRING SCHEMATICS FOR ANY FIELD INSTALLED CONTROL DEVICES NOT FACTORY INSTALLED. C. FIELD :SET MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR AS SPECIFIED ABOVE. OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER SHALL FULLY CLOSE ON UNIT SHUTDOWN. D. UNIT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. E. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL STRUCTURAL SUPPORT. AIR BALANCE REVIEW CHECKLIST SYSTEMS: STORE # : ACCEPTABLE (CHECK) CENTER: NOTAPPLICABLE (X) CONTRACTOR: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 UA DATE: FAX #: ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ <- APPLICABLE SYSTEMS -CHECK ALL THAT APPLY (SEE SYSTEM INDEX) ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ REPORT PREPARED BY INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ REPORT PREPARED BY CERTIFIED AABC, NEBB OR TABB LICENSED CONTRACTOR ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ SERIAL NUMBER OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TESTED ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ MAKE & MODEL # OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TESTED MOTOR NAME PLATE DATA ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ MANUFACTURER OF MOTOR SYSTEM INDEX ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ HP 1. VAV ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ VOLTAGE 2. VAV - FAN POWERED ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ AMPS 3. ROOFTOP ❑ KILOWATTS (KW) 4. SPLIT DX OR BUILT UP CW ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ RPM 5. RETURN AIR/RELIEF FAN ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ SERVICE FACTOR (SF) OR SMOKE EXHAUST ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ SHEAVE SIZEJBORE SIZE 6. ELECTRIC HEATER ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ NUMBER & SIZE OF BELTS 7. BATH EXHAUST FAN FIELD MEASUREMENTS UA UNACCEPTABLE ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ACTUAL FIELD VOLTAGE ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ AMP DRAW (EACH PHASE FOR 3 PHASE MOTORS) ❑ KILOWATTS ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ STATIC PRESSURE - SUCTION SIDE ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ STATIC PRESSURE - DISCHARGE SIDE ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ FAN RPM ❑ ❑ ❑ OONDENSOR/CHILLEDMEATING SUPPLY WATER TEMPERATURE ❑ ❑ ❑ CONDENSOR/CHILLED/HEATING RETURN WATER TEMPERATURE ❑ ❑ ❑ CONDENSOR/CHILLED/HEATING WATER GPM ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE DESIGN CFM'S AND ACTUAL CFM'S (WITHIN 10%OF DESIGN) AS FOLLOWS: ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ AT EACH SUPPLY DIFFUSER ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ AT EACH RETURN AIR GRILLE(FOR DUCTED RETURN ONLY) ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ TOTAL SUPPLY ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ TOTAL RETURN/RELIEF ❑ ❑ ❑ TOTAL OUTSIDE AIR ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ EACH DIFFUSER/GRILLE INDEXED TO PLAN ❑ THE A/B REPORTSUBMiTTED FOR THE ABOVE LOCATION HAS BEEN REJECTED. NOTE CHECKS IN COLUMN HEADED "UA" (UNACCEPTABLE) & REMARKS BELOW. ❑ THE A/B REPORT SUBMITTED FOR THE ABOVE LOCATION IS APPROVED. Date of Report: APPROVED BY: DATE: REMARKS: CC: OWNER: DeDo08 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: U U .Y Y 0 0 U E E O 5 c 3 U 3 Vill LO 0 eo r� W Q �Uo �ZLO LO LOLO LO •I-+ T- C- o V) W C _ rn U 0- LO E Ln %� tq U Lo E LO � o � to U) r` �o�uuu STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE ' INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION 0 Z v W U) 0 W (_n Z U� UU _I W _ U U a Z m 0 W Y U W " W 0 `ao `�rnuull lunrarprr�r�i CO/iN��,'%yy �� y T I- W ' 0.25289 Z Gee i�C Q LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: GAS PIPING DETAIL T CONDENSATE DRAIN DETAIL N.T.S. N RECTANGULAR DUCT TAKEOFF DETAIL ,J ROUND DUCT TAKE -OFF DETAIL E AIR BALANCE CHECK LIST A M200 OWNER: 21 05 00 FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS A. ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT OR TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE REFERS TO J.JILL. B. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AND PERFORM ALL LABOR REQUIRED TO INSTALL A FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM, COMPLETE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. C. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IS TO PROVIDE POWER WIRING FOR EACH ITEM OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS. D. ALL FINISH PAINTING IS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, EXCEPT AS NOTED ELSEWHERE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, SHALL RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION ANY PAINTING DEFACED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND AFTER ORIGINAL PAINTING. E. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO CODES, RULES, AND REGULATIONS: 1. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 2. STANDARD FOR INSTALLATION OF AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS, NFPA qOA. 3. CODE FOR SAFETY TO LIFE FROM FIRE IN BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES, NFPA 101. 4. FEDERAL OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS. 5. STATE MECHANICAL CODE. 6. STATE BUILDING CODE 7. STATE INDUSTRIAL COMMISSION REQUIREMENTS. 8. LOCAL BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. q. BUILDING INSURING AGENCY REQUIREMENTS. 10. STATE PLUMBING CODE. 11. NFPA. F. ALL PERMITS REQUIRED BY LAWS, ORDINANCES AND BUILDING CODES HAVING JURISDICTION SHALL BE OBTAINED AT THE PROPER TIME BY AND AT THE EXPENSE OF THIS CONTRACTOR. G. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY ALL LAWS, ORDINANCES AND PUBLIC AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND SHALL OBTAIN CERTIFICATES OF SUCH INSPECTIONS AND SUBMIT SAME TO THE ARCHITECT AND SHALL PAY ALL FEES, CHARGES, ASSESSMENTS AND OTHER EXPENSES IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. H. THE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED IN THE WORK SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND NO MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ORDERED UNTIL REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER, LANDLORD AND/OR ARCHITECT. I. CATALOG DATA FOR EQUIPMENT REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT SUPERSEDE THE ENGINEER'S CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE REVIEW OF THE ENGINEER SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, PROVIDING PROPER CLEARANCE, FABRICATION PROCESS AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. J. PROVIDE INSTRUCTION TO LANDLORD'S OPERATING PERSONNEL AS NECESSARY, SHOWING LOCATIONS AND PROPER OPERATION OF MAJOR ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND REFERRING TO THE OPERATING INSTRUCTION MANUAL DESCRIBED BELOW AS A GUIDE. K. WITHIN 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE, RECORD DRAWINGS OF THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING LANDLORD. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM THE LOCATION AND PERFORMANCE DATA, ON EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. L. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON SHEET A000 FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT BID. M. DEMOLITION 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT AND PROTECT EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION. N. WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT AND SHALL MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT DISCOVERED WITHIN 12 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. THIS GUARANTEE SHALL EXTEND TO LABOR AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY, COORDINATE AND FOLLOW ALL PROPER HANDLING AND INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES WITH MANUFACTURER(S) IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY. 21 0513 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION A. MODIFY THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND FURNISH ALL MATERIALS, LABOR, TOOLS, ADMINISTRATION, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND APPURTENANCES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE IN EVERY DETAIL AND LEAVE IN WORKING ORDER ALL ITEMS OF WORK CALLED FOR HEREIN OR SHOWN ON THE ACCOMPANYING DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONNECTING TO THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD'S APPROVED FIRE ALARM AND SPRINKLER CONTRACTORS. B. INCLUDE ANY MINOR ITEMS OF WORK NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIVE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. C. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE EXACT HAZARD CLASSIFICATION, AS WELL AS, THE QUANTITY, SPACING, AND PROTECTED AREA LIMITATION OF SPRINKLER HEADS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURTHER BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFIRMING HIS DETERMINATION WITH THE I AN1_71 ORD15 INSURING AGENCY AND TL.Ip I OCAI FIRE AIITlIORITY W.&\/INr~ IIIRIST�ICTION O\/FR TWF PROJECT-_ INSURING, .,�_,.�, ..,.� ,,,- LOC,.- . ,,.E ,,.,,,,CBI. , J..,....-.�,..... .._._ ..._ D. WHERE APPLICABLE, LOCATE SPRINKLER HEADS IN CENTER OF CEILING TILE, USE ARMOVER ON ALL SPRINKLER BRANCH LINES TO ACCOMPLISH EXACT LOCATION OF HEAD. E. PROVIDE AN NFPA-13 APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN BUILDING. SYSTEM SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL AND STATE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE. F. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE LICENSED AND CERTIFIED IN THE INSTALLATION OF AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS IN THIS STATE. G. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ANY INSPECTION FEES, CHARGES, AND ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL FEES APPLICABLE. H. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FILE ALL NECESSARY DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATES. I. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION AND APPROVAL AND SUBMIT TO THE TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO THE REQUEST FOR FINAL PAYME^:T. J. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL PRODUCTS AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. K. FIRE PROTECTION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT LAYOUT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL EQUIPMENT, BOTH KNOWN AND UNKNOWN, AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. L. ALL FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED AS CONCEALED WORK, WHERE APPLICABLE. M. THE ARCHITECT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHANGE THE LOCATION OF ANY SPRINKLER HEAD DURING THE SUBMITTAL PROCESS EVEN IF THE MOVE SHOULD REQUIRE ADDITIONAL HEADS. N. FILL ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN SLEEVE AND PIPE OR INSULATION ON ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS. FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS SHALL BE UL CLASSIFIED AND MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM. THE METHOD OF INSULATION SHALL CONFORM TO UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. O CEILING GRID SYSTEMS SHALL NOT RF USED TO SUPPORT FIR` PROTECTION ITEMS, PIPING OR ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT. EACH UTILITY AND THE CEILING GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE A SEPARATE INSTALLATION AND EACH SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. WHERE INTERFERENCE OCCURS, IN ORDER TO SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OR CEILING GRID SYSTEM, THIS CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL NOT BE LOCATED WHERE THEY INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND OTHER MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL ITEMS. P. INSTALL ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN ROOMS IN AN AESTHETIC MANNER. SPRINKLER ARRANGEMENT SHALL BE PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE BUILDING WALLS. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT AND TENANT. Q. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION OF UTILITIES AND NOTE CONDITIONS WHICH WOULD AFFECT THE WORK. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL THEN BE REPORTED TO THE LANDLORD'S TENANT COORDINATOR PRIOR TO THE BID AWARD. R. INSTALLATION WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE UNLESS AND UNTIL WRITTEN ACCEPTANCE IS RECEIVED FROM THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL AND THE LANDLORD'S INSURING AGENCY. S. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ONE SET OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB TO BE USED STRICTLY FOR RECORDING ANY INSTALLATION DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. T. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DAILY CLEAN-UP AND REMOVAL OF FIRE PROTECTION DEBRIS FROM THE SITE WEEKLY. THE PREMISES SHALL BE KEPT IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY CONDITION. U. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND FOLLOW ALL LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. THE SUBMITTING OF A BID AUTOMATICALLY IMPLIES THAT THESE REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND ARE IN THE BID PRICE AND INFORM LANDLORD IN ADVANCE OF ANY DOWN TIME. V. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND/OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, 113M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. 21 0519 TESTS A. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TESTING OF SPRINKLER PIPING PER NFPA. B. TEST SPRINKLER PIPING WITH A HYDROSTATIC TEST AT 200 PSI FOR 2 HOURS WITH NO VISIBLE LEAKAGE. C. TEST ALARMS, FLOW SWITCHES, AND TAMPERPROOF SWITCHES AND ADJUST AS NECESSARY. D. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD SHALL SIGN CERTIFICATES, INDICATING WITNESSING OF ALL TESTS REQUIRED BY NFPA-13 FOR ABOVE GROUND PIPING. E. REPAIR ANY LEAKING JOINTS AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO THE FACILITY THAT THE LEAK MAY HAVE CREATED. CLEAN, PAINT, OR REPLACE ANY DAMAGED COVERINGS AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE LANDLORD'S APPROVAL. F. NOTIFY THE LANDLORD IN WRITING FOR ANY SCHEDULING OF ANY TESTS OR DOWNTIME OF THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 21 05 25 SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND SEALS A. UL LISTED HANGERS, BEAM CLAMPS, HANGER RODS, PIPE ATTACHMENTS, AND PIPE SLEEVES SHALL BE PER SP-58. EQUAL MANUFACTURERS TO BE SIMPLEX GRINNELL, B-LINE, OR MICHIGAN HANGERS. B. ALL HANGER ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE UL AND FM APPROVED. C. HANGER SPACING SHALL MEET NFPA-13 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. 21 05 26 INTERIOR PIPE TUBE AND FITTINGS AND SPRINKLER HEADS A. SPRINKLER HEADS: 1. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE NEW, QUICK RESPONSE, U.L. LISTED, F.M. LISTED AND APPROVED AUTOMATIC SPRAY TYPE AS MANUFACTURED BY STAR, RELIABLE, SIMPLEX-GRINNELL, VIKING, OR CENTRAL SPRINKLER CO. 2. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE RATED FOR 165°F UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. 3. "SALES" AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE FULLY CONCEALED ADJUSTABLE SCREW TYPE WITH WHITE COVER PLATE TO MATCH CEILING. 4. "NON -SALES" AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE FULLY CONCEALED ADJUSTABLE SCREW TYPE WITH WHITE COVER PLATE TO MATCH CEILING. 5. "NON -SALES" NO CEILING SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE CHROME UPRIGHT, ADJUSTABLE SCREW TYPE. 6. "MALL BULKHEAD" AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE FULLY CONCEALED ADJUSTABLE SCREW TYPE WITH WHITE COVER PLATE TO MATCH CEILING. B. PIPING: I. SCHEDULE 40, BLACK STEEL PIPE, ASTM A-53 FOR FERROUS PIPING, WELDED AND SEAMLESS, ANSI B-36-10-70 FOR WROUGHT STEEL PIPE. 2. CAST IRON OR MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS FOR PIPES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. SCREWED OR CAST IRON FLANGED JOINTS FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 2 INCHES. 3. GALVANIZED OR BLACK MALLEABLE IRON WITH BRASS SEAT SCREWED UNIONS FOR PIPES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. 4. MECHANICAL COUPLINGS AS MANUFACTURED BY VICTAULIC OR EQUAL ARE ACCEPTABLE, WHERE APPROVED BY CODE AND THE LANDLORD. S. HANGERS SHALL COMPLY WITH LANDLORD AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. C. SPRINKLER SPACING SHALL NOT EXCEED 130 SQ. FT. IN "SALES" AREAS AND 100 50. FT. IN "STOCK" AREAS. COMPLY WITH LANDLORD'S DESIGN CRITERIA. PIPE SIZING SHALL BE BASED ON NFPA ORDINARY HAZARD. D. ALL SPRINKLER LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED, AVOIDING INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. E. WHERE POSSIBLE, REWORK THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO MEET THE NEW REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DESIGN. F. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A VALVED TEST CONNECTION IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED OR REQUESTED BY THE LANDLORD, LOCAL INSPECTOR, OR INSURANCE CARRIER. G. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE CAUSED BY LEAKS IN ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. ALL REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGES SHALL BE BY THIS CONTRACTOR AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. H. PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED "SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATES" SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE LANDLORD, AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 21 05 30 SPRINKLER PIPING SPECIALTIES A. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DRAINS. COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE ARCHITECT AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY INSTALLATION. B. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO BECOME INFORMED OF THE EXACT DIMENSIONS OF FINISHED WORK WHERE PIPES, DUCTS AND EQUIPMENT ARE TO BE PLACED AND WILL ARRANGE THE WORK ACCORDINGLY, ASSUMING ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPER LOCATION AND COORDINATION OF THE WORK. 23 05 00 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR HVAC A. ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT OR TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE, REFERS TO J.JILL. B. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AND PERFORM ALL LABOR REQUIRED TO INSTALL A HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, COMPLETE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. C. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IS TO PROVIDE POWER WIRING FOR EACH ITEM OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS. D. ALL FINISH PAINTING IS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, EXCEPT AS NOTED ELSEWHERE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, SHALL RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION ANY PAINTING DEFACED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND AFTER ORIGINAL PAINTING. E. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO CODES, RULES, AND REGULATIONS: 1. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 2. STANDARD FOR INSTALLATION OF AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS, NFPA CIOA. 3. CODE FOR SAFETY TO LIFE FROM FIRE IN BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES, NFPA 101. 4. FEDERAL OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS. 5. STATE MECHANICAL CODE. 6. STATE BUILDING CODE 7. STATE INDUSTRIAL COMMISSION REQUIREMENTS. 8. LOCAL BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. q. BUILDING INSURING AGENCY REQUIREMENTS. 10. STATE PLUMBING CODE. 11. NFPA. F. ALL PERMITS REQUIRED BY LAWS, ORDINANCES AND BUILDING CODES HAVING JURISDICTION SHALL BE OBTAINED AT THE PROPER TIME BY AND AT THE EXPENSE OF THIS CONTRACTOR. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY ALL LAWS, ORDINANCES AND PUBLIC AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND SHALL OBTAIN CERTIFICATES OF SUCH INSPECTIONS AND SUBMIT SAME TO THE ARCHITECT AND SHALL PAY ALL FEES, CHARGES, ASSESSMENTS AND OTHER EXPENSES IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. G. PIPING AND EQUIPMENT LAYOUT IS SCHEMATIC. EXACT LOCATIONS ARE DETERMINED BY STRUCTURAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS. DESIGN OF SYSTEM MAY NOT BE CHANGED. ONLY EXACT LOCATION OF PIPING AND DUCTS MAY BE REVISED TO SUIT CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS AND AID IN COORDINATION WITH WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTORS. H. I Ht MA 1 LKIALS AND I=UlJIPMEN I INSTALLED IN THE WOKIC SHALL Mtt l I Ht RtC_?UIRtMtN I S Ut- I Ht CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND NO MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ORDERED UNTIL REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER, LANDLORD AND/OR ARCHITECT. I. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS PER THE DOCUMENTS PROVIDED. I r'ATALOG DATA FOR EQUIPMF<\IT REVIE:^;ED RY TLIE ARCHI"I"ECT SHALL NOT SUPERSEDE THE ENGINEER'S CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER SHALL NOT RELIEVE THIS CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, PROVIDING PROPER CLEARANCE, FABRICATION PROCESS AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. K. WHEN SUBMITTED FOR THE ARCHITECT'S REVIEW, SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BEAR THIS CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION THAT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR HAS REVIEWED, CHECKED AND APPROVED THE SHOP DRAWINGS, THAT THEY ARE IN HARMONY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT AND WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THAT THIS CONTRACTOR HAS VERIFIED ALL FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA, MATERIALS, CATALOG NUMBERS AND SIMILAR DATA. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO CERTIFY THAT THE WORK REPRESENTED BY THE SHOP DRAWINGS AS RECOMMENDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE WILL FULLY APPLY. L. ALL CONTRACTORS SUBMITTING PROPOSALS FOR THIS WORK SHALL FIRST EXAMINE THE SITE AND ALL CONDITIONS THEREIN. ALL PROPOSALS SHALL TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION ALL SUCH CONDITIONS AS MAY AFFECT THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THE SUBMITTING OF A BID AUTOMATICALLY IMPLIES THAT THIS EXAMINATION OF SITE HAS BEEN DONE. M. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF UTILITIES AND NOTE CONDITIONS WHICH WOULD AFFECT THE WORK. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL THEN BE REPORTED PRIOR TO THE BID AWARD. N. PROVIDE INSTRUCTION TO LANDLORD'S OPERATING PERSONNEL AS NECESSARY, SHOWING LOCATIONS AND PROPER OPERATION OF MAJOR ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND REFERRING TO THE OPERATING INSTRUCTION MANUAL DESCRIBED BELOW AS A GUIDE. 0. COMPILE WRITTEN MANUAL OF OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND A LISTING OF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS. ASSEMBLE IN 8-1/2" X IV HARD BACKED INDEXED BINDER. MATERIAL SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: I. TITLE PAGE: TITLE OF JOB, LANDLORD/TENANT, ADDRESS, DATE, SUBMISSION, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. 2. INDEX 3 LIST OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT USEDIN PROJECT ACCOMPANIED BY PURCHASE ORDER NUMBERS AND SUPPLIERS NAMES AND ADDRESSES. 4. ONE COPY OF EACH SHOP DRAWING GROUPED BY TYPES OF EQUIPMENT (I.E., ROOFTOP UNITS, FANS, ETC.) 5. SECTION FOR EACH SYSTEM INCLUDING: � a a. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM OPERATION WITH LOCATION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS. b. HVAC SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND CALIBRATION INFORMATION, INCLUDING WIRING DIAGRAMS AND SCHEMATICS. P. SUBMIT A COMPLETED COPY TITLED `HVAC OPERATING INSTRUCTION MANUAL ON THE BINDING G EDGE OF MINDER O ARCHITECTFOR APPROVAL. AFTER ARCHI tC 'S REVIEW AND ANY CORRECTIONS REQUIRED ARE COMPLETED, SUBMIT A COPY OF THE MANUAL TO THE LANDLORD. Q WITHIN 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE, RECORD DRAWINGS OF THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING LANDLORD. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM THE LOCATION AND PERFORMANCE DATA ON EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT, GENERAL CONFIGURATION OF DUCT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INCLUDING SIZES, AND THE AIR DESIGN FLOW RATES. R. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON SHEET A000 FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT BID. S. TRADE NAMES, MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 1. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. SUBMISSIONS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS FOR TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SUB -CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN. T. DEMOLITION 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT AND PROTECT EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION. U. FINAL HVAC INSPECTIONS I. ASIDE FROM NORMAL INTERIM INSPECTIONS OF WORK IN PLACE, TENANT SHALL HAVE AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR INSPECT THE FINISHED INSTALLATION UPON COMPLETION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BRING ALL ITEMS REPORTED BY THE INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR UP TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. V. WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE I. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT AND SHALL MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT DISCOVERED WITHIN 12 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. THIS GUARANTEE SHALL EXTEND TO LABOR AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT BUT SHALL NOT OVERLAP WITH WARRANTY PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY, COORDINATE AND FOLLOW ALL PROPER HANDLING AND INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES WITH MANUFACTURER(S) IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY. 2. HVAC UNITS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. UPON DELIVERY, GENERAL AND INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT IS AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, ACCESSORIES AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. ANY DISCREPANCIES MUST BE REPORTED TO TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WITHIN THE FIRST TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS AFTER DELIVERY. 23 05 01 HVAC BASIC MATERIALS AND METHOD A. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO BECOME INFORMED OF THE EXACT DIMENSIONS OF FINISHED WORK WHERE PIPES, DUCTS AND EQUIPMENT ARE TO BE PLACED AND WILL ARRANGE THE WORK ACCORDINGLY, ASSUMING ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPER LOCATION AND COORDINATION OF THE WORK. B. IN THE ERECTION OF THE DUCTWORK, SPECIAL CAKE SHALL BE USED PROVIDING SUPPORT. C. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE PLACED SO AS TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH PLUMBING PIPES, ELECTRIC CONDUITS OR PIPES OF OTHER CONTRACTORS. D. ALL DUCTWORK MUST BE PROVIDED WITH SUFFICIENT DISTANCE FROM WALLS, PIPES AND OTHER OBSTACLES TO PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF FULL THICKNESS OF INSULATION SPECIFIED. E. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM AN ACCURATE AND COMPLETE BALANCE OF AIR SYSTEMS AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT, WHICH SHALL BE COMPLETED BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT. AIR BALANCE SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED TO A CERTIFIED MEMBER OF ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL. F. VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES 1. VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WITH SUPPORTS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT AND THE STRUCTURE (FANS, AIR HANDLERS, ETC.) BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 2. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT HUNG FROM STRUCTURE SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH RUBBER AND SPRING DEVICES, VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED FROM FLOOR OR DECK SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH HOUSED SPRING MOUNT DEVICES. 3. EXAMINE DEAD LOAD AND OPERATING LOAD CONDITIONS WHEN SELECTING DEVICES, ADJUST FOR PROPER ALIGNMENT AND LOADING. AVOID "GROUNDING" THE ISOLATOR. 4. CHECK HANGER ROD SIZE FOR ALLOWABLE LOADS AT THE ISOLATING DEVICE AND AT THE UPPER AND LOWER ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURES, DUCTS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. 5. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION DATA. 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC A. TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL WORK SHALL BE MADE BY AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR WHO IS CURRENTLY LICENSED ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCING COUNCIL (AABC) OR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB) BALANCING CONTRACTOR. NO OTHER BALANCE REPORTS WILL BE REVIEWED OR ACCEPTED. ALL BALANCING WORK MUST BE COMPLETE AND DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST RECENT STANDARDS OF THEIR SOCIETY. PAYMENT OF ALL COSTS FOR TESTING SHALL BE MADE BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. B. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL NEW FILTERS IN ALL UNITS PRIOR TO THE AIR BALANCE. THE COMPLETE AIR BALANCE SHALL TAKE PLACE WITH OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS IN MINIMUM POSITION. C. BALANCE AIR AND WATER QUANTITIES TO WITHIN + 5% OF THAT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ANY RF(DIIIRFD CHANGES IN C;WFAVF_S _RFI TS_ PUI I FYS_ nP TUF AMITION OF nAMPFR=, RFQIIIRFT) Tn ACHIEVE SPECIFIED FLOW RATES SHALL BE -PERFORMED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. D. THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: 1. AABC OR NEBB CERTIFICATION NUMBER AND SIGNATURE OF BALANCING CONTRACTOR. 2. INSTRUMENTATION LIST WITH LAST CALIBRATION DATES. 3. MAKE AND MODEL NUMBERS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT TESTED. 4. AIR CFM AND STATIC PRESSURE READINGS (DISCHARGE AND SUCTION) AS MEASURED BY PITOT TUBE DUCT TRAVERSE AT THE UNIT. 5. MOTOR NAMEPLATE DATA WITH ACTUAL FIELD VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE READINGS FOP, EACH LEG. 6. MOTOR AND FAN RPMS, SHEAVE SIZES AND BELT SIZES. 7. OUTSIDE, RETURN, MIXED AND SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURES AT FULL COOLING. 8. WATER BALANCE DATA INCLUDING GPM WITH INLET AND OUTLET TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE READINGS (WHERE APPLICABLE) q. MAKE AND MODEL NUMBER OF ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. 10. FINAL BALANCED AIR VOLUMES AT ALL OUTLETS (INCLUDING RETURNS WHERE DUCTED). ll. INDEXED PLAN WITH DIFFUSER AND RETURN LOCATIONS. E. ALL CONTROL SEQUENCES SHALL BE TESTED (INTERLOCKED EQUIPMENT, SMOKE DETECTORS, SMOKE EVACUATION, ECONOMIZER, ETC.) AND OPERATING STATUS RECORDED IN THE REPORT. F. THREE COPIES OF THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED THROUGH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. G. THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL APPLICABLE TESTING AND BALANCING FUNCTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE SYSTEM DESIGNED IN THESE DRAWINGS. THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL RECHECK ANY ITEMS THAT THE TENANT DEEMS NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE TENANT. H. FINAL BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION * MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 23 07 00 HVAC INSULATION A. FURNISH AND INSTALL INSULATION PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. INSULATION MUST COMPLY WITH NFPA/NFPAC clOA. B. ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NO MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NO HIGHER THAN 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM 3 84-05, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. C. DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED ACCORDING TO THE ENERGY CODE ADOPTED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. IT 15 THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CONFORM TO CODE AND PROVIDE ADEQUATE INSULATION. 1. RECTANGULAR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS IN A PLENUM RETURN SPACE: PROVIDE 1 INCH THICK, 1.5 LB/FT3, MINIMUM INTERNAL LINER (CONDUCTIVITY <=0.2(o @ 75°F; R-4.0 MINIMUM INSTALLED INSULATION). 2. RECTANGULAR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS ABOVE CEILING WHEN NO PLENUM IS USED ( DUCTED RETURN): URN): PROVIDE 1.5 INCH THICK (2 INCH THICK ALSO ACCEPTABLE), 1.5 LB/FT3, MINIMUM INTERNAL LINER (CONDUCTIVITY <=0.17 @ 75°F; R-6.0 MINIMUM INSTALLED INSULATION). 3. ALL OUTDOOR AIR (ROUND, OVAL, AND RECTANGULAR) AND ROUND/OVAL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS: SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 2.5 INCH THICK DUCT WRAP, 0.75 LB/FT3 (R-7.1 MINIMUM INSTALLED INSULATION). 4. RECTANGULAR AND ROUND SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL NOT HAVE INSULATION UNLESS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE D. LINER IS TO HAVE A COATED SURFACE EXPOSED TO AIRSTREAM TO PREVENT EROSION. APPLY ADHESIVES AND MECHANICAL FASTENERS AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA AND THE MANUFACTURER TO PREVENT LINER SEPARATION FROM THE DUCT. ALL ADHESIVES SHALL BE LOW VOC TYPE. ALL TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE COATED WITH ADHESIVE. LINED DUCTWORK DOES NOT NEED TO BE WRAPPFn i m FRF(IIRFn RY MAI ISS E. DUCT WRAP INSULATION IS TO HAVE CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT DUCT SYSTEM. ALL JOINTS MUST BE OVERLAPPED AND TUCKED SO THAT NO INSULATION FIBER 15 VISIBLE. EXTEND DUCTWORK INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS. F. FOR DUCTWORK LOCATED WITHIN A VENTILATED ATTIC OR OUTSIDE, REFER DIRECTLY TO CODE ADOPTED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY OF JURISDICTION. G. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. NOT INCLUDING FULL THICKNESS OF INSULATION (INCREASE DUCT SIZES AS REQUIRED FOR INSULATION THICKNESS). H. INSULA I ION SHALL NU'I Bt APPLItD UN I IL I Ht c�tNtKAL CONS I KUC I IUN HAS PKOGKtSSED SUFFICIENTLY TO INSURE AGAINST PHYSICAL OR MOISTURE DAMAGE TO THE INSULATION. ALL INSULATION DAMAGED THROUGH FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS DIRECTIVE SHALL BE REPLACED AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. I. HANGERS TO BE PERPENDICULAR TO DUCTS PRIOR TO INSULATION BEING INSTALLED. USE SADDLE HANGER '..HERE REQUIRED. - NOT COMPRESS INSULATION. J. INSULATION SHALL BE OWENS-CORNING. EQUAL PRODUCT BY ARMSTRONG, CERTAINTEED, SCHULLER OR KNAUF MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 23 31 13 HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION AND RETURN SYSTEMS A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS OF SIZE AND LOCATION AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. ALL DUCTS FOR AIR VELOCITIES LESS THAN 2000 FPM AND STATIC PRESSURE IN DUCT 2" OR LESS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED SHEET METAL. THE GAUGE OF STEEL USED IN ALL DUCTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. WHERE GREATER RECTANGULAR DIMENSION IS 12" OR LESS USE 26 GAUGE. 2. WHERE GREATER RECTANGULAR DIMENSION IS FROM 12" THROUGH 30" USE 24 GAUGE. 3. WHERE GREATER RECTANGULAR DIMENSION IS FROM 31" THROUGH 54" USE 22 GAUGE. 4. WHERE GREATER RECTANGULAR DIMENSION IS FROM 55nTHROUGH 84" USE 20 GAUGE. B. TRANSVERSE JOINTS AND BRACING TO CONFORM TO "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE" (CURRENT SMACNA). C. ALL DUCTS SHALL BE RIGID AND SHALL BE CROSS -BROKEN, PROPERLY STIFFENED WITH SUITABLE BRACES, TOES, OR ANGLES TO KEEP THEM TRUE TO SHAPE AND PREVENT BUCKLING. ALL VERTICAL DUCTS SHALL BE OF STRONG ENOUGH CONSTRUCTION TO CARRY 100 LBS. SUSPENDED LOAD FROM HANGERS WITHOUT BUCKLING. SOLDER ALL JOINTS WHERE NECESSARY TO INSURE TIGHT WORK. SEAMS OF ALL DUCTS AND JOINTS SHALL BE HAMMERED TO A SMOOTH SURFACE ON THE INSIDE. D. CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING HANGERS AND SUPPORTING SYSTEMS OF ALL DUCTWORK SHALL ALSO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE" (CURRENT SMACNA). E. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE OUTLET AND INTAKE OF AIR HANDLING UNITS AND FANS. THESE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE AT LEAST 6" LONG, MADE OF NFPA 90A APPROVED FLAMEPROOF FABRIC. F. FURNISH AND INSTALL VOLUME CONTROLLER AND EXTRACTOR AT ALL BRANCH TAKEOFFS IN SUPPLY AND RETURN FROM MAIN DUCTS TO ALL BRANCH DUCTS WHERE SHOWN. UNIT SHALL BE OF TWO GAUGES HEAVIER THAN THE DUCT. G. PROVIDE MANUAL ADJUSTING LEVER FOR EACH UNIT. UNITS SHALL MOVE FROM FULL OPEN TO FULLY CLOSED POSITION TO CONTROL AIR DIRECTION AND VOLUME. H. FURNISH AND INSTALL TURNING VANES IN ALL ELBOWS OF RECTANGULAR DUCTS. THE BLADES TO BE HOLLOW -FORMED DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES. I. INSTALL SUPPLY AND RETURN REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULE. J. FLEXIBLE SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE BY FLEXMASTER TYPE 1B OR EQUAL, WITH I" THICK FIBERGLASS BLANKET INSULATION WITH METALIZED FILM VAPOR BARRIER OUTER JACKET. FLEXIBLE DUCT IN RETURN AIR PLENUM TO BE CLEARLY LABELED "CLASS I" EVERY FOUR FEET. FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH MAY NOT EXCEED FIVE FEET. INSULATION SHALL HAVE MIN. INSTALLED R-VALUE OF 6. K. METAL DUCTWORK - NO FIBERGLASS DUCT ALLOWED. L. DUCT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONSTRUCT ALL LOW PRESSURE DUCT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA STANDARDS WITH THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: a. SUPPLY DUCTS: 2" W.G. POSITIVE. b. RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: 2" W.G. NEGATIVE. 2. SEAL ALL LOW PRESSURE DUCTS PER SMACNA CLASS B AND ALL MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTS TO SMACNA CLASS A. 3. REGARDLESS OF ABOVE DUCT CONSTRUCTION AND SEALANT PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS MAXIMUM DUCT AIR LEAKAGE WILL NOT EXCEED 5% AS REQUIRED FOR FINAL AIR BALANCE APPROVAL. M. ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SPIRAL LOCK SEAM CONSTRUCTION FOR ALL SIZES 12" DIAMETER AND LARGER. ROUND DUCTWORK SIZES 10" DIAMETER AND SMALLER MAY BE SNAP -LOCK CONSTRUCTION. ALIL SNAP -LOCK SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED AS DESCRIBED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. ROUND FITTINGS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SPOT WELDED AND BONDED CONSTRUCTION. DUCTWORK SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY UNITED MCGILL, SEMCO, OR APPROVED EQUAL. N. ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH 2" WIDE, GLASS- FIBER FABRIC REINFORCED TAPE. JOINTS ALSO SHALL BE RIVETED OR CONNECTED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. LIQUID SEALANTS BY UNITED MCGILL CORP., DOW CORNING, MIRACLE ADHESIVES AND SUREBOND INC. WILL BE ACCEPTED IN LIEU OF TAPE. 0. DUCT TRANSITIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED 30 DEGREES SLOPE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 23 33 00 DAMPERS A. RECTANGULAR DUCT GALVANIZED STEEL MANUAL BALANCE AND MOTORIZED DAMPER 6" WIDE 16 GAUGE OPPOSED BLADES, CHANNEL FRAME WITH BRACED CORNERS, CONCEALED LINKAGE, TEFLON FILLED BEARINGS, 3/8" DIAMETER AXLE 6" LONG CONTROL _LAr. MOTORIZED DAMPER TO HAVE REPLACEABLE BUTYL RUBBER :SEALS INSTALLED ALONG THE TOP BOTTOM AND SIDES OF THE FRAME, AS WELL AS, ALONG ALL SIDES OF EACH BLADE. B. ROUND GALVANIZED STEEL MANUAL BALANCE DAMPER WITH SINGLE 16 GAUGE BLADE, CHANNEL FRAME, STAINLESS STEEL SLEEVE BEARINGS PRESSED INTO FRAME, 3/8" DIAMETER AXLE EXTENDED 6" FOR CONTROL SHAFT, BLADE STOP. C. EQUIP DAMPERS WITH LOCKING QUADRANTS. D. INSTALL BALANCE DAMPERS WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND ELSEWHERE AS NECESSARY TO OBTAIN PROPER SYSTEM BALAINCE. E. CHECK DAMPERS FOR PROPER OPERATION BEFORE AND AFTER INSTALLATION. F. DAMPERS SHALL BE RUSKIN. EQUAL PRODUCT BY AMERICAN WARMING AND VENTILATING, LOUVERS AND DAMPERS, OR PREFCO MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 23 37 13 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES A. SQUARE CEILING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER - STEEL SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER, ADJUSTABLE VANES, ROUND NECK, TITUS MODEL TMS. B. LINEAR SLOT SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER - ALUMINUM LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER. PROVIDE WITH INSULATED PLENUM, TITUS MODEL ML-39. C. SUPPLY AIR GRILLE - STEEL DOUBLE DEFLECTION SUPPLY GRILLE, 3/4" BLADE SPACING, FRONT BLADES PARALLEL TO THE SHORT DIMENSION, TITUS MODEL 300 RS. D. RETURN AIR GRILLE - STEEL RETURN AIR GRILLE, 3/4" BLADE SPACING WITH 35° FIXED DEFLECTION BLADES, FRONT BLADES PARALLEL TO THE LONG DIMENSION, TITUS MODEL 35ORL. E. FINISHES - FURNISH ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES WITH PRIME COATED AND WHITE BAKED ENAMEL FINISH COAT UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. F. COORDINATE AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH ALL AFFECTED CONTRACTORS BEFORE INSTALLING DUCTWORK. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS IN LOCATIONS FROM TH05E SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS MUST BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT BEFORE INSTALLATION, G. SUSPEND CEILING AIR DEVICES FROM STRUCTURE ON WIRE HANGERS OR FROM RIGID DUCTWORK. CEILING MUST NOT BE USED TO SUPPORT AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES. H. SECURELY FASTEN SIDE WALL AIR DEVICES TO RIGID DUCTWORK OR STRUCTURE. I. AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE TITUS OR EQUALS BY PRICE, K:RUEGER OR NAILOR MEETING REQUIREMENTS ON SHOWN ON SHEET M200. 23 75 is RvvFTvP PACKAGE^v H VAC UNITS A. UNIT SHALL BE FACTORY ASSEMBLED AIR TO AIR ELECTRIC COOLING, GAS HEATING UNIT WITH REFRIGERATION SYSTEM, AIR HANDLING SYSTEM CASING AND CONTROLS. B. CABINET SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL, 15ONDERIZED AND COATED WITH BAKED ENAMEL. UNIT SHALL BE ARRANGED FOR ALL EXTERIOR CONNECTIONS TO BE WITHIN ROOF CURB. CABINET SHALL BE LINED WITH 1" THICK NEOPRENE -COATED FIBERGLASS WITH EASILY REMOVABLE SERVICE PANELS TO ALL OPERATING COMPONENTS. C. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SHALL, INCLUDE RECIPROCATING SERVICEABLE HERMETIC COMPRESSORS, CONDENSERS, INTERWINDED CIRCUIT EVAPORATOR COIL, EXPANSION VALVES, SERVICE VALVES, VIBRATION ISOLATORS, CRANKCASE HEATERS, SIGHT GLASSES, FILTER DRIERS, HOT GAS MUFFLERS, AND REFRIGERANT PIPING. SAFETY CONTROLS SHALL INCLUDE FUSIBLE PLUG, LOW AND HIGH PRESSURE THERMOSTATS, COMPRESSOR MOTOR OVERLOADS, TIMER TO PREVENT SHORT CYCLING COMPRESSORS. D. CONDENSER FANS SHALL BE VE=RTICAL DISCHARGE PROPELLER TYPE DIRECT DRIVEN BY INHERENTLY PROTECTED, PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED MOTORS. E. COILS SHALL BE ALUMINUM PLATE FINS MECHANICALLY BONDED TO SEAMLESS COPPER TUBES WITH ALL JOINTS BRAZED. COILS SHALL BE COATED WHEN WITHIN FIVE (5) MILES OF COAST. F. INDOOR BLOWER SHALL BE FORWARD -CURVED, CENTRIFUGAL, BELT -DRIVEN TYPE, EQUIPPED WITH PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED BEARINGS. G. CONTROLS: 1. THE COOLING SYSTEM SI-IALL BE PROTECTED WITH HIGH PRESSURE THERMOSTATS, LOW PRESSURE THERMOSTATS LOSS -OF -CHARGE PROTECTION, INDOOR COIL FREEZE THERMOSTATS, AND CURRENT AND TEMPERATURE SENSITIVE OVERLOAD DEVICES. 2, AI I 17FVICFS c;ww I RF ln1IRFTD Tn RRF\/FNT rnMP12F55nR RESTART IINTII_11- RFSFT nF CIRCIIIT BREAKER. 3. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL_ INSTALL HEATING/COOLING "S" SENSOR(S) AND "T" THERMOSTAT(S) PER PLAN TO PROVIDE CONTROL OF STAGED COOLING AND STAGED HEATING WITH AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER AND "FAN ON" CONTROL. MOUNT DEVICES AT 48" AFF TO BOTTOM PER ADA. PROVIDE INITIAL PROGRAMMING OF SYSTEM. COORDINATE PROGRAMMING REQUIREMENTS WITH CHICO'S FAS NATIONAL ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE. AND PROGRAMMING SECTION BELOW. 4. WHEN THERMOSTAT/SENSOR CALLS FOR COOLING, FIRST STAGE OF COMPRESSOR SHALL ENERGIZE UNTIL SPACE TEMPERATURE 15 SATISFIED. AFTER TEN MINUTES, SECOND STAGE OF COMPRESSOR SHALL ENERGIZE UNTIL SPACE TEMPERATURE IS SATISFIED. 5. WHEN THERMOSTAT/SENSOR CALLS FOR HEATING, FIRST STAGE OF HEAT SHALL ENERGIZE UNTIL SPACE TEMPERATURE IS SATISFIED. AFTER TEN MINUTES, SECOND STAGE OF HEAT SHALL ENERGIZE UNTIL SPACE TEMPERATURE 15 SATISFIED. 6. FAN SHALL ENERGIZE AND RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED HOURS. 7. HVAC CONTROL SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED TO ENSURE THAT CONTROL ELEMENTS ARE CALIBRATED, ADJUSTED, AND IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION. H. PROGRAMMING OF CONTROLS/SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PROGRAMMING OF HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE BELOW OPERATION. 2. SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT - UNOCCUPIED SETPOINTS SHALL BE 78°F COOLING AND 60°F HEATING. WARM-UP/OCCU'PIED SETPOINTS SHALL BE 72°F COOLING AND 68°F HEATING. SETPOINTS SHALL BE LOCKED OUT 1"0 PREVENT ADJUSTMENT MORE THAN 3°F UP OR DOWN FROM DEFAULT. 3. ALL SETPOINTS ARE ADJUSTABLE - PRIOR TO PROGRAMMING OF CONTROLS SYSTEM, VERIFY 5ETPOINITS WITH TENANT CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. 4. UNIT OPERATION - DURING OCCUPIED HOURS, FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY ("FAN ON") AND UNIT SHALL STAGE COOLING OR HEATING. DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS, FAN SHALL RUN ONLY WHEN HEATING OR COOLING ARE CALLED FOR ("FAN AUTO"). 5. OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED/WARM-UP - UNOCCUPIED MODE SHALL BE SET FOR ONE HOUR AFTER MALL CLOSING TO ONE HOUR PRIOR TO MALL OPENING. UNOCCUPIED MODE SHALL HAVE MANUAL OVERRIDE. 6. REFER TO CONTROLS SECTION ABOVE FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. I. PROVIDE CIRCUIT TO PREVENT COMPRESSOR SHORT CYCLING AS A RESULT OF A RAPID CHANGE IN THERMOSTAT SETTING AND AUTOMATICALLY PREVENT COMPRESSOR RESTART AT LEAST FIVE MINUTES AFTER SHUTDOWN. J. CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING ALL CONTROLS, CONTROL WIRING AND TO MAKE OPERATIONAL. K. ROOFTOP UNITS SHALL BE TRANE AS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. UPON DELIVERY OF UNITS, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT 15 AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, ACCESSORIES AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. 23 82 32 UNIT HEATER A. UNIT HEATER SHALL BE HEAVY-DUTY FORGED -AIR TYPE. UNIT SHALL BE UL APPROVED AND SHALL HAVE THE CAPACITY, VOLTAGE: AND PHASE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. UNIT SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING FEATURE: 1. INDIVIDUALLY -ADJUSTABLE DISCHARGE LOUVERS. 2. 20 GAUGE STEEL ENCLOSURE 3. ALUMINUM -FINNED, COPPER -CLAD STEEL SHEATH HEATING ELEMENTS. 4. DISCONNECT SWITCH. 5. AUTOMATIC RESET THERMAL CUTOUT. B. MOTOR: INCLUDE BUILT-IN THERMAL -OVERLOAD PROTECTION AND GREASE -LUBRICATED BALL BEARINGS. C. BA515 OF DESIGN BERKO OR EQUALS BY Q-MARK, RAYWALL OR MARKEL. 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: C C O v Y 0 0 u T2 E E .r-X_ 3 _0 O � 3 V) �t Ln 0 cM It = O W c c co U -0 Q ZLo L0 0 .c Lc) r L0 N 't � � r .au) b V) -6,- w=_ _�d W :30 U) ro Lo r- cn U Ln Lo %- r i � 0 II II 11 � � o uuu STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK -/ kl A lA 415 1=Vth uhttClV WHY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION I G W o 0. LL it --',. U 0 z_ LL AP 446 W 0- < U) V Z O Q F_ UU r °° W W 0 75 L 1 O W 0 W_ U n ",\auuUw'unnnlyj4 `\`e\`4Z , CONNFCN •. • Y T. ' . /v'4 I- m 44� _4�t ,A rAL!.'o F.y ..�� , �: W } * i = 4� 00 Q %iiw - o LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED Fl APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: ©2020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 191127 MECHANICAL AND FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: A M400 Section # Final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.ID C303.3, Furnished O&M manuals for HVAC ❑Complies Requirement will be met. C408.2.5. systems within 90 days of system ❑Does Not 3 3 [FI8] acceptance. ❑Not Observable I`INnh Annl{rshln C403.2.2 HVAC systems and equipment ❑Complies Requirement will be met, [FI2713 capacity does not exceed calculated ❑Does Not loads. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 controlled by a thermostat control, MDoes Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device ❑Not Observable per installed humidification/dehumidification ❑Not Applicable system. C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device ❑Not Observable per iiisLanau humidification/dehumidification ❑Not Applicable pp system. C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone Is ❑Complies _— Requirement will be met. 1 controlled by a thermostat control, ODoes Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device []Not Observable per installed humidification/dehumidification 1JNot Applicable system. C403.2.4. Thermostatic controls have a 5 °F ❑Complios Exception: Manual changeover thermostats. 1.2 deadband. ❑Does Not [F138]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Temperature controls have setpoint ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1.3 overlap restrictions. ❑Does Not [F120]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Each zone equipped with setback ❑Complies Exception: Zones operated continuously. 2 controls using automatic time clock or ❑Does Not [F139]3 programmable control system. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Automatic Controls: Setback to 55°F ❑Complies' — Requirement will be met. 2.1, (heat) and 85°F (cool); 7-day clock, 2- ❑Does Not C403.2.4. hour occupant override, 10-hour ®Not Observable 2.2 [F 40]3 backup ❑Not Applicable C404.3 Heat traps installed on supply and ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [FI11]3 discharge piping of non -circulating ❑Does Not systems. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C404.4 All piping insulated In accordance with ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [FI25]2 section details and Table C403,2.10, ❑Does Not ®Not Observable ®Not Applicable C408.2.1 Commissioning plan developed by ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [FI28]1 registered design professional or ❑Does Not approved agency, ❑Not Observable ; ❑Not Applicable IHlgh Impact (Tier IF r jMedium Impact (Tier 2) 3 1 Low Impact (Tier 3) Project Title: J. Jill - Evergreen Walk - - -- - - Report date! 02/13/20 Data filename: P:\jIL\191127 JIL-Shops at Evergreen Walk S Windsor, CT\04_Consultant Page 8 of 10 Coord\MEP\191127_CD_01,cck Project Title: J. Jill - Evergreen Walk q Data filename: P:�JIL\191127 JIL-Shops at I: er•.gre `C fi �-Windsor, CT\04_Consultant Coord\MEP\191127_CD_Ol�tR' Report date: 02/13/20 Page 10 of 10 Section # Mechanical Rough -In Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.ID I _ C403.2.8 Kitchen exhaust systems comply with ;❑Complies ; Exception: Requirement does not apply. [ME116]3 replacement air and conditioned ❑Doers Not supply air limitations, and satisfy hood ❑Not Observable rating requirements and maximum it—lKlnt AnnUrnhin exhaust rate criteria. '•""^�'�""•`""" C403.2.9 HVAC ducts and plenums insulated. ❑Complies ;Requirement will be met. [ME60]2 Where ducts or plenums are installed T]Does Not in or under a slab, verification may ❑Not Observable i need to occur during Foundation '!❑Not,Applicable Inspection. C403.2.9 Ducts and plenums sealed based on ':❑Complies 1 Requirement will be met. [ME10]2 static pressure and location. ;❑Does Not j ;❑Not Observable; ❑Not Applicable C403.2.9. Ductwork operating >3 in. water ❑Complies Exception: Requirement does not apply. 1.3 column requires air leakage testing. !!❑Doe:s Not [ME11]3 ❑Not Observable; ❑Not,Applicable C403.2.9. Ductwork operating >3 in. water ;❑Complies ; Exception: Requirement does not apply. 1.3 column requires air leakage testing. !❑Doers Not [ME11]3 :❑Not Observable; ❑Not ,Applicable C403.2.9. Ductwork operating >3 in. water '.❑Complies ; Exception: Requirement does not apply. 1.3 column requires air leakage testing. ❑Does Not [ME11]3 ❑Not Observable; ❑Not ,Applicable C403.4.4. Multiple zone VAV systems with DDC ;❑Complies ; Exception: Requirement does not apply. 6 of individual zone boxes have static ❑Doers Not [ME110]3 pressure setpoint reset controls. I See the Mechanical Systems list for values. ❑Not Observable I ❑Not,Applicable C403.4.4. Multiple zone VAV systems with DDC ❑Complies ; Exception: Requirement does not apply. 6 of individual zone boxes have static ❑ Doers Not [ME110]3 pressure setpoint reset controls. :See the Mechanical Systems list for values. ;;[:]Not Observable ❑Not .Applicable C403.4.4. Multiple zone VAV systems with DDC ;❑Complies ; Exception: Requirement does not apply. 6 of individual zone boxes have static I❑Doers Not [MEiiup pressure setpoint reset controls. See 'the Mechanical Systems list for values. ;❑Not Observable' ❑Not ,Applicable C408.2.2. Air outlets and zone terminal devices ;❑Comlplies ; Requirement will be met. 1 have means for air balancing. ❑Doe:s Not I [ME53]3 I❑Not Observable; ❑Not ,Applicable C403.5, Refrigerated display cases, walk-in '•❑Complies ; Exception: Requirement does not apply. C403.5.1, coolers or walk-in freezers served by ;❑Doers Not C403.5.2 [ME123]3 remote compressors and remote condensers not located in a ❑Not Observable condensing unit, have fan -powered '❑Not ,Applicable condensers that comply with Sections C403.5.1 and refrigeration compressor; systems that comply with C403.5.2.. I Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact (Tier 1) 1 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 1 Low Impact (Tier 3) Project Title: J. Jill - Evergreen Walk Data filename: P:\lIL\191127JIL-Shops at Evergreen Walk S Windsor, CT\04_Consultant Coord\MEP\191127_CD-Ol.cck Report date: 02/13/20 Page 7 of 10 c_-i•_.- aC IV1 I # Final inspection p Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Req.ID` C408.2.3. HVAC equipment has been tested to ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 1 ensure proper operation. ❑D9e!S Not [F]31]1 ❑Not Observable ❑Not ,Applicable C408.2.3. HVAC control systems have been ❑Complies Requirement will be met. 2 tested to ensure proper operation, ❑Does Not [FI10]1 calibration and adjustment of controls, ®Not Observable E7Not Applicable C408.2.4 Preliminary commissioning report ❑Complies Requirement will be met. [F[29]1 completed and certified by registered ❑Does Not design professional or approved 1`lNot Observable agency. - Not ,Applicable C408.2.5. Furnished HVAC as -built drawings l Complies Requirement will be met, 1 submitted within 90 days of system ❑Doers Not [F[7]3 acceptance. []Not Observable ONot Applicable C408.2.5. An air and/or hydronic system ❑Cornplles Requirement will be met. 3 balancing report is provided for HVAC ❑Does Not [F14311 systems. ®Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. Final commissioning report due to EIComlplies Requirement will be met. 4 building owner within 90 days of ❑Doers Not [F130]1 receipt of certificate of occupancy, ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 Hlgh Impact (Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact (Tier 2) 3 Low Impact (Tier 3)� Project Title: J. Jill - Evergreen Walk - - Report date: 02/13/20 Data filename: P:\jIL\191127 JIL-Shops at Evergreen Walk S Windsor, CT\04_Consultant Page 9 of 10 Coord\MEP\191127_CD_Ol.cck DeyoO� 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: U U U U L (n U) 0 3 0 c 3 V) d Ln 0 2 O Wc c� Q LO �ZLO Lo o LO N,-,n S= z3 W � _ �o O E Lo = d- U � LO T u` 't 0 Cn r` ;-; STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION rW V Z n G O U .,`0%%N0ltUllfl$a!y r n ��a141 01;§ 00AINFC'�,� I..L co:' 4Q2 US IA a' Z No. 2.5289, ;:LQ r� m 0 W Y U W U m W LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: DATE: 02020 THE ARCHITECT! ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: OWNER: y°yoo� T USED Kln"D .� E PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH * INSTALL THE FOLLOWING FIXTURES GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO ROUGH -IN FIXTURES. MARK FIXTURE MANUFACTURER AND CW HW WASTE VENT REMARKS MODEL NO. NC- AMERICAN STANDARD 1/2" - 4" 211 ADA COMPLIANT "CADET" ELONGATE , TYPE, CLOSET PRESSURE ASSIST AVER (1.6 GAL/FLUSH) (LEFT HAND INA 16 1/2" TO RIM TO MEET HANDICAP (SEE RESPONSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS, COVER AND CHROME TRIP LEVER FLUSH. SCHEDULE ON A00 1/2" CHROME SUPPLY STOP. PROVIDE AM. ST. SEAT #5325.0 OBE OPPOSITE SIDE FROM WALL. WC- AMERICAN STANDARD 1/2" - 4" 211 ADA COMPLIANT "CADET" ELONGATE , K TYPE, CLOSET 4124.800 PRESSURE ASSIS 6 SAVER (1.GAL/FLUSH) (RIGHT HAND H CHINA 16 1/2" TO RIM TO MEET HANDICAP (SEE RESPONSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS, COVER AND CHROME TRIP LEVER FLUSH. SCHEDULE ON FU 2" CHROME SUPPLY STOP. PROVIDE AM. ST. SEAT #5325.024. E OPPOSITE SIDE FROM WALL. WG-3 AMERICAN STANDARD I/2" - 4" 2" AMERICAN "CHAMPION" MODEL #2 TED CLOSET BOWL, TAN , RE ASSISTED, HIGH -IFFFTIENCY TOILET (1.28 GAL/FLUSH) VITREOUS CHINA, (SEE RESPONSIBILITY _T __4f ,-442LL4EIGHT TO MEET HANDICAP REQUIREMENTS WITH SC WHITE OPEN_VER AND CHROME TRIP LEVER FLUSH. FURNISH WITH 1/2" C STOP. L LAVATORY AMERICAN STANDARD 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 20-1/2"x18-1/4" "LUCERNE" WALL HUNG LAVAT RNISH #0355.012 OR APPROVED WITH CONCEALED ARM WALL HAN OME SUPPLY L• , STOPS AND CHROME P- OR WHEELCHAIR USE. FAUCET HO 411 CENTERS. INSTALL AM. STD. ( SEE RESPONSIBILI 7 FAUCET, 0.5 GPM METERING FAUCET SET TO SCHEDULE ON A000) 0.083 GAL/CYCLE. INSTALL WITH OFFSET GRID DRAIN ASSEMBLY. INSULATE P-TRAP AND SUPPLY LINES WITH HEIGHT 1/2 EX OR EQUIVALENT. MOUNT AT HEIGHT AS DIRECTED BY CT FOR ADA COMPLIANCE. PROVIDE WATER MIXING VALVE, L #270-LF 1017 AND 1070 CERTIFIED. SET WATER TEMPE TO A MAX OF 110° L LAVATORY AMERICAN STANDARD 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 20-1/2"X18-1/411 "LUCERNE" WALL HUNG LAVATO ##0355.012 FURNISH WITH FULL FLOOR MOUNTS IER BOLT FEET TO FLOOR WITH FOUR BO ROME SUPPLY STOPS (SEE SIBILITY AND CHROME P- FOR WHEELCHAIR USE. FAUCET SCHEDULE ON A HOL CENTERS. INSTALL AM. STD. #1340.227 AUGET, 0.5 GPM METERING FAUCET SET TO 0.083 GAL/CYCLE. INSTALL WITH OFFSET GRID DRAIN SEMBLY. INSULATE P-TRAP AND SUPPLY LINES WITH 1/2" X OR EQUIVALENT. MOUNT AT HEIGHT AS DIRECTED BY A T FOR ADA COMPLIANCE. PROVIDE WATER MIXING VALVE, LECRARLU #270-LF ASSE 1017 AND 1070 CERTIFIED. SET WATER TEMPE TO A MAX OF 110° DF ELECTRIC ELKAY #LZSTL8WSLK 1/2" - 1-1/2" 1-1/2" SPLIT LEVEL WITH FILTERED BOTTLE FILL STATION, WATER FILTERED EZH2O BOTTLE WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE, WALL MOUNTED, FURNISH COOLER WITH FILLING STATION AND W/WALL HANGER PLATE. GC TO PROVIDE SUPPLY STOP. FILTERED BI-LEVEL ADA COOLER. MOUNT TO "ANSI" STANDARD FOR HC @ 34-1/2" MAX. BOTTLE FILL FILTERED 8 GPH LIGHT FROM FLOOR TO SPOUT OUTLET. PROVIDE CANE APRON GRAY MODEL LKAPREZL IN COMPLIANCE WITH ADA REQUIREMENT *MS-1 MOP SINK MUSTEE MOLDED 1/2" 1/2" 311 1-1/211 24"x24"x10", FIBERGLASS WITH MUSTEE HOSE, BRACKET FIBERGLASS SERVICE #65.700 AND MOP HANGER #65.600. AMERICAN STD. BASIN #63M FAUCET WITH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER #8344.012.004 (SEE RESPONSIBILITY (ROUGH CHROME). SCHEDULE ON A000) NH WATER A.O. SMITH 3/4" 3/4" - - 120V-10, 6 OR 10 GALLON ELECTRIC WATER HEATER, 1500 HEATER #DEL-6 OR DEL-10 WATT, SET TEMPERATURE TO 140°F. T4P RELIEF VALVE, DRAIN PAN. SHUT-OFF VALVES, UNIONS AND INSULATED (SEE RESPONSIBILITY HEAT TRAPS IN HW AND CH LINES PER MANUFACTURER SCHEDULE ON A000) REQUIREMENTS AND PER ASHRAE RECOMMENDATIONS. FD FLOOR " - 3" 1- 11 PRIMER DRAIN I WHA WATER SIOUX CHIEF #660 - - - - OR EQUAL BY PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, INC. HAMMER SERIES. ARRESTER TP _ SION #P-I / #P-2 1/2" - - - PRESSURE DROP OF 5 E, ORR GE: 35 TO 75 PSIG, ALL BRASS BODY, I/2" MALE NPT, OUTLET 1/2" FEMALE NPT NCO OUT FCO FLOOR CLEAN ZURN #Z-1400-HD - - - - (GONG. FLOOR) OR ZN-1400 (TILE FLOOR). CAST IRON OUT BODY WITH GAS AND WATER TIGHT ABS TAPERED THREAD PLUG AND ROUND SCORIATED TOP ADJUSTABLE TO FINISH FLOOR. MV-I S #LFUSG-B 3/8j1 5/511 - - PROVIDE BRASS MIXIN ESSIBLE (UNDER SINK SET TO LIMIT HOT WATER TEMPERATURE THERMOSTATI E Plumbing Notes: I 1. All floor drains must have trap primers. 2. If required, Tenant shall install a Remote Reader located at tenant's rear service door. 3. NO PLUMBING (lines of any type) ALLOWED IN ANY DEMISING WALLS. 4. If saw cuts are required, make sure Tenant's contractor verifies location of all conduit prior to saw cut. Tenant's GC to coordinate any slab cut with property management to ensure neighboring tenants are not disturbed. 5. Ceramic Tile or FRP Panels are required on all restroom walls to minimum height of 48". CLr A•ll - - II/• FIB SING COI STRUC LEVEL 9 TO TEN, SEWER SIDE ELEVATION BOTTLE FILLER INSTALLED ON LOWER SIDE OF HI-LO DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 0 7Uj VERIFY AND MAINTAIN ALL REQUIRED CLEARANCES. FRONT ELEVATION FLOOR CLEAN OUT "T.s. H � DRINKING FOUNTAIN DETAIL 13/411= V-011 D' VA AMTROL EXPA TANK AS REQ BY LOCAL COI T I SHELF SHELF CONTR/ AT 51-C N.T.s. I WATER HEATER DETAIL PLUMBING SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS --CW- DOMESTIC WATER PIPE -- HW- DOMESTIC NOT WATER G- GAS PIPE SAN- SANITARY PIPE — — — —COND- CONDENSATE PIPE V- SANITARY VENT PIPE EXISTING PIPE OR EQUIPMENT ----(E)XX- FP- SPRINKLER PIPE STM- STORM PIPE BACK FLOW PREVENTER ACCESS DOOR 0-q PIPE UP P*T RELIEF VALVE C� PIPE DOWN ICI BUTTERFLY VALVE COMBINATION BALANCE IOI BALL VALVE AND SHUT-OFF VALVE FLOOR DRAIN Ik GATE VALVE (:If:) WATER METER GLOBE VALVE—j HOSE BIBS DRAIN VALVE III UNION ICI CHECK VALVE Y-TYPE STRAINER GAGE COCK GAPPED LINE GAS SHUT-OFF (PLUG) VALVE CONNECT TO EXISTING (E) EXISTING G GAS (R) RELOCATED GAL GALLON AB ABOVE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR GPH GALLONS PER HOUR ARCH ARCHITECT GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE BEL BELOW H5 HOSE BIBS BLDG BUILDING HP HORSEPOWER CLG CEILING HN HOT WATER CO CLEAN OUT LAV LAVATORY COND CONDENSATE PIPE MAX MAXIMUM CONT CONTINUATION MFR MANUFACTURER CH COLD WATER MT MOUNT CONTR CONTRACTOR NTS NOT TO SCALE COORD COORDINATE PLBG PLUMBING DISC DISCONNECT RD ROOF DRAIN DN DOWN SAN SANITARY EA EACH TP TRAP PRIMER EX EXISTING TYP TYPICAL EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER UR URINAL FCO FLOOR CLEAN OUT V VENT FD FLOOR DRAIN VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF FIXT FIXTURE WC WATER CLOSET FP FIRE PROTECTION PIPE NCO WALL CLEAN OUT FURN FURNISH NH WATER HEATER FV FLUSH VALVE W/ WITH \/CDICY IKI 1=I1=1 17) THAT ALL NEWLY SS VALVES COMPLY 417(A)I OF THE SDNA. UNION (TYP.) WATER NEATER 2" WIDE, 20 GA. SHEET METAL BAND, SECURE TO WALL. GALV. DRIP PAN W_ I h'KUVILJI= 1X4 WUULJ BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL WATER HEATER SUPPORT BRACKETS I" DRAT N TO MOP SINK GC TO PROVIDE 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL WATER HEATER SUPPORT BRACKETS N.T.S. 1. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, PROCURE ALL PERMITS, PREPARE STACK DIAGRAMS, ETC. (IF REQUIRED) AND SOLICIT INSPECTIONS AND APPROVALS AS REQUIRED. 2. WHILE EVERY ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE IN THE PREPARATION OF THIS PLAN TO AVOID MISTAKES, THE DESIGNER AND COMPANY CANNOT GUARANTEE AGAINST ERROR OR UNFORESEEN FIELD CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR OR BUILDER SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND DETAILS AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES. 3. CHECK EQUIPMENT NOT IN CONTRACT SO THAT THE SERVICE REQUIREMENTS ARE CORRECTLY TYPED, ADEQUATELY SIZED AND ROUGHED -IN PROPERLY SO AS TO MINIMIZE THE AMOUNT OF MATERIALS AND FITTINGS NEEDED FOR FINAL HOOK-UP RESULTING IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY LOOKING INSTALLATION. 4. ALL SERVICES SHOWN WITH SYMBOLS CENTERED ON FACE OF WALL SHOULD BE BROUGHT TO THAT POINT CONGEALED IN WALL AND STUBBED OUT OF WALL CENTERED AT HEIGHT SHOWN BY ARCHITECT. DO NOT STUB OUT FLOOR AND RUN EXPOSED UP FACE OF WALL. 5. ALL LABOR, TRAPS, TAILPIECES, STRAINERS, PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES AND FITTINGS REQUIRED FOR FINAL CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT AS NECESSARY, INCLUDING ALL INTERCONNECTIONS, TO COMPLY WITH ALL CODES AND TO BE FURNISHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 6. PERFORM WORK IN A NEAT AND PROFESSIONAL MANNER USING GOOD ENGINEERING PRACTICES. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE STATES, COUNTY'S, CITY'S, LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA CODES, ENERGY CODES, LANDLORD'S RULE AND REGULATIONS, AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. AFTER CONTRACT IS ISSUED, NO ADDITIONAL COST DUE TO CODE ISSUES SHALL BE REIMBURSED BY THE OWNER TO THE CONTRACTOR. 7. ALL WATER AND INTERIOR CONDENSATE PIPING THAT IS RUN IN EXTERIOR WALLS TO BE RUN ON INTERIOR SIDE OF WALL INSULATION. FIELD COORDINATE. 8. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FIRE -RATED PIPE SLEEVES AND SEALS ON ALL NEW PIPING THAT PENETRATES A FIRE -RATED PARTITION. q. PROVIDE TENANT WITH AS -BUILT DRAWINGS, ALL EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS, AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 10. SLOPE OF HORIZONTAL DRAINAGE PIPE SHALL BE A MIN. OF 1/4" PER FOOT FOR PIPING SIZE OF 2 1/211 OR LESS AND A MINIMUM OF 1/8" PER FOOT FOR PIPING SIZE OF 3" TO 6" AS PER 2006 IPC SECTION 704 OR AS PER LOCAL CODE. 11. SEE SHEET P400 FOR PLUMBING INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS AND MATERIAL. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES F 1. ALL WATER LINES, VENT LINES, DRAIN LINES, SPRINKLER LINES, ETC. SHALL BE CONCEALED ABOVE CEILING IN FINISHED AREAS. ROUTE PIPING. 2. CONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY LINE. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION, ELEVATION, SIZE, DIRECTION OF FLOW AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF EXISTING SANITARY PIPING PRIOR TO BID. REPAIR FLOOR TO MATCH SURROUNDING AREA. NEW SANITARY LINE SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED PER LOCAL CODES WITH A MINIMUM REQUIREMENT OF HOLDING 10 FT. W.C. FOR TWO HOURS. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. B. CONNECT TO EXISTING VENT LINE, REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 4. CONNECT TO EXISTING COLD WATER LINE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 5. WN: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER HEATER. WATER HEATER TO BE ON A SHELF ABOVE MOP SINK. ROUTE DRAIN LINE TO MOP SINK. SEE RISER DIAGRAM, PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6. WHA: FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS IN THE DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING AS SHOWN ON THE WATER RISER DIAGRAM. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. UNITS AS MANUFACTURED BY SIOUX OR PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS ARE ACCEPTABLE. 7. ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STOP VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURE. TYPICAL. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 6. CLEAN, REFURBISH AND REPAIR EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES TO AS NEW CONDITION. TEST WATER CLOSET FOR GOOD WORKING ORDER. q. EXTEND HOT WATER PIPE TO EXISTING RESTROOM LAVATORY. �WNA 3/4"� G ' O OP100 1/2" �I MS-1 J 1/211 U DF U PLUMBING RISER 1 /2" 1 -1/2" I � II-1/2" I I I 1-1/211 PLUMBING STACK O � O q C•'a_ PI00 NH DF 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: 0 0 00 Ut� _ �N � 3 c Q 3 VI d LO 0 (y) Wc c� U Q �Z � o L n i� / V/ T LO Czf w CO -6 wEr- 0 U QLo O E Lo .C-- Ltr 't t)ULo E§Lo 0 0 CO U5 a j � I STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 o tnnnmcnn n-r n�n-n ' ISSUE DATES I NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 N.T.S. REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION v ) W O Z 0 Z W J W r) Z I— ^ m 1� � Y N.T.S. B Z W M� U colv W ` `��1\NiltittNlUp$pJb LAll'IfISLO14i RiVIEW 8L APPROVAL a 10I00 P100 APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED LL INITIALS: H DATE: P100 FCO NORTH VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BIDS. 6 02020 THE ARCHITECT / ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: *GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM FINAL MOP SINK SPECIFICATIONS WITH J-JILL PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO ORDERING AND INSTALLATION. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE N � PLUMBING SYMBOLS PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN CODED NOTES O PLUMBING PLAN 1/411=if-Off A 22 05 00 PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 53 00 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER A. FURNISH AND INSTALL ELECTRIC WATER HEATER AND ACCESSORIES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. TANK TYPE ELECTRIC WATER HEATER WITH GLASS -LINED TANK RATED AT 150 PSI WORKING PRESSURE, MAGNESIUM ANODE PROTECTION, BRONZE DRAIN VALVE, HIGH TEMPERATURE CUT-OFF SWITCH AND II II IERSIQN THERMOSTAT. A11_' DeyoO� A. ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT OR TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE, REFERS TO J.JILL. B. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AND PERFORM ALL LABOR REQUIRED TO INSTALL A PLUMBING SYSTEM COMPLETE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND AS SPECIFIED HERE("r. C. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IS TO PROVIDE POWER WIRING FOR EACH ITEM OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS. D. ALL FINISH PAINTING IS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, EXCEPT AS NOTED ELSEWHERE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR, AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, SHALL RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION ANY PAINTING DEFACED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND AFTER ORIGINAL PAINTING. E. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO CODES, RULES, AND REGULATIONS: 1. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 2. STANDARD FOR INSTALLATION OF AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS, NFPA 90A. 3. CODE FOR SAFETY TO LIFE FROM FIRE IN BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES, NFPA 101. 4. FEDERAL OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS. 5. STATE MECHANICAL CODE. 6. STATE BUILDING CODE. 7. STATE INDUSTRIAL COMMISSION REQUIREMENTS. 8. LOCAL BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. q. BUILDING INSURING AGENCY REQUIREMENTS. 10. STATE PLUMBING CODE. II. NFPA. F. ALL PERMITS REQUIRED BY LAWS, ORDINANCES AND BUILDING CODES HAVING JURISDICTION SHALL BE OBTAINED AT THE PROPER TIME BY AND AT THE EXPENSE OF THIS CONTRACTOR. G. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY ALL LAWS, ORDINANCES AND PUBLIC AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND SHALL OBTAIN CERTIFICATES OF SUCH INSPECTIONS AND SUBMIT SAME TO THE ARCHITECT AND SHALL PAY ALL FEES, CHARGES, ASSESSMENTS AND OTHER EXPENSES IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. H. PIPING AND EQUIPMENT LAYOUT IS SCHEMATIC. EXACT LOCATIONS ARE DETERMINED BY STRUCTURAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS. DESIGN OF SYSTEM MAY NOT BE CHANGED. ONLY EXACT LOCATION OF PIPING AND DUCTS MAY BE REVISED TO SUIT CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS AND AID IN COORDINATION WITH WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTORS. I. THE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED IN THE WORK SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND NO MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ORDERED UNTIL REVIEWED BY THE ENGINEER, LANDLORD AND/OR ARCHITECT. J. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS PER THE DOCUMENTS PROVIDED BY THE TENANT/CONTRACTOR. K. CATALOG DATA FOR EQUIPMENT REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT SHALL NOT SUPERSEDE THE ENGINEER'S CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE REVIEW OF THE ENGINEER SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, PROVIDING PROPER CLEARANCE, FABRICATION PROCESS AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. L. WHEN SUBMITTED FOR THE ARCHITECT'S REVIEW, SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BEAR THIS CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION THAT THIS CONTRACTOR HAS REVIEWED, CHECKED AND APPROVED THE SHOP DRAWINGS, THAT THEY ARE IN HARMONY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT AND WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND THAT THIS CONTRACTOR HAS VERIFIED ALL FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA, MATERIALS, CATALOG NUMBERS AND SIMILAR DATA. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO CERTIFY THAT THE WORK REPRESENTED BY THE SHOP DRAWINGS AS RECOMMENDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE WILL FULLY APPLY. M. ALL CONTRACTORS SUBMITTING PROPOSALS FOR THIS WORK SHALL FIRST EXAMINE THE SITE AND ALL CONDITIONS THEREIN. ALL PROPOSALS SHALL TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION ALL SUCH CONDITIONS AS MAY AFFECT THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THE SUBMITTING OF A BID AUTOMATICALLY IMPLIES THAT THIS EXAMINATION OF SITE HAS BEEN DONE. N. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF UTILITIES AND NOTE CONDITIONS WHICH WOULD AFFECT THE WORK. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL THEN BE REPORTED PRIOR TO THE BID AWARD. 0. WITHIN q0 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE, RECORD DRAWINGS OF THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING LANDLORD. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM THE LOCATION AND PERFORMANCE DATA ON EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT, GENERAL CONFIGURATION OF DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INCLUDING SIZES. P. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON SHEET A000 FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT BID. Q. TRADE NAMES, MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 1. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. SUBMISSIONS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS FOR TENANT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE CONTRACTOR AND THE SUB -CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN. R. DEMOLITION 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT AND PROTECT EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION. S. WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT AND SHALL MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT DISCOVERED WITHIN 12 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. THIS GUARANTEE SHALL EXTEND TO LABOR AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY, COORDINATE AND FOLLOW ALL PROPER HANDLING AND INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES WITH MANUFACTURER(S) IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY. 22 06 00 PLUMBING BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS A. PROVIDE AND ERECT THE FOLLOWING PIPING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND/OR AS REQUIRED. 1. REFER TO 22.13.16 HOT AND COLD WATER, SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING BELOW B. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO BECOME INFORMED OF THE EXACT DIMENSIONS OF FINISHED WORK WHERE PIPES ARE TO BE PLACED AND WILL ARRANGE THE WORK ACCORDINGLY, ASSUMING ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPER LOCATION. IN THE ERECTION OF THE MAINS, SPECIAL CARE SHALL BE USED PROVIDING SUPPORT AND PROPER ALLOWANCES SHALL BE MADE FOR EXPANSION. C. ALL PIPE LINES MUST BE PROVIDED WITH A SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF FITTINGS OR UNIONS TO MAKE POSSIBLE DISASSEMBLY WITHOUT BREAKAGE OF FITTINGS. D. ALL EXPOSED PIPING SHALL BE NEAT AND CAREFULLY ALIGNED WITH THE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OF THE BUILDING. NO OFFSETS OR OBLIQUE BENDS WILL BE PERMITTED. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND SHOULD NOT BE USED FOR LAYOUT WORK. E. ALL LOW POINTS IN WATER PIPING TO HAVE DRAIN VALVES WITH STANDARD HOSE ATTACHMENTS. HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING 15 TO PITCH TOWARD THE NEAREST DRAIN VALVE. F. ALL PIPES TO BE INSTALLED SHALL BE LOCATED AT SUFFICIENT DISTANCE FROM WALLS, OTHER PIPES, CONDUIT, DUCTWORK AND OTHER OBSTACLES TO AVOID INTERFERENCE AND TO PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF FULL THICKNESS OF INSULATION SPECIFIED. G. MECHANICAL JOINT TYPE PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. H. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND/OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. 22 13 16 HOT AND COLD WATER, SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING A. BUILDING DRAIN, SOIL, WASTE AND VENT LINES SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON PIPE WITH TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS AT COUPLINGS. SCHEDULE 40 PVC MAY BE USED FOR SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING WHERE ALLOWED BY LOCAL CODE AND WITH APPROVAL OF LANDLORD. PVC NOT ALLOWED IN RETURN AIR PLENUM. B. VENT STACKS SHALL EXTEND THROUGH THE BUILDING, TERMINATING 12" ABOVE THE ROOF. STANDARD FLASHING SHALL BE EXTENDED 12" IN ALL DIRECTIONS FROM THE VENT TERMINAL AND TURNED DOWN INTO VENT. FLASHING UNITS AS MADE BY STONEMAN CAULK TYPE NO. 51110-4 MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF FIELD FABRICATED FLASHING. C. HORIZONTAL RUNS SHALL BE GIVEN AS STEEP A PITCH TOWARD THE OUTLET AS CONDITIONS WILL PERMIT BUT NOT LESS THAN 1/8" PER FOOT. D. FULL "Y" BRANCH FITTINGS AND EXTENSION WITH BRASS NIPPLES AND FINISHED SCREW PLUGS FOR CLEANOUTS SHALL BE PLACED IN ACCESSIBLE POSITIONS AT ENDS OF HORIZONTAL LINES OF PIPE AND AT FOOT OF ALL VERTICAL LINES OF PIPE OR ELSEWHERE, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE CODE. E. WHERE CLEANOUTS OCCUR IN FINISHED AREAS, THEY SHALL BE RECESSED AND COVERS TO BE FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR OR WALL. F. HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING, ABOVE GROUND, SHALL BE TYPE "L" HARD COPPER TUBE WITH LEAD FREE SOLDER FITTINGS. EXPOSED PIPING SHALL BE CHROME PLATED BRASS. G. ALL COPPER TUBING SHALL HAVE SWEAT JOINTS AND BE CLEAN OF SCALE AND FOREIGN MATTER BEFORE INSTALLATION. ALL ENDS OF TUBING TO BE SWEATED SHALL BE REAMED, CLEANED AND BURNISHED TO REMOVE DIRT AND OXIDE. HARD q5-5 SOLDER SHALL BE USED AND APPLIED TO THE JOINTS ACCORDING TO STANDARD PRACTICE AND/OR MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SUITABLE ADAPTERS SHALL BE USED AT CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT. H. EACH HOT AND COLD WATER BRANCH SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A GATE VALVE SHUT-OFF AND EACH FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A STOP VALVE. 22 4116 STERILIZATION A. STERILIZE NEW DOMESTIC WATERLINES AFTER INSTALLATION WHEN REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION OR THE LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT. WHEN REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY OR HEALTH DEPARTMENT PROVIDE CERTIFICATE AND AT A MINIMUM FOLLOW THE GUIDELINES BELOW. IF MORE IS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY OR HEALTH DEPARTMENT, THEN THOSE REQUIREMENTS MUST BE MET. B. FURNISH A CERTIFICATE OF STERILIZATION AND APPROVAL FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION TO BE SIGNED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THIS STATE, REGULARLY EMPLOYED BY THE TESTING LABORATORY. CERTIFICATE MUST BE GIVEN TO THE ENGINEER AND TENANT BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE. C. STERILIZATION SHALL BE BY MEANS OF CHLORINE INJECTED INTO THE WATER SYSTEM NEAR THE SOURCE AND OUTLETS THROUGHOUT THE SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED TO PROVE PRESENCE OF MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. LEAVE CHLORINE IN FOR 24 HOURS AND FLUSH OUT SYSTEM UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. SEND DOCUMENTATION ON OFFICIAL LETTERHEAD OF TESTING LABORATORY TO TENANT AND ENGINEER AFTER STERILIZATION. D. STERILIZATION SHALL BE PERFORMED UNDER THE IMMEDIATE SUPERVISION OF A WATER TESTING LABORATORY REGULARLY ENGAGED IN THE SERVICE AND SHALL BE DONE ACCORDING TO THEIR INSTRUCTIONS. PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS C. FURNISH AND INSTALL A WATTS NO. LFN36 OR EQUAL, 3/4" VACUUM RELIEF VALVE ON THE COLD WATER SUPPLY LINE TO THE WATER HEATER. INSTALL VACUUM RELIEF VALVE PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. D. FURNISH AND INSTALL A WATTS NO. LF10L OR EQUAL, 3/4" TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE AND EXTEND DISCHARGE PIPE, FULL SIZE, TO WITHIN 6" ABOVE THE MOP SINK OR FLOOR DRAIN. E. PROVIDE AMTROL EXPANSION TANK: AS SIZED ON THE DRAWINGS. EQUAL PRODUCTS BY BELL AND GOSSETT OR ADAMSON MAY BE PROVIDED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 22 57 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT A. VALVES TO BE AS FOLLOWS: I. 125 LB. S.W.P. BALL AND CHECK VALVES: 2. FULL PORT BALL VALVES (2-1/2" AND SMALLER) - ALL BRONZE, TEFLON STEM SEALS AND SEAT, 1/4 TURN SHUT-OFF, 'VINYL COVERED HANDLES. B. CHECK (2-1/2" AND SMALLER:) - ALL BRONZE, SCREWED, HORIZONTAL SWING CHECK WITH BRONZE DISC. B. VALVES SHALL BE MILWAUKEE VALVE. EQUAL PRODUCTS BY CRANE OR NIBCO MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. C. UNIONS TO BE AS FOLLOWS: 1. UNIONS FOR COPPER PIPE TO BE 150 LB., ALL BRONZE, SOLDER END TYPE BY CHASE. EQUAL PRODUCTS BY NIBCO, ELKHART OR MUELLER MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 2. DIELECTRIC UNIONS BETWEEN FERROUS AND COPPER SHALL BE INSULATED TO PREVENT METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT AND SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY WATTS. EQUAL PRODUCTS BY ZURN. D. WATER CLOSETS, URINALS AND LAVATORIES SHALL BE VITREOUS CHINA BY AMERICAN STANDARD FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. INSTALL PER ADA REQUIREMENTS. 22 5713 INSULATION A. PIPE INSULATION AND APPURTENANCES AND COVERINGS ON PIPES USED IN CHASES, SHAFTS OR OTHER CONCEALED SPACES IN TYPES 1 AND 2 CONSTRUCTION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING NOT EXCEEDING TWENTY-FIVE (25) AND IN TYPE 3 AND 4 CONSTRUCTION NOT EXCEEDING SEVENTY-FIVE (75) AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING NOT EXCEEDING FIFTY (50). B. INSULATION SHALL BE MANVILLE MICRO-LOK 650 FIBERGLASS WITH FACTORY APPLIED ALL SERVICE JACKET WITH SELF-SEALING TAPE.. INSULATION SHALL LIMIT HEAT LOSS TO 25 BTU/HR./5Q.FT. OF PIPE SURFACE WITH 55 DEGREES AMBIENT, AND SHALL BE I" THICK ON COLD WATER PIPING AND V THICK ON HOT WATER PIPING. APPLY INSULATION ALL THE WAY TO POINT OF CONNECTION AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT INCLUDING HOT WATER HEATER. C. GLUE IN PLACE WITH SCHULLER U-•GLUE. D. EXPOSED PIPE FITTINGS, ELBOWS AND VALVES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH SCHULLER ZESTON INSULATION AND HAVE FACTORY PREMOLDED PVC COVERS. BUTT THE JOINTS TOGETHER AND WRAP WITH 3" WIDE STRIP TAPE, SEAL IN PLACE WITH SCHULLER U-GLUE. E. INSULATION SHALL NOT BE APPLIED UNTIL THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION HAS PROGRESSED SUFFICIENTLY TO INSURE AGAINST PHYSICAL OR MOISTURE DAMAGE TO THE INSULATION. ALL INSULATION DAMAGED THROUGH FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS DIRECTIVE SHALL BE REPLACED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. F. INSTALL ALL INSULATION ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. G. INSTALL INSULATION OVER ALL LANDLORD PIPING WITHIN DEMISED PREMISES. H. INSULATION SHALL NOT BE APPLIED OVER FLANGES, JOINTS AND SEAMS IN PIPING. CONTINUE INSULATION TO POINT OF CONNECTION AT EQUIPMENT OR FIXTURE. 1. INSULATION SHALL BE SCHULLER. (EQUAL PRODUCT BY ARMSTRONG, CERTAINTEED, OWENS-CORNING OR KNAUF MAY BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 22 58 00 PLUMBING SYSTEM TESTING A. SYSTEM TESTING SHALL PROVIDE FOR THE FOLLOWING: 1. TEST NEW INTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM. 2. TEST ALL SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING. 3. FURNISH ALL PUMPS FOR Alit AND WATER PRESSURE TESTS ALONG WITH GAUGES AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED TEST EQUIPMENT. B. UNDERGROUND LINES TO BE TESTED BEFORE CONCEALED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR ANY LEAKS AND ALL DAMAGE RESULTING THEREFROM. I. CHANGES IN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE WILL BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT WHEN TESTING UNDERGROUND PIPING, HOWEVER, THE VARIOUS SYSTEMS SHALL BE THOROUGHLY INSPECTED FOR LEAKS BEFORE HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTS ARE CONCLUDED. 2. INTERIOR WATER PIPING: HYDROSTATIC TEST AT 125 PSI AWWA PROCEDURES. 3. SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE WATER AND SMOKE OR AIR TIGHT (STATE PLUMBING CODE). C. MEASURE LEAKAGE BY METERING ;WATER REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN LINE PRESSURE. REMOVE AIR BEFORE TESTING. D. REPAIR ANY LEAKING JOINTS AND DEMONSTRATE ACCEPTABLE LEAKAGE TO SATISFACTION OF TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVE AND APPROVING AUTHORITY. FLUSH ALL PIPING BEFORE PLACING INTO OPERATION. (END OF PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS) 4 BATTERYMARCH PARK QUINCY, MA 02169 ARCHITECT / ENGINEER: U U U U LE u U) U) C G 0 3 0 c 3 V) LO 0 e� �r 2 O W T c ca U -Q Q 3�. Lo �zLO v LLO a�r� LO c: W CL U O E Lo cif dt t4 U Lo LO E 't _c' m CO r D,Do00 STORE NO: 3165 PROJECT LOCATION: THE PROMENADE SHOPS AT EVERGREEN WALK 415 EVERGREEN WAY SUITE #307 S. WINDSOR, CT. 06074 ISSUE DATES NUM DESCRIPTION DATE ISSUED 02/14/2020 REFER TO COVER SHEET FOR TABLE INDICATING SHEETS CHANGED PER REVISION W Z O U_ LL U W 0— U) V Z M� W 75 D j 0— CONN No. 25289 20 LANDLORD REVIEW & APPROVAL APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED ILL INITIALS: DATE: ©2020 THE ARCHITECT! ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE, PROVINCE OR TERRITORY SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI# 191127 DRAWING NUMBER: A P400